華嚴經 品三十九 入法界品 · 彌勒菩薩(四)入樓閣·指示後友·禮辭(攝德成因相)Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Entering the Dharma Realm · Maitreya, Part Four: Entering the Storeyed Pavilion, Pointing Out the Next Friend, and Taking Leave (The Mark of Gathering Virtue and Accomplishing the Cause)
善財請的不是法,是一道門——「唯願大聖開樓閣門,令我得入!」
彌勒沒有說法。他走到閣前,彈了一下指,門開了。善財進去,「入已還閉」。
裡面是四千餘字的所見:數不清的莊嚴,彌勒三世的本事,一閣之中的百千閣,一處之中的一切處。看到這裡,那些老師對他說了一句家常話——「善來童子!汝觀此菩薩不思議事,莫生疲厭。」
彌勒再彈一次指,他就出來了。第一次彈指是要他放下話,第二次是不許他停在靜裡。
出來之後才問得出名字:「善男子!此解脫門,名:入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏。」
接著是本段最短的一問一答。「此莊嚴事,何處去耶?」——「於來處去。」
末了彌勒叫他回去見文殊。一路走來的善知識,最後一步是回頭看第一步。
且看到此地。
What Sudhana asks for is not a Dharma but a door — 「唯願大聖開樓閣門,令我得入!」 tr. “I only pray that the great sage will open the door of the storeyed pavilion and let me enter!”
Maitreya expounds nothing. He walks to the front of the pavilion, snaps his fingers once, and the door opens. Sudhana goes in, and 「入已還閉」 tr. “once he had entered, it closed again.”
Inside are some four thousand graphs of what he sees: adornments beyond counting, Maitreya’s former deeds through the three times, a hundred thousand pavilions within one pavilion, all places within one place. At this point, those teachers say to him one homely sentence — 「善來童子!汝觀此菩薩不思議事,莫生疲厭。」 tr. “Welcome, youth! You are looking upon the inconceivable deeds of this bodhisattva — do not grow weary and turn away.”
Maitreya snaps his fingers a second time, and out he comes. The first snap was to make him lay words down; the second was to forbid him to stay within the stillness.
Only after coming out can he ask the name: 「善男子!此解脫門,名:入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏。」 tr. “Good man! This gate of liberation is named: the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times.”
Then comes the shortest question and answer of this section. 「此莊嚴事,何處去耶?」 tr. “Where have these adornments gone?” — 「於來處去。」 tr. “They have gone to the place they came from.”
At the last Maitreya tells him to go back and see Mañjuśrī. Of all the good friends along the road, the final step is to look back at the first step.
Let it stand here for now.
〔T10 0434〕 爾時,善財童子恭敬右遶彌勒菩薩摩訶薩已,而白之言:「唯願大聖開樓閣門,令我得入!」 〔T10 0435〕 時,彌勒菩薩前詣樓閣,彈指出聲,其門即開,命善財入。善財心喜,入已還閉。 見其樓閣廣博無量同於虛空,阿僧祇寶以為其地;阿僧祇宮殿、阿僧祇門闥、阿僧祇窓牖、阿僧祇階陛、阿僧祇欄楯、阿僧祇道路,皆七寶成;阿僧祇幡、阿僧祇幢、阿僧祇蓋,周迴間列;阿僧祇眾寶瓔珞、阿僧祇真珠瓔珞、阿僧祇赤真珠瓔珞、阿僧祇師子珠瓔珞,處處垂下;阿僧祇半月、阿僧祇繒帶、阿僧祇寶網,以為嚴飾;阿僧祇寶鐸風動成音,散阿僧祇天諸雜華,懸阿僧祇天寶鬘帶,嚴阿僧祇眾寶香爐,雨阿僧祇細末金屑,懸阿僧祇寶鏡,然阿僧祇寶燈,布阿僧祇寶衣,列阿僧祇寶帳,設阿僧祇寶座,阿僧祇寶繒以敷座上;阿僧祇閻浮檀金童女像、阿僧祇雜寶諸形像、阿僧祇妙寶菩薩像,處處充遍;阿僧祇眾鳥出和雅音;阿僧祇寶優鉢羅華、阿僧祇寶波頭摩華、阿僧祇寶拘物頭華、阿僧祇寶芬陀利華,以為莊嚴;阿僧祇寶樹次第行列,阿僧祇摩尼寶放大光明。如是等無量阿僧祇諸莊嚴具,以為莊嚴。 又見其中,有無量百千諸妙樓閣,一一嚴飾悉如上說;廣博嚴麗皆同虛空,不相障礙亦無雜亂。善財童子於一處中見一切處,一切諸處悉如是見。 爾時,善財童子見毘盧遮那莊嚴藏樓閣如是種種不可思議自在境界,生大歡喜,踊躍無量,身心柔軟,離一切想,除一切障,滅一切惑,所見不忘,所聞能憶,所思不亂,入於無礙解脫之門。普運其心,普見一切,普申敬禮,纔始稽首,以彌勒菩薩威神之力,自見其身遍在一切諸樓閣中,具見種種不可思議自在境界。 所謂:或見彌勒菩薩初發無上菩提心時如是名字、如是種族,如是善友之所開悟,令其種植如是善根、住如是壽、在如是劫、值如是佛、處於如是莊嚴剎土、修如是行、發如是願;彼諸如來如是眾會、如是壽命,經爾許時親近供養。——悉皆明見。 或見彌勒最初證得慈心三昧,從是已來,號為慈氏;或見彌勒修諸妙行,成滿一切諸波羅蜜;或見得忍,或見住地,或見成就清淨國土,或見護持如來正教,為大法師,得無生忍,某時、某處、某如來所受於無上菩提之記。 或見彌勒為轉輪王,勸諸眾生住十善道;或為護世,饒益眾生;或為釋天,訶責五欲;或為焰摩天王,讚不放逸;或為兜率天王,稱歎一生菩薩功德;或為化樂天王,為諸天眾現諸菩薩變化莊嚴;或為他化自在天王,為諸天眾演說一切諸佛之法;或作魔王,說一切法皆悉無常;或為梵王,說諸禪定無量喜樂;或為阿脩羅王,入大智海,了法如幻,為其眾會常演說法,斷除一切憍慢醉傲。 或復見其處閻羅界,放大光明,救地獄苦;或見在於餓鬼之處,施諸飲食,濟彼飢渴;或見在於畜生之道,種種方便,調伏眾生。 或復見為護世天王眾會說法,或復見為忉利天王眾會說法,或復見為焰摩天王眾會說法,或復見為兜率天王眾會說法,或復見為化樂天王眾會說法,或復見為他化自在天王眾會說法,或復見為大梵王眾會說法,或復見為龍王眾會說法,或復見為夜叉、羅剎王眾會說法,或復見為乾闥婆、緊那羅王眾會說法,或復見為阿脩羅、陀那婆王眾會說法,或復見為迦樓羅、摩睺羅伽王眾會說法,或復見為其餘一切人、非人等眾會說法,或復見為聲聞眾會說法,或復見為緣覺眾會說法,或復見為初發心乃至一生所繫已灌頂者諸菩薩眾而演說法。 或見讚說初地乃至十地所有功德,或見讚說滿足一切諸波羅蜜,或見讚說入諸忍門,或見讚說諸大三昧門,或見讚說甚深解脫門,或見讚說諸禪三昧神通境界,或見讚說諸菩薩行,或見讚說諸大誓願,或見與諸同行菩薩讚說世間資生工巧種種方便利眾生事,或見與諸一生菩薩讚說一切佛灌頂門。 或見彌勒於百千年,經行、讀誦、書寫經卷,勤求觀察,為眾說法,或入諸禪四無量心,或入遍處及諸解脫,或入三昧以方便力現諸神變。 或見諸菩薩入變化三昧,各於其身一一毛孔,出於一切變化身雲;或見出天眾身雲,或見出龍眾身雲,或見出夜叉、乾闥婆、緊那羅、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、摩睺羅伽、釋、梵、護世、轉輪聖王、小王、王子、大臣、官屬、長者、居士身雲,或見出聲聞、緣覺及諸菩薩、如來身雲,或見出一切眾生身雲。 或見出妙音,讚諸菩薩種種法門。所謂:讚說菩提心功德門;讚說檀波羅蜜乃至智波羅蜜功德門;讚說諸攝、諸禪、諸無量心,及諸三昧、三摩鉢底、諸通、諸明、總持、辯才、諸諦、諸智、止觀、解脫、諸緣、諸依、諸說法門;讚說念處、正勤、神足、根、力、七菩提分、八聖道分、諸聲聞乘、諸獨覺乘、諸菩薩乘、諸地、諸忍、諸行、諸願,如是等一切諸功德門。 〔T10 0436〕 或復於中,見諸如來,大眾圍遶;亦見其佛生處、種姓、身形、壽命、剎劫、名號、說法利益、教住久近,乃至所有道場眾會種種不同,悉皆明見。 又復於彼莊嚴藏內諸樓閣中,見一樓閣,高廣嚴飾,最上無比;於中悉見三千世界百億四天下、百億兜率陀天,一一皆有彌勒菩薩降神誕生、釋梵天王捧持頂戴、遊行七步、觀察十方、大師子吼、現為童子、居處宮殿、遊戲園苑、為一切智出家苦行、示受乳糜、往詣道場、降伏諸魔、成等正覺、觀菩提樹、梵王勸請轉正法輪、昇天宮殿而演說法、劫數壽量、眾會莊嚴、所淨國土、所修行願、教化成熟眾生方便、分布舍利、住持教法,皆悉不同。 爾時,善財自見其身,在彼一切諸如來所;亦見於彼一切眾會、一切佛事,憶持不忘,通達無礙。復聞一切諸樓閣內,寶網鈴鐸及諸樂器,皆悉演暢不可思議微妙法音,說種種法。所謂:或說菩薩發菩提心,或說修行波羅蜜行,或說諸願,或說諸地,或說恭敬供養如來,或說莊嚴諸佛國土,或說諸佛說法差別。如上所說一切佛法,悉聞其音,敷暢辨了。 又聞某處,有某菩薩,聞某法門,某善知識之所勸導發菩提心,於某劫、某剎、某如來所、某大眾中,聞於某佛如是功德,發如是心,起如是願,種於如是廣大善根;經若干劫修菩薩行,於爾許時當成正覺,如是名號,如是壽量,如是國土,具足莊嚴,滿如是願,化如是眾,如是聲聞、菩薩眾會;般涅槃後,正法住世,經爾許劫,利益如是無量眾生。 或聞某處,有某菩薩,布施、持戒、忍辱、精進、禪定、智慧,修習如是諸波羅蜜。或聞某處有某菩薩,為求法故,棄捨王位及諸珍寶、妻子、眷屬、手、足、頭、目,一切身分皆無所吝。或聞某處,有某菩薩,守護如來所說正法,為大法師,廣行法施,建法幢,吹法螺,擊法鼓,雨法雨,造佛塔廟,作佛形像,施諸眾生一切樂具。或聞某處,有某如來,於某劫中,成等正覺,如是國土,如是眾會,如是壽命,說如是法,滿如是願,教化如是無量眾生。 善財童子聞如是等不可思議微妙法音,身心歡喜,柔軟悅澤,即得無量諸總持門、諸辯才門、諸禪、諸忍、諸願、諸度、諸通、諸明,及諸解脫、諸三昧門。 又見一切諸寶鏡中種種形像。所謂:或見諸佛眾會道場,或見菩薩眾會道場,或見聲聞眾會道場,或見緣覺眾會道場,或見淨世界,或見不淨世界,或見淨不淨世界,或見不淨淨世界,或見有佛世界,或見無佛世界,或見小世界,或見中世界,或見大世界,或見因陀羅網世界,或見覆世界,或見仰世界,或見平坦世界,或見地獄、畜生、餓鬼所住世界,或見天人充滿世界。於如是等諸世界中,見有無數大菩薩眾,或行或坐作諸事業,或起大悲憐愍眾生,或造諸論利益世間,或受或持,或書或誦,或問或答,三時懺悔,迴向發願。 又見一切諸寶柱中,放摩尼王大光明網,或青、或黃、或赤、或白、或玻瓈色、或水精色、或帝青色、或虹霓色、或閻浮檀金色,或作一切諸光明色。 又見彼閻浮檀金童女及眾寶像,或以其手而執華雲,或執衣雲,或執幢幡,或執鬘蓋,或持種種塗香、末香,或持上妙摩尼寶網,或垂金鎖,或挂瓔珞,或舉其臂捧莊嚴具,或低其首垂摩尼冠,曲躬瞻仰,目不暫捨。 又見彼真珠瓔珞,常出香水,具八功德;瑠璃、瓔珞,百千光明,同時照耀;幢、幡、網、蓋,如是等物,一切皆以眾寶莊嚴。 又復見彼優鉢羅華、波頭摩華、拘物頭華、芬陀利華,各各生於無量諸華,或大一手,或長一肘,或復縱廣猶如車輪,一一華中皆悉示現種種色像以為嚴飾。所謂:男色像、女色像、童男色像、童女色像、釋、梵、護世、天、龍、夜叉、乾闥婆、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、緊那羅、摩睺羅伽、聲聞、緣覺及諸菩薩。如是一切眾生色像,皆悉合掌,曲躬禮敬。 亦見如來結跏趺坐,三十二相莊嚴其身。 又復見彼淨瑠璃地,一一步間,現不思議種種色像。所謂:世界色像、菩薩色像、如來色像及諸樓閣莊嚴色像。 又於寶樹枝、葉、華、果一一事中,悉見種種半身色像。所謂:佛半身色像、菩薩半身色像,天、龍、夜叉,乃至護世、轉輪聖王、小王、王子、大臣、官長,及以四眾半身色像。其諸色像,或執華鬘,或執瓔珞,或持一切諸莊嚴具;或有曲躬合掌禮敬,一心瞻仰,目不暫捨;或有讚歎,或入三昧。其身悉以相好莊嚴,普放種種諸色光明,所謂:金色光明、銀色光明、珊瑚色光明、兜沙羅色光明、帝青色光明、毘盧遮那寶色光明、一切眾寶色光明、瞻波迦華色光明。 〔T10 0437〕 又見諸樓閣半月像中,出阿僧祇日月星宿種種光明普照十方。 又見諸樓閣周迴四壁,一一步內,一切眾寶以為莊嚴。一一寶中,皆現彌勒曩劫修行菩薩道時,或施頭目,或施手足、脣舌、牙齒、耳鼻、血肉、皮膚、骨髓乃至爪髮,如是一切,悉皆能捨;妻妾、男女、城邑、聚落、國土、王位,隨其所須,盡皆施與。處牢獄者,令得出離;被繫縛者,使其解脫;有疾病者,為其救療;入邪徑者,示其正道。或為船師,令度大海;或為馬王,救護惡難;或為大仙,善說諸論;或為輪王,勸修十善;或為醫王,善療眾病;或孝順父母,或親近善友,或作聲聞,或作緣覺,或作菩薩,或作如來,教化調伏一切眾生;或為法師,奉行佛教,受持讀誦,如理思惟,立佛支提,作佛形像,若自供養,若勸於他,塗香散華,恭敬禮拜。如是等事,相續不絕。或見坐於師子之座,廣演說法,勸諸眾生安住十善,一心歸向佛、法、僧寶,受持五戒及八齋戒,出家聽法,受持讀誦,如理修行。 乃至見於彌勒菩薩,百千億那由他阿僧祇劫,修行諸度一切色像;又見彌勒曾所承事諸善知識,悉以一切功德莊嚴;亦見彌勒在彼一一善知識所,親近供養,受行其教,乃至住於灌頂之地。 時,諸知識告善財言:「善來童子!汝觀此菩薩不思議事,莫生疲厭。」 爾時,善財童子得不忘失憶念力故,得見十方清淨眼故,得善觀察無礙智故,得諸菩薩自在智故,得諸菩薩已入智地廣大解故,於一切樓閣一一物中,悉見如是及餘無量不可思議自在境界諸莊嚴事。 譬如有人,於睡夢中見種種物,所謂:城邑、聚落、宮殿、園苑、山林、河池、衣服、飲食乃至一切資生之具;或見自身父母兄弟、內外親屬;或見大海須彌山王,乃至一切諸天宮殿、閻浮提等四天下事;或見其身形量廣大百千由旬,房舍、衣服悉皆相稱,謂於晝日經無量時不眠不寢受諸安樂。從睡覺已,乃知是夢,而能明記所見之事。善財童子亦復如是,以彌勒菩薩力所持故,知三界法皆如夢故,滅諸眾生狹劣想故,得無障礙廣大解故,住諸菩薩勝境界故,入不思議方便智故,能見如是自在境界。 譬如有人,將欲命終,見隨其業所受報相:行惡業者,見於地獄、畜生、餓鬼所有一切眾苦境界,或見獄卒手持兵仗或瞋或罵囚執將去,亦聞號叫、悲歎之聲,或見灰河,或見鑊湯,或見刀山,或見劍樹,種種逼迫,受諸苦惱;作善業者,即見一切諸天宮殿無量天眾、天諸采女,種種衣服具足莊嚴,宮殿、園林盡皆妙好。身雖未死,而由業力見如是事。善財童子亦復如是,以菩薩業不思議力,得見一切莊嚴境界。 譬如有人,為鬼所持,見種種事,隨其所問,悉皆能答。善財童子亦復如是,菩薩智慧之所持故,見彼一切諸莊嚴事,若有問者,靡不能答。 譬如有人,為龍所持,自謂是龍,入於龍宮,於少時間,自謂已經日月年載。善財童子亦復如是,以住菩薩智慧想故,彌勒菩薩所加持故,於少時間謂無量劫。 譬如梵宮,名:莊嚴藏,於中悉見三千世界一切諸物不相雜亂。善財童子亦復如是,於樓觀中,普見一切莊嚴境界種種差別不相雜亂。 譬如比丘,入遍處定,若行、若住、若坐、若臥,隨所入定,境界現前。善財童子亦復如是,入於樓觀,一切境界悉皆明了。 譬如有人,於虛空中見乾闥婆城具足莊嚴,悉分別知,無有障礙;譬如夜叉宮殿與人宮殿,同在一處而不相雜,各隨其業,所見不同;譬如大海,於中悉見三千世界一切色像;譬如幻師,以幻力故,現諸幻事種種作業。善財童子亦復如是,以彌勒菩薩威神力故,及不思議幻智力故,能以幻智知諸法故,得諸菩薩自在力故,見樓閣中一切莊嚴自在境界。 爾時,彌勒菩薩摩訶薩即攝神力入樓閣中,彈指作聲,告善財言:「善男子!起,法性如是,此是菩薩知諸法智因緣聚集所現之相。如是自性,如幻、如夢、如影、如像,悉不成就。」爾時,善財聞彈指聲,從三昧起。 彌勒告言:「善男子!汝住菩薩不可思議自在解脫,受諸菩薩三昧喜樂,能見菩薩神力所持、助道所流、願智所現種種上妙莊嚴宮殿;見菩薩行,聞菩薩法,知菩薩德,了如來願。」 善財白言:「唯然!聖者!是善知識加被憶念威神之力。聖者!此解脫門,其名何等?」 彌勒告言:「善男子!此解脫門,名:入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏。善男子!此解脫門中,有不可說不可說解脫門,一生菩薩之所能得。」 〔T10 0438〕 善財問言:「此莊嚴事,何處去耶?」 彌勒答言:「於來處去。」 曰:「從何處來?」 曰:「從菩薩智慧神力中來,依菩薩智慧神力而住,無有去處,亦無住處,非集非常,遠離一切。善男子!如龍王降雨,不從身出,不從心出,無有積集,而非不見;但以龍王心念力故,霈然洪霔,周遍天下,如是境界不可思議。善男子!彼莊嚴事亦復如是,不住於內,亦不住外,而非不見;但由菩薩威神之力、汝善根力,見如是事。善男子!譬如幻師作諸幻事,無所從來,無所至去;雖無來去,以幻力故,分明可見。彼莊嚴事亦復如是,無所從來,亦無所去;雖無來去,然以慣習不可思議幻智力故,及由往昔大願力故,如是顯現。」 善財童子言:「大聖從何處來?」 彌勒言: 「善男子!諸菩薩無來無去,如是而來;無行無住,如是而來;無處無著,不沒不生,不住不遷,不動不起,無戀無著,無業無報,無起無滅,不斷不常,如是而來。善男子!菩薩從大悲處來,為欲調伏諸眾生故;從大慈處來,為欲救護諸眾生故;從淨戒處來,隨其所樂而受生故;從大願處來,往昔願力之所持故;從神通處來,於一切處隨樂現故;從無動搖處來,恒不捨離一切佛故;從無取捨處來,不役身心使往來故;從智慧方便處來,隨順一切諸眾生故;從示現變化處來,猶如影像而化現故。 「然,善男子!汝問於我從何處來者。善男子!我從生處摩羅提國而來於此。善男子!彼有聚落,名為:房舍;有長者子,名:瞿波羅。為化其人,令入佛法,而住於彼;又為生處一切人民隨所應化而為說法,亦為父母及諸眷屬、婆羅門等演說大乘,令其趣入故住於彼。而從彼來。」 善財童子言:「聖者!何者是菩薩生處?」 答言: 「善男子!菩薩有十種生處。何者為十?善男子!菩提心是菩薩生處,生菩薩家故;深心是菩薩生處,生善知識家故;諸地是菩薩生處,生波羅蜜家故;大願是菩薩生處,生妙行家故;大悲是菩薩生處,生四攝家故;如理觀察是菩薩生處,生般若波羅蜜家故;大乘是菩薩生處,生方便善巧家故;教化眾生是菩薩生處,生佛家故;智慧方便是菩薩生處,生無生法忍家故;修行一切法是菩薩生處,生過、現、未來一切如來家故。 「善男子!菩薩摩訶薩,以般若波羅蜜為母,方便善巧為父,檀波羅蜜為乳母,尸波羅蜜為養母,忍波羅蜜為莊嚴具,勤波羅蜜為養育者,禪波羅蜜為澣濯人,善知識為教授師,一切菩提分為伴侶,一切善法為眷屬,一切菩薩為兄弟,菩提心為家,如理修行為家法,諸地為家處,諸忍為家族,大願為家教,滿足諸行為順家法,勸發大乘為紹家業,法水灌頂一生所繫菩薩為王太子,成就菩提為能淨家族。 「善男子!菩薩如是超凡夫地,入菩薩位,生如來家,住佛種性,能修諸行,不斷三寶,善能守護菩薩種族,淨菩薩種,生處尊勝,無諸過惡,一切世間天、人、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門恭敬讚歎。 「善男子!菩薩摩訶薩生於如是尊勝家已,知一切法如影像故,於諸世間無所惡賤;知一切法如變化故,於諸有趣無所染著;知一切法無有我故,教化眾生心無疲厭;以大慈悲為體性故,攝受眾生不覺勞苦;了達生死猶如夢故,經一切劫而無怖畏;了知諸蘊皆如幻故,示現受生而無憂厭;知諸界、處同法界故,於諸境界無所壞滅;知一切想如陽焰故,入於諸趣不生倒惑;達一切法皆如幻故,入魔境界不起染著;知法身故,一切煩惱不能欺誑;得自在故,於一切趣通達無礙。 「善男子!我身普生一切法界,等一切眾生差別色相,等一切眾生殊異言音,等一切眾生種種名號,等一切眾生所樂威儀,隨順世間教化調伏;等一切清淨眾生示現受生,等一切凡夫眾生所作事業,等一切眾生想,等一切菩薩願,而現其身充滿法界。 「善男子!我為化度與我往昔同修諸行,今時退失菩提心者;亦為教化父母、親屬;亦為教化諸婆羅門,令其離於種族憍慢,得生如來種性之中。——而生於此閻浮提界、摩羅提國、拘吒聚落、婆羅門家。善男子!我住於此大樓閣中,隨諸眾生心之所樂,種種方便教化調伏。善男子!我為隨順眾生心故,我為成熟兜率天中同行天故,我為示現菩薩福智變化莊嚴;超過一切諸欲界故,令其捨離諸欲樂故,令知有為皆無常故,令知諸天盛必衰故,為欲示現將降生時大智法門;與一生菩薩共談論故,為欲攝化諸同行故,為欲教化釋迦如來所遣來者令如蓮華悉開悟故,於此命終,生兜率天。善男子!我願滿足,成一切智,得菩提時,汝及文殊俱得見我。 〔T10 0439〕 「善男子!汝當往詣文殊師利善知識所而問之言:『菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何而入普賢行門?云何成就?云何廣大?云何隨順?云何清淨?云何圓滿?』善男子!彼當為汝分別演說。何以故?文殊師利所有大願,非餘無量百千億那由他菩薩之所能有。 「善男子!文殊師利童子,其行廣大,其願無邊,出生一切菩薩功德無有休息。善男子!文殊師利常為無量百千億那由他諸佛母,常為無量百千億那由他菩薩師,教化成熟一切眾生,名稱普聞十方世界;常於一切諸佛眾中為說法師,一切如來之所讚歎;住甚深智,能如實見一切諸法,通達一切解脫境界,究竟普賢所行諸行。 「善男子!文殊師利童子是汝善知識,令汝得生如來家,長養一切諸善根,發起一切助道法,值遇真實善知識;令汝修一切功德,入一切願網,住一切大願;為汝說一切菩薩祕密法,現一切菩薩難思行;與汝往昔同生同行。 「是故,善男子!汝應往詣文殊之所莫生疲厭,文殊師利當為汝說一切功德。何以故?汝先所見諸善知識聞菩薩行、入解脫門、滿足大願,皆是文殊威神之力,文殊師利於一切處咸得究竟。」 時,善財童子頂禮其足,遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去。
〔卷80〕
The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.
請開樓閣門
那時候,善財童子恭恭敬敬地向右繞了彌勒菩薩摩訶薩之後,就對他說:「唯願大聖打開樓閣的門,讓我能夠進去!」
彈指開門:入已還閉
當時,彌勒菩薩走到樓閣前面,彈指出聲,那道門立刻就開了,招呼善財進去。善財心中歡喜,進去之後,門又還閉起來。
樓閣所見(一)依報:阿僧祇眾具莊嚴
他看見那座樓閣廣大寬博、沒有限量,和虛空一樣;用阿僧祇(不可數之數)的寶作為它的地;阿僧祇的宮殿、阿僧祇的門闥(門樓)、阿僧祇的窓牖、阿僧祇的階陛、阿僧祇的欄楯、阿僧祇的道路,全都是七寶所成;阿僧祇的幡、阿僧祇的幢、阿僧祇的蓋,周圍迴繞、間隔排列;阿僧祇的眾寶瓔珞、阿僧祇的真珠瓔珞、阿僧祇的赤真珠瓔珞、阿僧祇的師子珠瓔珞,處處垂掛下來;阿僧祇的半月(半月形飾)、阿僧祇的繒帶、阿僧祇的寶網,用來作嚴飾;阿僧祇的寶鐸被風一動就發出聲音,散下阿僧祇的天上種種雜華,懸著阿僧祇的天寶鬘帶,陳設阿僧祇的眾寶香爐,雨下阿僧祇的細末金屑,懸著阿僧祇的寶鏡,燃著阿僧祇的寶燈,鋪著阿僧祇的寶衣,列著阿僧祇的寶帳,設著阿僧祇的寶座,阿僧祇的寶繒鋪在座上;阿僧祇的閻浮檀金(一種上品金)童女像、阿僧祇的雜寶諸形像、阿僧祇的妙寶菩薩像,處處充滿遍布;阿僧祇的眾鳥發出和雅的音聲;阿僧祇的寶優鉢羅華(青蓮)、阿僧祇的寶波頭摩華(紅蓮)、阿僧祇的寶拘物頭華(黃蓮)、阿僧祇的寶芬陀利華(白蓮),用來作莊嚴;阿僧祇的寶樹依次成行排列,阿僧祇的摩尼寶放出大光明。像這樣等等無量阿僧祇的諸莊嚴具,用來作莊嚴。
樓閣所見(二)一處中見一切處
他又看見那座樓閣之中,有無量百千座奇妙的樓閣,一一的嚴飾都和上面所說的一樣;廣大寬博、嚴淨華麗,全都和虛空一樣,彼此不相障礙,也沒有雜亂。善財童子在一個處所之中就見到一切處所,一切諸處所也都是這樣見。
入閣得益(澄觀科):自見其身遍在一切樓閣中
那時候,善財童子見到毘盧遮那莊嚴藏樓閣這樣種種不可思議的自在境界,生起大歡喜,踊躍無量,身心柔軟,離開一切妄想,除去一切障礙,滅掉一切迷惑,所見的不忘記,所聽的能記得,所思的不散亂,進入了無礙解脫之門。他普遍運轉自己的心,普遍見到一切,普遍申致敬禮;才一低頭稽首,就以彌勒菩薩威神的力量,自己見到自己的身遍在一切諸樓閣之中,完全見到種種不可思議的自在境界。
見彌勒本事(一)初發菩提心時(澄觀科)
就是說:有時見到彌勒菩薩最初發起無上菩提心的時候,是這樣的名字、這樣的種族,是被這樣的善友所開悟,令他種植這樣的善根、住這樣的壽命、在這樣的劫中、值遇這樣的佛、處在這樣莊嚴的剎土、修這樣的行、發這樣的願;那些如來有這樣的眾會、這樣的壽命,經過那麼長的時間去親近供養——全都明明白白見到。
見彌勒本事(二)慈心三昧與受記
有時見到彌勒最初證得慈心三昧,從此以來,就號為慈氏;有時見到彌勒修種種妙行,圓滿成就一切諸波羅蜜;有時見他得忍,有時見他住地,有時見他成就清淨的國土,有時見他護持如來的正教,作大法師,得無生法忍(於諸法不生之理安忍不動),在某一時、某一處、某一如來的地方接受無上菩提的授記。
見彌勒本事(三)隨類(澄觀科)受生之諸身
有時見到彌勒作轉輪王,勸諸眾生安住十善之道;或者作護世(四天王),饒益眾生;或者作釋天,訶責五欲;或者作焰摩天王,讚歎不放逸;或者作兜率天王,稱歎一生補處菩薩的功德;或者作化樂天王,為諸天眾示現諸菩薩的變化莊嚴;或者作他化自在天王,為諸天眾演說一切諸佛之法;或者作魔王,說一切法全都無常;或者作梵王,說諸禪定無量的喜樂;或者作阿脩羅王,深入大智之海,了達諸法如幻,為他的眾會常常演說法,斷除一切憍慢與醉傲。
見彌勒本事(四)三惡道中饒益眾生
有時又見他處在閻羅界中,放出大光明,救地獄之苦;有時見他在餓鬼之處,布施種種飲食,救濟他們的飢渴;有時見他在畜生之道,用種種方便,調伏眾生。
見彌勒本事(五)為諸眾會說法
有時又見他為護世天王的眾會說法,有時又見他為忉利天王的眾會說法,有時又見他為焰摩天王的眾會說法,有時又見他為兜率天王的眾會說法,有時又見他為化樂天王的眾會說法,有時又見他為他化自在天王的眾會說法,有時又見他為大梵王的眾會說法,有時又見他為龍王的眾會說法,有時又見他為夜叉、羅剎王的眾會說法,有時又見他為乾闥婆、緊那羅王的眾會說法,有時又見他為阿脩羅、陀那婆王的眾會說法,有時又見他為迦樓羅、摩睺羅伽王的眾會說法,有時又見他為其餘一切人、非人等的眾會說法,有時又見他為聲聞的眾會說法,有時又見他為緣覺的眾會說法,有時又見他為從初發心一直到一生所繫(一生補處)已受灌頂的諸菩薩眾而演說法。
見彌勒本事(六)讚說諸功德門
有時見他讚說初地乃至十地所有的功德,有時見他讚說圓滿一切諸波羅蜜,有時見他讚說進入諸忍之門,有時見他讚說諸大三昧之門,有時見他讚說甚深的解脫之門,有時見他讚說諸禪三昧神通的境界,有時見他讚說諸菩薩行,有時見他讚說諸大誓願,有時見他和諸位同行的菩薩一同讚說世間資生的工巧、種種方便利益眾生之事,有時見他和諸位一生補處的菩薩一同讚說一切佛的灌頂之門。
見彌勒本事(七)經行讀誦與入禪
有時見到彌勒在百千年之中,經行、讀誦、書寫經卷,勤懇地求取觀察,為大眾說法,或者入諸禪與四無量心(慈、悲、喜、捨四種無量之心),或者入遍處(十遍處定)以及諸解脫,或者入三昧、以方便之力示現種種神變。
見伴菩薩出諸身雲(澄觀科)
有時見到諸菩薩入變化三昧,各自從他們身上一一毛孔,出生一切變化的身雲;有時見出天眾的身雲,有時見出龍眾的身雲,有時見出夜叉、乾闥婆、緊那羅、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、摩睺羅伽、釋、梵、護世、轉輪聖王、小王、王子、大臣、官屬、長者、居士的身雲,有時見出聲聞、緣覺以及諸菩薩、如來的身雲,有時見出一切眾生的身雲。
出妙音讚諸法門
有時見他們發出微妙的音聲,讚歎諸菩薩種種法門。就是說:讚說菩提心功德之門;讚說檀波羅蜜(布施)乃至智波羅蜜功德之門;讚說諸攝(四攝:布施、愛語、利行、同事)、諸禪、諸無量心,以及諸三昧、三摩鉢底(等至)、諸通、諸明、總持、辯才、諸諦、諸智、止觀、解脫、諸緣、諸依、諸說法之門;讚說念處、正勤、神足(四如意足:欲、勤、心、觀)、根、力、七菩提分、八聖道分、諸聲聞乘、諸獨覺乘、諸菩薩乘、諸地、諸忍、諸行、諸願,像這樣等等一切諸功德之門。
見諸佛大眾圍遶
有時又在其中,見到諸位如來,被大眾圍繞著;也見到那些佛的出生之處、種姓、身形、壽命、剎土劫數、名號、說法的利益、教法住世的久近,乃至所有道場眾會的種種不同,全都明明白白見到。
閣中主閣(澄觀科):八相成道
又在那莊嚴藏內的諸樓閣之中,見到一座樓閣,高廣嚴飾,最上而無可比。在其中完全見到三千世界的百億四天下、百億兜率陀天,一一之中都有彌勒菩薩降神誕生、釋天梵王捧持頂戴、行走七步、觀察十方、作大師子吼、示現作童子、居處在宮殿、遊戲於園苑、為求一切智而出家苦行、示現接受乳糜、前往道場、降伏諸魔、成等正覺、觀菩提樹、梵王勸請轉正法輪、上昇天宮殿而演說法、劫數與壽量、眾會的莊嚴、所淨的國土、所修的行願、教化成熟眾生的方便、分布舍利、住持教法,全都各各不同。
自見其身在諸如來所
那時候,善財自己見到自己的身,在那一切諸如來的處所;也見到那裡的一切眾會、一切佛事,憶持不忘,通達無礙。
聞寶網鈴鐸演法(近聞·澄觀科)
他又聽見一切諸樓閣之內,寶網、鈴鐸以及諸樂器,全都演暢不可思議的微妙法音,說種種法。就是說:或者說菩薩發菩提心,或者說修行波羅蜜之行,或者說諸願,或者說諸地,或者說恭敬供養如來,或者說莊嚴諸佛的國土,或者說諸佛說法的差別。像上面所說的一切佛法,他都聽到那音聲,敷演暢達、分辨明了。
遠聞(澄觀科):某菩薩發心乃至成佛
他又聽見某一處,有某一位菩薩,聽聞某一法門,被某一位善知識所勸導而發起菩提心,在某一劫、某一剎土、某一如來的地方、某一大眾之中,聽到某一佛這樣的功德,發起這樣的心,起這樣的願,種下這樣廣大的善根;經過若干劫修菩薩行,在那麼長的時間之後當成正覺,有這樣的名號,這樣的壽量,這樣的國土,具足莊嚴,圓滿這樣的願,教化這樣的大眾,有這樣的聲聞、菩薩眾會;般涅槃之後,正法住世,經過那麼多劫,利益這樣無量的眾生。
遠聞(澄觀科):某菩薩修諸度·某如來成正覺
有時聽見某一處,有某一位菩薩,布施、持戒、忍辱、精進、禪定、智慧,修習這樣的諸波羅蜜。有時聽見某一處有某一位菩薩,為了求法的緣故,捨棄王位以及諸種珍寶、妻子、眷屬、手、足、頭、目,一切身分都毫無吝惜。有時聽見某一處,有某一位菩薩,守護如來所說的正法,作大法師,廣行法施,建法幢,吹法螺,擊法鼓,雨法雨,建造佛塔廟,製作佛形像,布施給諸眾生一切安樂之具。有時聽見某一處,有某一位如來,在某一劫之中,成等正覺,有這樣的國土,這樣的眾會,這樣的壽命,說這樣的法,圓滿這樣的願,教化這樣無量的眾生。
聞法音而得益
善財童子聽聞這樣等等不可思議的微妙法音,身心歡喜,柔軟悅澤,當即得到無量的諸總持門、諸辯才門、諸禪、諸忍、諸願、諸度、諸通、諸明,以及諸解脫、諸三昧門。
寶鏡中現種種形像
他又見到一切諸寶鏡之中的種種形像。就是說:或者見到諸佛眾會的道場,或者見到菩薩眾會的道場,或者見到聲聞眾會的道場,或者見到緣覺眾會的道場,或者見到清淨的世界,或者見到不清淨的世界,或者見到淨而不淨的世界,或者見到不淨而淨的世界,或者見到有佛的世界,或者見到無佛的世界,或者見到小世界,或者見到中世界,或者見到大世界,或者見到因陀羅網般的世界,或者見到覆著的世界,或者見到仰著的世界,或者見到平坦的世界,或者見到地獄、畜生、餓鬼所住的世界,或者見到天人充滿的世界。在這樣等等的諸世界之中,見到有無數的大菩薩眾,有的行、有的坐,作種種事業,有的起大悲憐愍眾生,有的造作諸論利益世間,有的受、有的持,有的書寫、有的讀誦,有的問、有的答,在三時之中懺悔,迴向發願。
寶柱中放摩尼王光明
他又見到一切諸寶柱之中,放出摩尼王的大光明網,或是青色、或是黃色、或是赤色、或是白色、或是玻瓈色、或是水精色、或是帝青色、或是虹霓色、或是閻浮檀金色,或者作出一切諸光明之色。
童女與眾寶像之威儀
他又見到那些閻浮檀金的童女以及眾寶所成的像,有的用她們的手拿著華雲,有的拿著衣雲,有的拿著幢幡,有的拿著鬘蓋,有的持著種種塗香、末香,有的持著上妙的摩尼寶網,有的垂著金鎖,有的挂著瓔珞,有的舉起手臂捧著莊嚴之具,有的低下頭垂著摩尼寶冠,曲身瞻仰,眼目不曾暫時捨離。
真珠瓔珞出香水與光明
他又見到那些真珠瓔珞,常常流出香水,具足八種功德;瑠璃、瓔珞,百千光明,同時照耀;幢、幡、網、蓋,像這樣等等之物,一切都用眾寶莊嚴。
蓮華中現色像
他又見到那些優鉢羅華、波頭摩華、拘物頭華、芬陀利華,每一朵都生出無量的諸華,有的大如一手,有的長如一肘,有的縱廣好像車輪;一一華中都示現種種色像作為嚴飾。就是說:男子的色像、女人的色像、童男的色像、童女的色像,釋、梵、護世、天、龍、夜叉、乾闥婆、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、緊那羅、摩睺羅伽、聲聞、緣覺以及諸菩薩。像這樣一切眾生的色像,全都合掌,曲身禮敬。
亦見如來結跏趺坐
他也見到如來結跏趺而坐,用三十二相莊嚴他的身。
淨瑠璃地現色像
他又見到那清淨的瑠璃之地,每一步之間,現出不可思議的種種色像。就是說:世界的色像、菩薩的色像、如來的色像,以及諸樓閣莊嚴的色像。
寶樹中現半身色像
他又在寶樹的枝、葉、華、果每一件事物之中,都見到種種半身的色像。就是說:佛的半身色像、菩薩的半身色像,天、龍、夜叉,乃至護世、轉輪聖王、小王、王子、大臣、官長,以及四眾的半身色像。那些色像,有的拿著華鬘,有的拿著瓔珞,有的持著一切諸莊嚴具;有的曲身合掌禮敬,一心瞻仰,眼目不曾暫時捨離;有的讚歎,有的入三昧。他們的身都用相好莊嚴,普遍放出種種諸色的光明,就是說:金色的光明、銀色的光明、珊瑚色的光明、兜沙羅(霜氷色)色的光明、帝青色的光明、毘盧遮那寶色的光明、一切眾寶色的光明、瞻波迦華色的光明。
半月像中出日月星宿光明
他又見到諸樓閣半月形的像之中,出生阿僧祇的日、月、星宿種種光明,普遍照耀十方。
四壁一一寶中現彌勒曩劫本事
他又見到諸樓閣周圍迴繞的四壁,每一步之內,一切眾寶用來作莊嚴。每一寶之中,都現出彌勒往昔劫中修行菩薩道的時候,或者布施頭目,或者布施手足、脣舌、牙齒、耳鼻、血肉、皮膚、骨髓乃至爪髮,像這樣的一切,全都能捨;妻妾、男女、城邑、聚落、國土、王位,隨著他人所需要的,全都施給。處在牢獄中的,令他得以出離;被繫縛的,使他得到解脫;有疾病的,為他救治;走入邪徑的,為他指示正道。或者作船師,令人渡過大海;或者作馬王,救護惡難;或者作大仙,善說諸論;或者作輪王,勸修十善;或者作醫王,善於療治眾病;或者孝順父母,或者親近善友,或者作聲聞,或者作緣覺,或者作菩薩,或者作如來,教化調伏一切眾生;或者作法師,奉行佛的教法,受持讀誦,如理思惟,建立佛的支提(塔),製作佛形像,或者自己供養,或者勸別人供養,塗香散華,恭敬禮拜。像這樣等等之事,相續不絕。有時見他坐在師子之座上,廣為演說法,勸諸眾生安住十善,一心歸向佛、法、僧三寶,受持五戒以及八齋戒,出家聽法,受持讀誦,如理修行。
乃至見到彌勒菩薩在百千億那由他阿僧祇劫之中,修行諸波羅蜜的一切色像;又見到彌勒曾經承事過的諸位善知識,全都以一切功德莊嚴;也見到彌勒在那一一善知識的處所,親近供養,領受奉行他們的教法,乃至住到灌頂之地。
諸善知識告誡:莫生疲厭
當時,諸位善知識告訴善財說:「善來,童子!你觀看這位菩薩不可思議之事,不要生起疲倦厭離。」
總顯見相(澄觀科):因五種力故能見
那時候,善財童子因為得到不忘失的憶念之力的緣故,因為得到見十方的清淨眼的緣故,因為得到善觀察的無礙智的緣故,因為得到諸菩薩的自在智的緣故,因為得到諸菩薩已入智地的廣大理解的緣故,在一切樓閣的每一物之中,都見到像這樣以及其餘無量不可思議的自在境界諸莊嚴事。
十喻(澄觀科)(一)夢喻
譬如有人,在睡夢之中見到種種之物,就是說:城邑、聚落、宮殿、園苑、山林、河池、衣服、飲食乃至一切資生之具;或者見到自身的父母兄弟、內外的親屬;或者見到大海與須彌山王,乃至一切諸天的宮殿、閻浮提等四天下之事;或者見到自己的身形量廣大百千由旬,房舍、衣服全都相稱,以為在白日之中經過無量時間不眠不寢、領受種種安樂。從睡中醒來之後,才知道那是夢,而能明明白白記得所見之事。善財童子也是這樣,因為被彌勒菩薩之力所加持的緣故,因為知道三界之法都如夢的緣故,因為滅掉諸眾生狹劣之想的緣故,因為得到無障礙的廣大理解的緣故,因為住在諸菩薩殊勝境界的緣故,因為進入不可思議方便智的緣故,所以能見到這樣的自在境界。
十喻(澄觀科)(二)命終業相喻
譬如有人,將要命終的時候,見到隨著他的業所受的果報之相:作惡業的人,見到地獄、畜生、餓鬼所有的一切眾苦境界,或者見到獄卒手持兵杖,或瞋或罵,把囚犯押執而去,也聽到號叫、悲歎之聲,或者見到灰河,或者見到鑊湯,或者見到刀山,或者見到劍樹,種種逼迫,領受諸種苦惱;作善業的人,就見到一切諸天的宮殿、無量的天眾、天上的諸采女,種種衣服具足莊嚴,宮殿、園林全都美好。身體雖然還沒有死,卻由於業力而見到這樣的事。善財童子也是這樣,因為菩薩業不可思議之力,所以得見一切莊嚴境界。
十喻(澄觀科)(三)鬼持喻
譬如有人,被鬼所執持,見到種種之事,隨著別人所問,全都能答。善財童子也是這樣,因為被菩薩智慧所執持的緣故,見到那一切諸莊嚴事,若有人問,沒有不能答的。
十喻(澄觀科)(四)龍持喻
譬如有人,被龍所執持,自己以為是龍,進入龍宮,在很短的時間之間,自己以為已經經過了日月年載。善財童子也是這樣,因為住在菩薩智慧之想的緣故,因為彌勒菩薩所加持的緣故,在很短的時間之間以為經過了無量劫。
十喻(澄觀科)(五)梵宮莊嚴藏喻
譬如梵天的宮殿,名叫莊嚴藏,在其中完全見到三千世界的一切諸物而不相雜亂。善財童子也是這樣,在樓觀之中,普遍見到一切莊嚴境界種種差別而不相雜亂。
十喻(澄觀科)(六)比丘遍處定喻
譬如比丘,入於遍處定,或行、或住、或坐、或臥,隨他所入的定,境界就現在眼前。善財童子也是這樣,進入樓觀之中,一切境界全都明白了然。
十喻(澄觀科)(七至十)乾闥婆城·夜叉宮殿·大海·幻師
譬如有人,在虛空之中見到乾闥婆城具足莊嚴,全都分別了知,沒有障礙;譬如夜叉的宮殿與人的宮殿,同在一處而不相雜,各隨他們的業,所見不同;譬如大海,在其中完全見到三千世界的一切色像;譬如幻師,因為幻力的緣故,現出諸種幻事、種種作業。善財童子也是這樣,因為彌勒菩薩威神之力的緣故,以及不可思議幻智之力的緣故,因為能以幻智了知諸法的緣故,因為得到諸菩薩自在之力的緣故,所以見到樓閣之中一切莊嚴的自在境界。
彌勒攝神力彈指:法性如是
那時候,彌勒菩薩摩訶薩就收攝神力進入樓閣之中,彈指作聲,告訴善財說:「善男子!起來吧。法性就是這樣:這是菩薩了知諸法之智,由因緣聚集所現的相。這樣的自性,如幻、如夢、如影、如像,全都不成就。」那時候,善財聽到彈指的聲音,從三昧中起來。
彌勒告:汝住不可思議自在解脫
彌勒告訴他說:「善男子!你住在菩薩不可思議的自在解脫,領受諸菩薩三昧的喜樂,能見到菩薩神力所加持、助道所流出、願智所現的種種上妙莊嚴宮殿;見到菩薩之行,聽到菩薩之法,知道菩薩之德,明了如來之願。」
善財問解脫門之名
善財稟白說:「是的!聖者!這是善知識加被憶念的威神之力。聖者!這個解脫門,它的名字叫什麼?」
彌勒答:入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏
彌勒告訴他說:「善男子!這個解脫門,名叫:入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏。善男子!這個解脫門之中,有不可說不可說的解脫門,是一生補處的菩薩所能得到的。」
問答:此莊嚴事何處去
善財問說:「這些莊嚴之事,到哪裡去了呢?」
彌勒回答說:「到它來的地方去了。」
問答:從何處來(龍雨喻·幻師喻)
善財說:「從哪裡來呢?」
彌勒說:「從菩薩的智慧神力之中來,依著菩薩的智慧神力而住,沒有去處,也沒有住處,不是聚集,也不是常住,遠離一切。善男子!好比龍王降雨,雨不是從身出,不是從心出,沒有積集,然而並非不可見;只因為龍王心念之力的緣故,就霈然大雨傾注,周遍天下——這樣的境界不可思議。善男子!那些莊嚴之事也是這樣,不住在內,也不住在外,然而並非不可見;只由於菩薩威神之力、你的善根之力,才見到這樣的事。善男子!譬如幻師作出諸種幻事,無所從來,也無所至去;雖然沒有來去,因為幻力的緣故,分明可見。那些莊嚴之事也是這樣,無所從來,也無所去;雖然沒有來去,然而因為串習不可思議幻智之力的緣故,以及由於往昔大願之力的緣故,就這樣顯現出來。」
善財問:大聖從何處來
善財童子說:「大聖從哪裡來呢?」
答(一)無來無去,如是而來
彌勒說:
「善男子!諸菩薩無來無去,就這樣而來;無行無住,就這樣而來;無處無著,不沒不生,不住不遷,不動不起,無戀無著,無業無報,無起無滅,不斷不常,就這樣而來。
答(二)從大悲等九處而來
「善男子!菩薩從大悲之處來,因為想要調伏諸眾生的緣故;從大慈之處來,因為想要救護諸眾生的緣故;從淨戒之處來,隨他所樂而受生的緣故;從大願之處來,被往昔願力所執持的緣故;從神通之處來,在一切處隨所樂而現的緣故;從無動搖之處來,恒常不捨離一切佛的緣故;從無取捨之處來,不役使身心令它往來的緣故;從智慧方便之處來,隨順一切諸眾生的緣故;從示現變化之處來,猶如影像而化現的緣故。
答(三)我從摩羅提國而來
「然而,善男子!你問我從哪裡來。善男子!我從我出生之處摩羅提國而來到這裡。善男子!那裡有一個聚落,名叫房舍;有一位長者子,名叫瞿波羅。為了教化那個人,令他進入佛法,所以住在那裡;又為了出生之處的一切人民隨他們所應教化的而為他們說法,也為了父母以及諸眷屬、婆羅門等演說大乘,令他們趣入的緣故而住在那裡。就是從那裡來的。」
善財問:何者是菩薩生處
善財童子說:「聖者!什麼是菩薩的生處呢?」
答:菩薩十種生處
回答說:
「善男子!菩薩有十種生處。哪十種呢?善男子!菩提心是菩薩的生處,因為生在菩薩之家的緣故;深心是菩薩的生處,因為生在善知識之家的緣故;諸地是菩薩的生處,因為生在波羅蜜之家的緣故;大願是菩薩的生處,因為生在妙行之家的緣故;大悲是菩薩的生處,因為生在四攝(布施、愛語、利行、同事)之家的緣故;如理觀察是菩薩的生處,因為生在般若波羅蜜之家的緣故;大乘是菩薩的生處,因為生在方便善巧之家的緣故;教化眾生是菩薩的生處,因為生在佛家的緣故;智慧方便是菩薩的生處,因為生在無生法忍(於不生之理安忍不動)之家的緣故;修行一切法是菩薩的生處,因為生在過去、現在、未來一切如來之家的緣故。
菩薩之眷屬:般若為母,方便為父
「善男子!菩薩摩訶薩,以般若波羅蜜為母親,方便善巧為父親,檀波羅蜜為乳母,尸波羅蜜(持戒)為養母,忍波羅蜜為莊嚴之具,勤波羅蜜(精進)為養育的人,禪波羅蜜為洗滌的人,善知識為教授之師,一切菩提分為伴侶,一切善法為眷屬,一切菩薩為兄弟,菩提心為家,如理修行為家法,諸地為家的處所,諸忍為家族,大願為家教,圓滿諸行為順從家法,勸發大乘為紹繼家業,法水灌頂的一生所繫菩薩為王太子,成就菩提為能清淨家族。
超凡夫地,生如來家
「善男子!菩薩這樣超越凡夫之地,進入菩薩之位,生在如來之家,安住佛的種性,能修諸行,不斷絕三寶,善能守護菩薩的種族,清淨菩薩之種,生處尊貴殊勝,沒有諸種過惡,一切世間的天、人、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門都恭敬讚歎。
生尊勝家已,十一種了知
「善男子!菩薩摩訶薩生在這樣尊貴殊勝之家以後,因為知道一切法如影像的緣故,對諸世間沒有厭惡輕賤;因為知道一切法如變化的緣故,對諸有趣沒有染著;因為知道一切法沒有我的緣故,教化眾生心中沒有疲厭;因為以大慈悲為體性的緣故,攝受眾生不覺得勞苦;因為了達生死猶如夢的緣故,經歷一切劫而沒有怖畏;因為了知諸蘊都如幻的緣故,示現受生而沒有憂厭;因為知道諸界、諸處同於法界的緣故,對諸境界沒有壞滅;因為知道一切想如陽焰的緣故,進入諸趣不生顛倒迷惑;因為通達一切法都如幻的緣故,進入魔的境界不起染著;因為知道法身的緣故,一切煩惱不能欺誑;因為得自在的緣故,在一切趣中通達無礙。
我身普生一切法界
「善男子!我的身普遍生在一切法界,等同一切眾生差別的色相,等同一切眾生殊異的言音,等同一切眾生種種的名號,等同一切眾生所樂的威儀,隨順世間而教化調伏;等同一切清淨眾生示現受生,等同一切凡夫眾生所作的事業,等同一切眾生之想,等同一切菩薩之願,而現他的身充滿法界。
我為化度而生此間,於此命終生兜率
「善男子!我為了化度與我往昔同修諸行、如今退失菩提心的人;也為了教化父母、親屬;也為了教化諸婆羅門,令他們離開種族的憍慢,得以生在如來的種性之中——所以生在這閻浮提界、摩羅提國、拘吒聚落的婆羅門家。善男子!我住在這座大樓閣之中,隨著諸眾生心裡所愛樂的,用種種方便教化調伏。善男子!我為了隨順眾生之心的緣故,我為了成熟兜率天中同行的天眾的緣故,我為了示現菩薩福智變化的莊嚴;為了超過一切諸欲界的緣故,為了令他們捨離諸欲樂的緣故,為了令他們知道有為都無常的緣故,為了令他們知道諸天興盛必定衰落的緣故,為了想要示現將要降生時的大智法門;為了與一生補處菩薩共同談論的緣故,為了想要攝受教化諸位同行的緣故,為了想要教化釋迦如來所派遣來的人、令他們如蓮華一樣全都開悟的緣故,所以在這裡命終,往生兜率天。
授記:汝及文殊俱得見我
「善男子!我的願圓滿,成就一切智,得菩提的時候,你和文殊都能見到我。
指示後友(澄觀科):往問文殊七事
「善男子!你應當前往文殊師利善知識的處所而問他說:『菩薩怎樣學菩薩行?怎樣而入普賢行門?怎樣成就?怎樣廣大?怎樣隨順?怎樣清淨?怎樣圓滿?』善男子!他當會為你分別演說。為什麼呢?文殊師利所有的大願,不是其餘無量百千億那由他菩薩所能有的。
文殊之行廣願無邊(澄觀科:明行廣)
「善男子!文殊師利童子,他的行廣大,他的願無邊,出生一切菩薩功德而沒有休息。善男子!文殊師利常常作無量百千億那由他諸佛的母親,常常作無量百千億那由他菩薩的老師,教化成熟一切眾生,名稱普遍傳聞十方世界;常常在一切諸佛的眾中作說法之師,被一切如來所讚歎;安住甚深之智,能如實見一切諸法,通達一切解脫境界,究竟普賢所行的諸行。
文殊是汝善知識(澄觀科:顯緣深)
「善男子!文殊師利童子是你的善知識,令你得以生在如來之家,長養一切諸善根,發起一切助道之法,值遇真實的善知識;令你修一切功德,進入一切願網,安住一切大願;為你說一切菩薩的祕密之法,現一切菩薩難以思議之行;與你往昔同生同行。
結勸:皆是文殊威神之力
「所以,善男子!你應當前往文殊的處所,不要生起疲倦厭離;文殊師利當會為你說一切功德。為什麼呢?你先前所見到的諸位善知識,聽聞菩薩之行、進入解脫之門、圓滿大願,都是文殊威神的力量;文殊師利在一切處都得到究竟。」
戀德禮辭(澄觀科)
當時,善財童子頂禮他的雙足,繞了無量匝,慇懃地瞻仰,辭別退出而去。
Asking That the Door of the Storeyed Pavilion Be Opened
At that time Sudhana the youth, having reverently circled the bodhisattva-mahāsattva Maitreya to the right, said to him: “I only pray that the great sage will open the door of the storeyed pavilion and let me enter!”
The Snap of the Fingers Opens the Door: Once He Had Entered, It Closed Again
Then the bodhisattva Maitreya went to the front of the storeyed pavilion and snapped his fingers so that a sound came forth, and that door at once opened, and he called Sudhana to enter. Sudhana was glad at heart, and once he had entered, the door closed again.
What Was Seen in the Pavilion (One) The Dependent Recompense: Adornments of Asaṃkhyeya Furnishings
He saw that the storeyed pavilion was broad and vast and without limit, the same as empty space; asaṃkhyeya (a number beyond counting) jewels served as its ground; asaṃkhyeya palaces, asaṃkhyeya gate-towers (gatehouses), asaṃkhyeya windows, asaṃkhyeya stairways, asaṃkhyeya balustrades, asaṃkhyeya roads, all of them made of the seven jewels; asaṃkhyeya banners, asaṃkhyeya standards, asaṃkhyeya canopies, encircling it round about and set out at intervals; asaṃkhyeya necklaces of many jewels, asaṃkhyeya necklaces of true pearls, asaṃkhyeya necklaces of red true pearls, asaṃkhyeya necklaces of lion-pearls, hanging down in place after place; asaṃkhyeya half-moons (ornaments in the shape of a half-moon), asaṃkhyeya silk ribbons, asaṃkhyeya jewelled nets, serving as its ornament; asaṃkhyeya jewelled bells that gave forth sound as soon as the wind moved them, scattering down asaṃkhyeya sorts of mingled heavenly flowers, hanging asaṃkhyeya heavenly jewelled garland-ribbons, setting out asaṃkhyeya censers of many jewels, raining down asaṃkhyeya fine powdered gold-dust, hanging asaṃkhyeya jewelled mirrors, kindling asaṃkhyeya jewelled lamps, spreading asaṃkhyeya jewelled garments, ranging asaṃkhyeya jewelled curtains, setting asaṃkhyeya jewelled seats, asaṃkhyeya jewelled silks spread upon the seats; asaṃkhyeya images of maidens in the gold of Jambūnada (a gold of the finest sort), asaṃkhyeya images of every form in mingled jewels, asaṃkhyeya images of bodhisattvas in wondrous jewels, filling and spreading through place after place; asaṃkhyeya flocks of birds giving forth harmonious and refined sounds; asaṃkhyeya jewelled utpala flowers (blue lotuses), asaṃkhyeya jewelled padma flowers (red lotuses), asaṃkhyeya jewelled kumuda flowers (yellow lotuses), asaṃkhyeya jewelled puṇḍarīka flowers (white lotuses), serving as adornment; asaṃkhyeya jewelled trees set out in rows one after another, asaṃkhyeya maṇi jewels giving forth great light. All such measureless asaṃkhyeya furnishings of adornment as these served as its adornment.
What Was Seen in the Pavilion (Two) Seeing All Places Within One Place
He saw further that within that storeyed pavilion there were measureless hundred-thousands of wondrous storeyed pavilions, each one of them adorned exactly as has been said above; broad and vast, pure and splendid in their adornment, all of them the same as empty space, not obstructing one another and not confused with one another. Sudhana the youth, within one place, saw all places, and all the many places too were seen in this same way.
The Benefit Gained on Entering the Pavilion (Chengguan’s Outline): Seeing His Own Body Everywhere Within All the Storeyed Pavilions
At that time Sudhana the youth, seeing such inconceivable and sovereign realms as these in the Vairocana Adornment Treasury storeyed pavilion, gave rise to great gladness, exulted beyond measure, and became pliant in body and mind; he left behind all deluded thoughts, cast off all obstructions, extinguished all confusions; what he saw he did not forget, what he heard he could remember, what he pondered was not scattered, and he entered the gate of unobstructed liberation. He set his mind moving everywhere, saw everything everywhere, and everywhere set out his reverence; and just as he began to bow his head, by the majestic and spiritual power of the bodhisattva Maitreya he saw his own body everywhere within all the many storeyed pavilions, and saw in full such inconceivable and sovereign realms as these.
Seeing Maitreya’s Former Deeds (One) The Time of the First Bringing Forth of the Mind of Awakening (Chengguan’s Outline)
That is to say: at times he saw the bodhisattva Maitreya at the time when he first brought forth the unsurpassed mind of awakening — with such and such a name, of such and such a clan, awakened by such and such a good friend, who caused him to plant such and such roots of good, to abide for such and such a span of life, within such and such a kalpa, to meet such and such a buddha, to dwell in a land adorned in such and such a way, to cultivate such and such practices, to bring forth such and such vows; and those tathāgatas had such and such assemblies and such and such spans of life, and through so long a time he drew near to them and made offerings to them — all of it he saw clearly and distinctly.
Seeing Maitreya’s Former Deeds (Two) The Samādhi of the Mind of Kindness, and the Prediction Received
At times he saw Maitreya first attain the samādhi of the mind of kindness, and from then onward he was styled the Kind One; at times he saw Maitreya cultivate every sort of wondrous practice and bring to fullness all the perfections; at times he saw him gain forbearance, at times he saw him abide upon a ground, at times he saw him accomplish a pure land, at times he saw him guard and uphold the right teaching of the tathāgatas and act as a great master of the Dharma, gaining the forbearance of the non-arising of dharmas (resting unmoved in the principle that dharmas do not arise), and at a certain time, in a certain place, at the seat of a certain tathāgata receiving the prediction of unsurpassed awakening.
Seeing Maitreya’s Former Deeds (Three) The Bodies He Received in Birth According to Kind (Chengguan’s Outline)
At times he saw Maitreya act as a wheel-turning king, exhorting sentient beings to abide upon the path of the ten good acts; or act as a guardian of the world (one of the four deva kings), benefiting sentient beings; or act as Śakra, rebuking the five desires; or act as a Yama deva king, praising non-negligence; or act as a Tuṣita deva king, extolling the merit and virtue of a final-birth bodhisattva; or act as a Nirmāṇarati deva king, displaying for the deva hosts the adornments of the transformations of the bodhisattvas; or act as a Paranirmitavaśavartin deva king, expounding for the deva hosts the dharmas of all the buddhas; or act as a Māra king, declaring that all dharmas are impermanent; or act as a Brahmā king, declaring the measureless joy and bliss of the meditative concentrations; or act as an asura king, entering deep into the sea of great knowledge, penetrating that dharmas are like an illusion, and for his assembly constantly expounding the Dharma, cutting off all arrogance and the drunkenness of pride.
Seeing Maitreya’s Former Deeds (Four) Benefiting Sentient Beings Within the Three Evil Destinies
At times he further saw him within the realm of Yama, sending forth great light and rescuing from the suffering of the hells; at times he saw him in the place of the hungry ghosts, giving every sort of food and drink and relieving their hunger and thirst; at times he saw him within the destiny of the animals, taming sentient beings by every sort of skillful means.
Seeing Maitreya’s Former Deeds (Five) Expounding the Dharma for the Many Assemblies
At times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the deva kings who guard the world, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the Trāyastriṃśa deva king, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the Yama deva king, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the Tuṣita deva king, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the Nirmāṇarati deva king, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the Paranirmitavaśavartin deva king, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the great Brahmā king, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the dragon kings, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the yakṣa and rākṣasa kings, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the gandharva and kiṃnara kings, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the asura and dānava kings, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the garuḍa and mahoraga kings, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of all the remaining humans, non-humans, and the rest, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the śrāvakas, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of the pratyekabuddhas, at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for those bodhisattva hosts who range from the first bringing forth of the mind all the way to those bound to one more birth (the final-birth bodhisattvas) who have already received consecration.
Seeing Maitreya’s Former Deeds (Six) The Gates of Merit and Virtue That He Praised and Set Forth
At times he saw him praise and set forth all the merit and virtue of the first ground on to the tenth ground, at times he saw him praise and set forth the bringing to fullness of all the perfections, at times he saw him praise and set forth the entering of the gates of the forbearances, at times he saw him praise and set forth the gates of the great samādhis, at times he saw him praise and set forth the gates of the deep liberations, at times he saw him praise and set forth the realms of the meditative concentrations, the samādhis, and the spiritual powers, at times he saw him praise and set forth the practices of the bodhisattvas, at times he saw him praise and set forth the great vows, at times he saw him together with bodhisattvas of the same practice praise and set forth the crafts and skills that sustain life in the world and the every sort of skillful means that benefits sentient beings, at times he saw him together with final-birth bodhisattvas praise and set forth the gate of the consecration of all the buddhas.
Seeing Maitreya’s Former Deeds (Seven) Walking Meditation, Recitation, and Entering the Meditative Concentrations
At times he saw Maitreya, over a hundred thousand years, walking in meditation, reciting, and copying out scripture rolls, seeking and contemplating with diligence and earnestness, expounding the Dharma for the multitude; or entering the meditative concentrations and the four immeasurable minds (kindness, compassion, joy, and equanimity), or entering the universal bases (the concentrations of the ten universal bases) and the liberations, or entering samādhis and by the power of skillful means displaying every sort of spiritual transformation.
Seeing the Companion Bodhisattvas Send Forth Clouds of Bodies (Chengguan’s Outline)
At times he saw the bodhisattvas enter the samādhi of transformation and, each of them from every single pore of their bodies, send forth clouds of bodies of every transformation; at times he saw them send forth clouds of the bodies of the deva hosts, at times he saw them send forth clouds of the bodies of the dragon hosts, at times he saw them send forth clouds of the bodies of the yakṣas, gandharvas, kiṃnaras, asuras, garuḍas, mahoragas, Śakra, Brahmā, the guardians of the world, wheel-turning sage kings, lesser kings, princes, great ministers, officials and their retinues, elders, and householders, at times he saw them send forth clouds of the bodies of the śrāvakas, the pratyekabuddhas, and the bodhisattvas and tathāgatas, at times he saw them send forth clouds of the bodies of all sentient beings.
Sending Forth Wondrous Sounds That Praise the Dharma Gates
At times he saw them send forth subtle and wondrous sounds, praising the many Dharma gates of the bodhisattvas. That is to say: praising and setting forth the gate of the merit and virtue of the mind of awakening; praising and setting forth the gates of the merit and virtue of the dāna-pāramitā (giving) on to the perfection of knowledge; praising and setting forth the means of gathering (the four: giving, kindly speech, beneficial conduct, and working alongside others), the meditative concentrations, the immeasurable minds, and the samādhis, the samāpattis, the spiritual powers, the clear knowledges, retention, eloquence, the truths, the knowledges, calming and contemplating, liberation, the conditions, the supports, and the gates of the expounding of the Dharma; praising and setting forth the stations of mindfulness, the right exertions, the bases of spiritual power (the four bases of success: aspiration, effort, mind, and examination), the faculties, the powers, the seven limbs of awakening, the eight members of the noble path, the vehicles of the śrāvakas, the vehicles of the pratyekabuddhas, the vehicles of the bodhisattvas, the grounds, the forbearances, the practices, and the vows — all such gates of merit and virtue as these.
Seeing the Buddhas Surrounded by Their Great Assemblies
At times he further saw within it the tathāgatas surrounded by their great assemblies; and he saw too the places where those buddhas had been born, their clans, the forms of their bodies, their spans of life, the kalpas of their lands, their names, the benefit of their expounding of the Dharma, the length or brevity of the abiding of their teaching in the world, and on to the many differences among all the assemblies at the place of the Way — all of it he saw clearly and distinctly.
The Chief Pavilion Within the Pavilion (Chengguan’s Outline): The Eight Marks of Accomplishing the Way
Again, within those storeyed pavilions inside the Adornment Treasury, he saw one storeyed pavilion, high and broad and splendidly adorned, most surpassing and beyond compare. Within it he saw in full the hundred koṭis of sets of four continents of the three-thousandfold world and the hundred koṭis of Tuṣita heavens, and within each one of them the bodhisattva Maitreya descending in spirit and being born, Śakra and the Brahmā king upholding him upon their heads, walking seven steps, contemplating the ten directions, giving the great lion’s roar, appearing as a youth, dwelling within the palace, sporting in the gardens, going forth from the household and practising austerities for the sake of seeking all-knowledge, appearing to receive the milk gruel, going to the place of the Way, subduing the māras, accomplishing right and perfect awakening, contemplating the tree of awakening, the Brahmā king exhorting and requesting him to turn the wheel of the right Dharma, ascending to the heavenly palaces and expounding the Dharma, the number of the kalpas and the measure of the life span, the adornments of the assemblies, the lands he purified, the practices and vows he cultivated, the skillful means by which he taught and ripened sentient beings, the distributing of his relics, and the upholding of his teaching — all of them each one different.
Seeing His Own Body at the Seats of All the Tathāgatas
At that time Sudhana saw his own body at the seats of all those tathāgatas; and he saw too all the assemblies there and all the buddha-deeds there, holding them in mind without forgetting and penetrating them without obstruction.
Hearing the Jewelled Nets, Bells, and Clappers Expound the Dharma (the Near Hearing · Chengguan’s Outline)
He heard further that within all the storeyed pavilions the jewelled nets, the bells and clappers, and all the musical instruments were all giving forth inconceivable subtle and wondrous sounds of Dharma, declaring every sort of dharma. That is to say: some declaring that the bodhisattvas bring forth the mind of awakening, some declaring the cultivating of the practice of the perfections, some declaring the vows, some declaring the grounds, some declaring the reverencing and making of offerings to the tathāgatas, some declaring the adorning of the buddha-lands, some declaring the differences among the buddhas’ expounding of the Dharma. All the buddha-dharmas spoken of above he heard within those sounds, set out and made to flow, distinguished and made clear.
The Far Hearing (Chengguan’s Outline): A Certain Bodhisattva from the Bringing Forth of the Mind on to Becoming a Buddha
He heard further that in a certain place there was a certain bodhisattva who, hearing a certain Dharma gate, was exhorted by a certain good friend and brought forth the mind of awakening; and that within a certain kalpa, in a certain land, at the seat of a certain tathāgata, within a certain great assembly, he heard such and such merit and virtue of a certain buddha, brought forth such and such a mind, raised such and such vows, planted such and such vast roots of good; and that after cultivating the bodhisattva practice for so many kalpas he would, after so long a time, accomplish right awakening, with such and such a name, such and such a life span, such and such a land, complete in its adornments, bringing to fullness such and such vows, teaching such and such a great multitude, having such and such assemblies of śrāvakas and bodhisattvas; and that after his parinirvāṇa the right Dharma would abide in the world through so many kalpas and benefit such and such measureless sentient beings.
The Far Hearing (Chengguan’s Outline): A Certain Bodhisattva Cultivating the Perfections · A Certain Tathāgata Accomplishing Right Awakening
At times he heard that in a certain place there was a certain bodhisattva who gave, kept the precepts, was patient, was diligent, meditated, and was wise, cultivating such and such perfections. At times he heard that in a certain place there was a certain bodhisattva who, for the sake of seeking the Dharma, cast away his royal position and every sort of precious jewel, his wife and children and retinue, his hands, feet, head, and eyes, sparing nothing of any part of his body. At times he heard that in a certain place there was a certain bodhisattva who guarded the right Dharma spoken by the tathāgatas, acted as a great master of the Dharma, practised the giving of the Dharma far and wide, set up the banner of the Dharma, blew the conch of the Dharma, beat the drum of the Dharma, rained down the rain of the Dharma, built stūpas and shrines to the buddhas, made images of the buddhas, and gave to sentient beings all the furnishings of ease and joy. At times he heard that in a certain place there was a certain tathāgata who, within a certain kalpa, accomplished right and perfect awakening, with such and such a land, such and such an assembly, such and such a life span, declaring such and such a Dharma, bringing to fullness such and such vows, and teaching such and such measureless sentient beings.
The Benefit Gained from Hearing the Sounds of Dharma
Sudhana the youth, hearing such inconceivable subtle and wondrous sounds of Dharma as these, was glad in body and mind, pliant and glowing with delight, and there and then gained measureless gates of retention, gates of eloquence, meditative concentrations, forbearances, vows, perfections, spiritual powers, and clear knowledges, together with the liberations and the gates of samādhi.
The Every Sort of Form and Image That Appeared Within the Jewelled Mirrors
He saw further the every sort of form and image within all the jewelled mirrors. That is to say: at times he saw the places of the Way where the buddhas’ assemblies gathered, at times he saw the places of the Way where the bodhisattvas’ assemblies gathered, at times he saw the places of the Way where the śrāvakas’ assemblies gathered, at times he saw the places of the Way where the pratyekabuddhas’ assemblies gathered, at times he saw pure worlds, at times he saw impure worlds, at times he saw worlds pure and yet not pure, at times he saw worlds not pure and yet pure, at times he saw worlds with a buddha, at times he saw worlds without a buddha, at times he saw small worlds, at times he saw middling worlds, at times he saw great worlds, at times he saw worlds like the net of Indra, at times he saw worlds turned face down, at times he saw worlds turned face up, at times he saw worlds level and flat, at times he saw worlds where the hell-beings, the animals, and the hungry ghosts dwell, at times he saw worlds filled with devas and humans. Within all such worlds as these he saw numberless hosts of great bodhisattvas, some walking and some sitting, doing every sort of work; some giving rise to great compassion and pitying sentient beings, some composing treatises to benefit the world, some receiving and some upholding, some copying out and some reciting, some asking and some answering, repenting at the three times, and dedicating and directing and making vows.
The Great Light of the Maṇi Kings Sent Forth Within the Jewelled Pillars
He saw further, within all the jewelled pillars, great nets of light of the maṇi kings sent forth: some blue, some yellow, some red, some white, some the color of crystal, some the color of rock crystal, some the color of Śakra-blue, some the color of the rainbow, some the color of the gold of Jambūnada, and some making the color of all lights whatsoever.
The Bearing of the Maidens and of the Images of Many Jewels
He saw further those maidens of the gold of Jambūnada and the images made of many jewels: some taking in their hands clouds of flowers, some taking clouds of garments, some taking standards and banners, some taking garlands and canopies, some holding every sort of anointing incense and powdered incense, some holding surpassing and wondrous nets of maṇi jewels, some letting golden chains hang down, some hanging up necklaces, some lifting their arms and holding up furnishings of adornment, some lowering their heads and letting maṇi crowns hang down, their bodies bent in reverence and gazing up, their eyes never for a moment turning away.
The Necklaces of True Pearls Give Forth Scented Water and Light
He saw further that those necklaces of true pearls constantly gave forth scented water complete with the eight virtues; that the beryl and the necklaces shone with a hundred thousand lights all at once; and that the standards, banners, nets, and canopies, and all such things as these, were every one adorned with many jewels.
Forms and Images Appearing Within the Lotus Flowers
He saw further that those utpala flowers, padma flowers, kumuda flowers, and puṇḍarīka flowers each gave birth to measureless flowers, some of them as large as a hand, some as long as a forearm, some as broad across as a chariot wheel; and within each single flower were displayed forms and images of every sort as its adornment. That is to say: the forms of men, the forms of women, the forms of boys, the forms of girls, and Śakra, Brahmā, the guardians of the world, devas, dragons, yakṣas, gandharvas, asuras, garuḍas, kiṃnaras, mahoragas, śrāvakas, pratyekabuddhas, and the bodhisattvas. All such forms of sentient beings as these joined their palms together and bowed their bodies in reverence.
He Also Saw the Tathāgata Sitting Cross-Legged
He also saw the Tathāgata sitting cross-legged, adorning his body with the thirty-two marks.
Forms and Images Appearing on the Pure Beryl Ground
He saw further that upon that pure ground of beryl, within the space of every single step, there appeared inconceivable forms and images of every sort. That is to say: the forms and images of worlds, the forms and images of bodhisattvas, the forms and images of tathāgatas, and the forms and images of the adornments of the storeyed pavilions.
Half-Body Forms and Images Appearing Within the Jewelled Trees
He saw further, within each single thing among the branches, leaves, flowers, and fruits of the jewelled trees, forms and images of every sort in half-body. That is to say: half-body forms and images of buddhas, half-body forms and images of bodhisattvas, and half-body forms and images of devas, dragons, and yakṣas, on to the guardians of the world, wheel-turning sage kings, lesser kings, princes, great ministers and officers, and the four assemblies. Of those forms and images, some took up flower garlands, some took up necklaces, some held all the furnishings of adornment; some bent their bodies and joined their palms in reverence, gazing up single-mindedly, their eyes never for a moment turning away; some praised, and some entered samādhi. Their bodies were all adorned with the marks and signs, and everywhere they sent forth lights of every sort of color. That is to say: light of the color of gold, light of the color of silver, light of the color of coral, light of the color of tuṣāra (the color of frost and ice), light of the color of Śakra-blue, light of the color of the Vairocana jewel, light of the color of all the many jewels, light of the color of the campaka flower.
Light of Suns, Moons, and Constellations Sent Forth Within the Half-Moon Images
He saw further that within the half-moon-shaped images of the storeyed pavilions there were born asaṃkhyeya sorts of light of suns, moons, and constellations, shining everywhere throughout the ten directions.
Within Each Jewel of the Four Walls, Maitreya’s Former Deeds Through Kalpas Past
He saw further that upon the four walls that encircled the storeyed pavilions round about, within the space of every single step, all the many jewels served as adornment. And within each single jewel there appeared Maitreya, in the kalpas of the past, at the time when he cultivated the bodhisattva path: at times giving his head and eyes, at times giving his hands and feet, his lips and tongue, his teeth, his ears and nose, his blood and flesh, his skin, his bones and marrow, on down to his nails and hair — all such things as these he was able to give away; his wives and concubines, his sons and daughters, his cities and towns, his villages, his lands and his royal position, according to what others had need of, he gave away entirely. Those in prison he caused to be released; those in bonds he caused to be set free; those who had sickness he healed; those who had entered a wrong path he showed the right road. At times he acted as a ferryman, causing people to cross the great sea; at times he acted as a horse king, rescuing from grievous straits; at times he acted as a great seer, well declaring the treatises; at times he acted as a wheel-turning king, exhorting the cultivation of the ten good acts; at times he acted as a king of physicians, well healing the many sicknesses; at times he was filial to his father and mother, at times he drew near to good friends, at times he acted as a śrāvaka, at times as a pratyekabuddha, at times as a bodhisattva, at times as a tathāgata, teaching and taming all sentient beings; at times he acted as a master of the Dharma, carrying out the teaching of the Buddha, receiving and upholding it and reciting it, pondering it as is right, setting up caityas (stūpas) of the Buddha, making images of the Buddha, at times making offerings himself and at times exhorting others to make offerings, smearing on incense and scattering flowers, reverently bowing down. Such matters as these went on without a break. At times he saw him seated upon a lion’s seat, expounding the Dharma far and wide, exhorting sentient beings to abide in the ten good acts, single-mindedly to turn toward the three jewels of Buddha, Dharma, and Saṃgha, to receive and uphold the five precepts and the eight precepts of the fast day, to go forth from the household and listen to the Dharma, to receive and uphold and recite, and to cultivate as is right.
And on to seeing the bodhisattva Maitreya, within hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas of asaṃkhyeyas of kalpas, cultivating all the perfections, in every form and image; and seeing further the good friends whom Maitreya had once served, all of them adorned with every merit and virtue; and seeing too that Maitreya, at the seat of each single one of those good friends, drew near to them and made offerings to them and received and carried out their teaching, on to abiding upon the ground of consecration.
The Good Friends Admonish Him: Do Not Grow Weary and Turn Away
Then the good friends said to Sudhana: “Welcome, youth! You are looking upon the inconceivable deeds of this bodhisattva — do not grow weary and turn away.”
Setting Forth the Mark of the Seeing in General (Chengguan’s Outline): He Can See Because of Five Kinds of Power
At that time Sudhana the youth, because he had gained the power of mindfulness that does not forget or lose, because he had gained the pure eye that sees the ten directions, because he had gained the unobstructed knowledge that contemplates well, because he had gained the sovereign knowledge of the bodhisattvas, because he had gained the vast understanding of the bodhisattvas who have already entered the ground of knowledge, saw within every single thing in all the storeyed pavilions such matters of adornment, and other measureless and inconceivable sovereign realms besides, as these.
The Ten Similes (Chengguan’s Outline) (One) The Simile of the Dream
It is as when someone sees, within sleep and dream, things of every sort. That is to say: cities and towns, villages, palaces, gardens, mountains and forests, rivers and pools, garments and food and drink, on to all the furnishings that sustain life; or he sees his own father and mother, brothers, and kin within and without; or he sees the great sea and Sumeru the king of mountains, and on to the palaces of all the devas and the matters of Jambudvīpa and the rest of the four continents; or he sees his own body a hundred thousand yojanas broad in its measure, with dwellings and garments all in keeping with it, taking it that within the light of day he has passed measureless time neither sleeping nor lying down and has received every sort of ease and joy. And after he wakes from sleep, only then does he know it was a dream, and yet he can remember clearly and distinctly the things he saw. So it is also with Sudhana the youth: because he was sustained by the power of the bodhisattva Maitreya, because he knew that the dharmas of the three realms are all like a dream, because he had extinguished the narrow and mean thoughts of sentient beings, because he had gained the vast understanding that is without obstruction, because he abided within the surpassing realms of the bodhisattvas, because he had entered the inconceivable knowledge of skillful means — therefore he could see such sovereign realms as these.
The Ten Similes (Chengguan’s Outline) (Two) The Simile of the Mark of Karma at the End of Life
It is as when someone, at the time when his life is about to end, sees the marks of the recompense he is to receive according to his karma: one who has done evil karma sees all the realms of suffering belonging to the hells, the animals, and the hungry ghosts; or he sees the wardens of hell holding weapons and staves in their hands, angry or cursing, seizing the prisoners and taking them away; and he hears too the sounds of crying out and of grieving lament; or he sees the river of ashes, or he sees the cauldron of boiling water, or he sees the mountain of knives, or he sees the forest of swords, with every sort of oppression, receiving every kind of suffering and vexation. One who has done good karma then sees the palaces of all the devas, measureless hosts of devas, the heavenly maidens, with garments of every sort complete in their adornment, and palaces and gardens all of them fine. Though his body has not yet died, he sees such things as these by the power of karma. So it is also with Sudhana the youth: because of the inconceivable power of the karma of the bodhisattvas, he was able to see all these adorned realms.
The Ten Similes (Chengguan’s Outline) (Three) The Simile of Possession by a Ghost
It is as when someone, being possessed by a ghost, sees things of every sort and, according to what others ask him, is able to answer it all. So it is also with Sudhana the youth: because he was possessed by the wisdom of the bodhisattvas, he saw all those matters of adornment, and if anyone asked, there was nothing he could not answer.
The Ten Similes (Chengguan’s Outline) (Four) The Simile of Possession by a Dragon
It is as when someone, being possessed by a dragon, takes himself to be a dragon and enters the dragon palace, and within a very short space of time takes it that he has passed days, months, and years. So it is also with Sudhana the youth: because he abided within the thought of the wisdom of the bodhisattvas, and because the bodhisattva Maitreya sustained him, within a very short space of time he took it that measureless kalpas had passed.
The Ten Similes (Chengguan’s Outline) (Five) The Simile of the Brahmā Palace Adornment Treasury
It is as with the palace of the Brahmā deva named Adornment Treasury, within which one sees in full all the things of the three-thousandfold world without their being confused with one another. So it is also with Sudhana the youth: within the tower he saw everywhere all the adorned realms in their every difference without their being confused with one another.
The Ten Similes (Chengguan’s Outline) (Six) The Simile of a Monk in the Concentration of the Universal Bases
It is as with a monk who enters the concentration of the universal bases: whether walking, or standing, or sitting, or lying down, according to the concentration he has entered the realm appears before him. So it is also with Sudhana the youth: entering within the tower, all the realms were clear and evident to him.
The Ten Similes (Chengguan’s Outline) (Seven Through Ten) The City of the Gandharvas · The Palace of the Yakṣas · The Great Sea · The Illusionist
It is as when someone sees within empty space the city of the gandharvas complete in its adornment, and distinguishes and knows it all without obstruction; it is as with the palace of the yakṣas and the palace of humans, which are in one and the same place and yet are not confused with each other, each according to their karma seeing differently; it is as with the great sea, within which one sees in full all the forms and images of the three-thousandfold world; it is as with an illusionist who, by the power of illusion, makes appear every sort of illusory matter and every sort of work. So it is also with Sudhana the youth: because of the majestic and spiritual power of the bodhisattva Maitreya, and because of the power of inconceivable illusory knowledge, because he was able by illusory knowledge to know the dharmas, and because he had gained the sovereign power of the bodhisattvas — therefore he saw within the storeyed pavilion all the sovereign realms of adornment.
Maitreya Gathers In His Spiritual Power and Snaps His Fingers: Such Is the Nature of Dharmas
At that time the bodhisattva-mahāsattva Maitreya gathered in his spiritual power, entered within the storeyed pavilion, snapped his fingers so that a sound came forth, and said to Sudhana: “Good man! Rise. Such is the nature of dharmas: this is the mark that appears through the gathering together of causes and conditions by the knowledge with which the bodhisattvas know the dharmas. Such a self-nature as this is like an illusion, like a dream, like a shadow, like a reflection — none of it is brought to accomplishment.” At that time Sudhana, hearing the sound of the snapping of the fingers, rose from samādhi.
Maitreya Tells Him: You Abide in the Inconceivable Sovereign Liberation
Maitreya said to him: “Good man! You abide in the inconceivable sovereign liberation of the bodhisattvas, receiving the joy and bliss of the samādhis of the bodhisattvas, and are able to see the every sort of surpassing and wondrous adorned palace that is sustained by the spiritual power of the bodhisattvas, that flows forth from the dharmas that aid the path, and that appears through the knowledge of vow; you see the practice of the bodhisattvas, hear the Dharma of the bodhisattvas, know the virtue of the bodhisattvas, and understand clearly the vows of the tathāgatas.”
Sudhana Asks the Name of the Gate of Liberation
Sudhana said in reply: “Just so, holy one! This is the majestic and spiritual power by which the good friend sustains me and holds me in mind. Holy one! This gate of liberation — what is its name?”
Maitreya Answers: The Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times
Maitreya said to him: “Good man! This gate of liberation is named: the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times. Good man! Within this gate of liberation there are gates of liberation unspeakably unspeakable in number, which the final-birth bodhisattva is able to gain.”
Question and Answer: Where Have These Adornments Gone
Sudhana asked: “Where have these adornments gone?”
Maitreya answered: “They have gone to the place they came from.”
Question and Answer: Where Do They Come From (the Simile of the Dragon’s Rain · the Simile of the Illusionist)
Sudhana said: “Where do they come from?”
Maitreya said: “They come from within the wisdom and spiritual power of the bodhisattvas, and they abide in dependence upon the wisdom and spiritual power of the bodhisattvas; they have no place to go and no place to abide, they are not a gathering together and they are not lasting, being far removed from everything. Good man! It is as when a dragon king sends down rain: the rain does not come forth from his body and does not come forth from his mind, there is no piling up of it, and yet it is not that it cannot be seen; only because of the power of the dragon king’s mindful intent does it pour down in a great flood and spread throughout the world beneath the sky — such a realm as this is inconceivable. Good man! So it is also with those adornments: they do not abide within, and they do not abide without, and yet it is not that they cannot be seen; only through the majestic and spiritual power of the bodhisattva, and the power of your own roots of good, are such things as these seen. Good man! It is as when an illusionist makes every sort of illusory matter, which comes from nowhere and goes nowhere; and though there is no coming and going, because of the power of illusion it can be clearly seen. So it is also with those adornments: they come from nowhere and go nowhere; and though there is no coming and going, yet because of the power of the inconceivable illusory knowledge that has been practised again and again, and because of the power of the great vows of long ago, they appear in just this way.”
Sudhana Asks: Where Does the Great Sage Come From
Sudhana the youth said: “Where does the great sage come from?”
The Answer (One) Without Coming and Without Going, He Comes in Just This Way
Maitreya said:
“Good man! The bodhisattvas are without coming and without going, and in just this way they come; without going forth and without abiding, and in just this way they come; without place and without attachment, neither perishing nor being born, neither abiding nor shifting, neither moving nor rising, without longing and without clinging, without karma and without recompense, without arising and without ceasing, neither cut off nor lasting — and in just this way they come.
The Answer (Two) He Comes from Great Compassion and the Rest of the Nine Places
“Good man! The bodhisattva comes from the place of great compassion, because he wishes to tame sentient beings; he comes from the place of great kindness, because he wishes to rescue and protect sentient beings; he comes from the place of pure precepts, because he receives birth according to what he delights in; he comes from the place of great vows, because he is sustained by the power of vows of long ago; he comes from the place of spiritual power, because in every place he appears according to what is delighted in; he comes from the place of the unshaken, because he constantly does not forsake all the buddhas; he comes from the place of neither taking up nor casting away, because he does not put body and mind to the labor of going and coming; he comes from the place of wisdom and skillful means, because he accords with all sentient beings; he comes from the place of displaying transformations, because he appears in transformation as a shadow-image does.
The Answer (Three) I Come from the Country of Malādi
“And yet, good man, you ask me where I come from. Good man! I come here from Malādi, the country where I was born. Good man! There is a village there named Fangshe; and there is a son of an elder there named Gopāla. It was to teach that person and cause him to enter the buddha-dharma that I dwelt there; and it was also for the sake of all the people of the place where I was born, expounding the Dharma for them according to what suited their teaching, and also for the sake of my father and mother and my kin and the brahmins, setting forth the great vehicle for them and causing them to enter into it, that I dwelt there. It is from there that I come.”
Sudhana Asks: What Is the Bodhisattva’s Place of Birth
Sudhana the youth said: “Holy one! What is the bodhisattva’s place of birth?”
The Answer: The Bodhisattva’s Ten Kinds of Place of Birth
He answered:
“Good man! The bodhisattva has ten kinds of place of birth. What are the ten? Good man! The mind of awakening is the bodhisattva’s place of birth, because he is born into the household of the bodhisattvas; the deep mind is the bodhisattva’s place of birth, because he is born into the household of good friends; the grounds are the bodhisattva’s place of birth, because he is born into the household of the perfections; great vows are the bodhisattva’s place of birth, because he is born into the household of wondrous practice; great compassion is the bodhisattva’s place of birth, because he is born into the household of the four means of gathering (giving, kind words, beneficial conduct, and shared endeavor); contemplating as is right is the bodhisattva’s place of birth, because he is born into the household of the prajñā-pāramitā; the great vehicle is the bodhisattva’s place of birth, because he is born into the household of skillfulness in means; teaching sentient beings is the bodhisattva’s place of birth, because he is born into the household of the buddhas; wisdom and skillful means is the bodhisattva’s place of birth, because he is born into the household of the forbearance of non-arising (unmoved acceptance of the truth that dharmas do not arise); cultivating all dharmas is the bodhisattva’s place of birth, because he is born into the household of all the tathāgatas of the past, the present, and the future.
The Bodhisattva’s Retinue: Wisdom as Mother, Skillful Means as Father
“Good man! The bodhisattva-mahāsattva takes the prajñā-pāramitā as mother, skillfulness in means as father, the dāna-pāramitā as wet-nurse, the śīla-pāramitā (the keeping of the precepts) as foster-mother, the kṣānti-pāramitā as the furnishings of adornment, the vīrya-pāramitā (diligence) as the one who rears him, the dhyāna-pāramitā as the one who washes him, good friends as the master who instructs him, all the limbs of awakening as his companions, all good dharmas as his retinue, all bodhisattvas as his brothers, the mind of awakening as his household, cultivating as is right as the rule of his household, the grounds as the dwelling place of his household, the forbearances as his clan, great vows as the teaching of his household, bringing all practices to fullness as compliance with the rule of his household, exhorting others to bring forth the great vehicle as the carrying on of the family occupation, the bodhisattva bound to one more birth who is consecrated with the water of the Dharma as the crown prince, and the accomplishing of awakening as that which is able to purify the clan.
Passing Beyond the Ground of Ordinary Beings and Being Born into the Household of the Tathāgatas
“Good man! In this way the bodhisattva passes beyond the ground of ordinary beings, enters the station of the bodhisattvas, is born into the household of the tathāgatas, abides in the lineage of the buddhas, is able to cultivate all practices, does not cut off the three jewels, is well able to guard the clan of the bodhisattvas, purifies the seed of the bodhisattvas, is honored and surpassing in his place of birth, is without any faults, and is reverenced and praised by the devas, humans, māras, Brahmās, śramaṇas, and brahmins of every world.
Having Been Born into an Honored and Surpassing Household, He Knows in Eleven Ways
“Good man! After the bodhisattva-mahāsattva has been born into such an honored and surpassing household as this, because he knows that all dharmas are like a shadow-image, he has no loathing or contempt for the worlds; because he knows that all dharmas are like a transformation, he has no attachment to the destinies of existence; because he knows that all dharmas are without a self, his mind does not grow weary in teaching sentient beings; because his very substance is great kindness and compassion, he does not feel it a labor to gather sentient beings in; because he penetrates that birth-and-death is like a dream, he passes through all the kalpas without dread; because he knows that the aggregates are all like an illusion, he displays the receiving of birth without grief or weariness; because he knows that the elements and the sense-fields are the same as the Dharma realm, there is no destroying of them within the realms of objects; because he knows that all thoughts are like a heat-haze, he enters the destinies without giving rise to upside-down confusion; because he penetrates that all dharmas are like an illusion, he enters the realm of the māras without giving rise to attachment; because he knows the dharma-body, all afflictions cannot deceive him; because he has gained sovereign mastery, he penetrates without obstruction within all the destinies.
My Body Is Born Everywhere Throughout the Whole Dharma Realm
“Good man! My body is born everywhere throughout the whole Dharma realm: equal to the differing forms and marks of all sentient beings, equal to the distinct words and sounds of all sentient beings, equal to the every sort of name of all sentient beings, equal to the bearing that all sentient beings delight in, according with the world in teaching and taming; equal to all pure sentient beings in displaying the receiving of birth, equal to all ordinary sentient beings in the work they do, equal to the thoughts of all sentient beings, equal to the vows of all bodhisattvas — and so my body appears filling the Dharma realm.
I Was Born Here for the Sake of Teaching and Delivering, and Dying Here I Shall Be Born in the Tuṣita Heaven
“Good man! It was for the sake of teaching and delivering those who cultivated the same practices with me of old and who now have lost the mind of awakening; and also to teach my father and mother and my kin; and also to teach the brahmins and cause them to leave behind the arrogance of clan and to be born within the lineage of the tathāgatas — that I was born within this Jambudvīpa realm, in the country of Malādi, in the village of Kuṭa, into a brahmin household. Good man! I dwell within this great storeyed pavilion, and according to what the minds of sentient beings delight in, I teach and tame them by every sort of skillful means. Good man! Because I would accord with the minds of sentient beings, because I would ripen the deva hosts of the same practice within the Tuṣita Heaven, because I would display the adornments of the transformations of the merit and knowledge of a bodhisattva; because I would pass beyond all the realms of desire, because I would cause them to cast off the joys of desire, because I would cause them to know that the conditioned is all impermanent, because I would cause them to know that the flourishing of the devas must surely decline, because I wish to display the Dharma gate of great knowledge at the time when I am about to descend and be born; because I would talk together with the final-birth bodhisattvas, because I wish to gather in and teach those of the same practice, because I wish to teach those sent here by Śākya the Tathāgata and cause them all to awaken as a lotus flower opens — therefore I shall die here and be born in the Tuṣita Heaven.
The Prediction: You and Mañjuśrī Shall Both See Me
“Good man! When my vows are brought to fullness, when I have accomplished all-knowledge and gained awakening, you and Mañjuśrī shall both be able to see me.
Pointing Out the Next Friend (Chengguan’s Outline): Go and Ask Mañjuśrī Seven Matters
“Good man! You should go on to the place of the good friend Mañjuśrī and ask him: ‘How does a bodhisattva study the practice of the bodhisattvas? How does he enter the gate of the practice of Samantabhadra? How is it accomplished? How is it made vast? How is it made to accord? How is it made pure? How is it brought to fullness?’ Good man! He will distinguish and set it forth for you. Why is this? All the great vows that Mañjuśrī has are not such as the remaining measureless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas of bodhisattvas can have.
Mañjuśrī’s Practice Is Vast and His Vows Are Without Bound (Chengguan’s Outline: Setting Forth the Vastness of His Practice)
“Good man! Mañjuśrī the youth: his practice is vast, his vows are without bound, and he gives birth to all the merit and virtue of the bodhisattvas without ever resting. Good man! Mañjuśrī is constantly the mother of measureless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas of buddhas, and is constantly the teacher of measureless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas of bodhisattvas; he teaches and ripens all sentient beings, and his name is heard everywhere throughout the worlds of the ten directions; he constantly acts as the master of the expounding of the Dharma within the multitudes of all the buddhas, and is praised by all the tathāgatas; he abides in deep knowledge, is able to see all dharmas as they really are, penetrates all the realms of liberation, and has brought to the utmost all the practices that Samantabhadra practises.
Mañjuśrī Is Your Good Friend (Chengguan’s Outline: Setting Forth the Depth of the Bond)
“Good man! Mañjuśrī the youth is your good friend, who caused you to be born into the household of the tathāgatas, to grow and nourish all roots of good, to raise up all the dharmas that aid the path, and to meet with true good friends; who caused you to cultivate every merit and virtue, to enter all the nets of vows, and to abide in all the great vows; who spoke for you the secret dharmas of all the bodhisattvas and displayed the practices of all the bodhisattvas that are hard to conceive; and who of old was born together with you and practised together with you.
The Concluding Exhortation: It Is All the Majestic and Spiritual Power of Mañjuśrī
“Therefore, good man, you should go on to the place of Mañjuśrī and not grow weary and turn away; Mañjuśrī will speak for you of every merit and virtue. Why is this? All the good friends you saw before, the practice of the bodhisattvas you heard, the gates of liberation you entered, the great vows you brought to fullness — all of these are the majestic and spiritual power of Mañjuśrī; and Mañjuśrī has come to the utmost in every place.”
Cherishing His Virtue and Taking Leave (Chengguan’s Outline)
Then Sudhana the youth bowed to his feet, circled him measureless times, gazed up at him with earnest longing, and took his leave and departed.
全段的形狀:門開了,善知識就不再說話
前面四十幾位善友,每一位都問、都答、都有一段法門之說。到彌勒這裡,善財請的不是法,是門——「唯願大聖開樓閣門,令我得入!」彌勒也不答,只走到樓閣前面彈了一下指,門就開了,招呼他進去。
要排一個誤解:這不是彌勒省事,也不是善財不會問。全段正文六千二百三十九字,其中四千零九十八字寫的是「所見」——依報、正報、伴菩薩、諸佛、閣中主閣、嚴具作用,一層一層。也就是說,這一位善知識的授法方式,是讓人自己走進去看。澄觀科這一段時把它繫在「授法體」之下,說彌勒之彈指是「先約緣加,令其就法亡言會旨,則佛法門開」——門開之前先要「亡言」,所以善知識不說話正是說法的一部分。
落到地上:讀這一段,若一直等著讀對話,前面四千餘字就會讀成佈景。其實那才是正文。
入已還閉:為什麼進去之後門要關上
經文只有四個字——「入已還閉」,卻是三家古德都特別下語的地方。
為什麼要關?澄觀釋此云:「證已契合,能所兩亡,即妄而真,更無入處,故云還閉。」門是為「入」而開的;一旦真入了,能入與所入都不再分成兩邊,「入」這件事就沒有處所可安,所以門自然還閉。法藏《探玄記》就六十本另出一義,說「以一證永得無有退失,更無復出,故云還閉」——關的是出口,不是入口。李通玄則說「智無內外中間、無出無入、無迷無證,名為還閉」。
排一個誤解:以為關門是把善財鎖在裡面。三家沒有一家這樣讀。落到地上:修行上真正到手的那一刻,通常不是『我進來了』的感覺,而是連『進來』這個念頭都用不上了。
阿僧祇:為什麼要用一個數不清的數,數一整段
入閣第一段是依報,句句冠一個「阿僧祇」——依報這一段三十九見,通本節正文四十一見。地、宮殿、門闥、窓牖、階陛、欄楯、道路、幡、幢、蓋、瓔珞、半月、繒帶、寶網、寶鐸、香爐、寶鏡、寶燈、寶衣、寶帳、寶座、童女像、菩薩像、眾鳥、四色蓮華、寶樹、摩尼寶——一路數下去。
為什麼要這樣寫?因為「阿僧祇」本是『數不清』的意思,用一個數不清的數去逐項數,正是要讀者數到中途放棄。澄觀於此段判「同虛空者,稱法性故」——閣之所以廣博同虛空,不是體積大,是它稱著法性而現。法性無邊,所以嚴具無盡。
排一個誤解:以為這是文學上的鋪張。若是鋪張,說一句「無量莊嚴」就夠了,不必逐項。逐項而每項皆不可數,是要人在『逐項』與「不可數」的矛盾裡停住。落到地上:讀這一段的正確方式,不是記住有哪些物,是讓自己在數不完的地方停下來。
一中見多、一處見多:微細門與相在門
依報之後有兩句轉語。一是「又見其中,有無量百千諸妙樓閣,一一嚴飾悉如上說」;二是「善財童子於一處中見一切處,一切諸處悉如是見」。
這兩句不同。澄觀分得很清楚,釋此云:「次「又見其中」下依中有依。一中見多,即微細門,亦主伴門。後「善財童子」下一處見多,即相在門。」前一句是閣中有閣——一個小處所裡含著無量處所,這是微細;後一句是能見的一處與所見的一切互相在——這是相在。法藏就六十本也於此判「明一土則一切土,主伴具足也」。
落到地上:這兩句是全段的鑰匙孔。後面所有『於一一物中見種種』的文字,讀法都在這裡。
得益:為什麼是「纔始稽首」就見到了
見了閣之後,善財「生大歡喜,踊躍無量,身心柔軟,離一切想,除一切障,滅一切惑」,然後「普運其心,普見一切,普申敬禮,纔始稽首」,就自見其身遍在一切諸樓閣中。
要注意這個「纔始」。頭還沒有低完,遍身已現。澄觀於見依報一門先分「先見、後益」二節;而「纔始稽首」以下,澄觀已判入第二「見正報」之總標,不在依報之「後益」內——自見遍身,是見正報之首事,繫在「以彌勒菩薩威神之力」上。
排一個誤解:以為這是善財自己修出來的神通。經文明說是「以彌勒菩薩威神之力」。落到地上:一個人真正見到什麼的時候,通常說不出是自己看見的還是被讓看見的——這一段的「纔始」二字,正是寫這個說不清。
見正報第一重:一個人的最初發心是什麼樣子
「所謂」以下開始見彌勒的本事。第一重是初發心時:名字、種族、善友、善根、壽、劫、佛、剎土、行、願,以及那些如來的眾會、壽命、親近供養的時長——「悉皆明見」。
為什麼本事要從發心說起?因為這是「攝德成因相」——澄觀判本會五相,彌勒一位所當的是「攝德」。所攝之德要有本,本就是最初那一念。經文不寫彌勒有多大的功德,寫的是他發心那一天叫什麼名字、遇到誰。
落到地上:一個人的來歷若從成就處說,只能仰望;從發心處說,才進得去。
見正報第二重:慈氏之名是怎麼來的
第二重是「或見彌勒最初證得慈心三昧,從是已來,號為慈氏」。這一句是經文自己在釋名,不必外求。從證慈心三昧那一刻起,這位菩薩的名字就是慈。
同一重之內還有:修諸妙行、成滿諸波羅蜜、得忍、住地、成就清淨國土、護持如來正教作大法師、得無生忍,以至「某時、某處、某如來所受於無上菩提之記」。澄觀科此為「見其修行得法時」,法藏則作「明發心已後修行得記時」——二家名異而所指同一重。
這一重所列不是同義反覆,是一條有次第的進程,逐節當看:「修諸妙行,成滿一切諸波羅蜜」是行門具足;「得忍」是於所聞之法能受而不違;「住地」是所住之位已定;「成就清淨國土」是自行之外已能攝土;「護持如來正教,為大法師」是能荷擔法;「得無生忍」是於諸法不生之理安忍不動;末乃「某時、某處、某如來所受於無上菩提之記」——所記者是一個確定的時、確定的處、確定的佛,不是一句讚語。前六是因中之事,末一是佛所懸記之果期。四十餘位善友之中,唯此一位之本事被逐節看見,正因為彌勒所當之位是「攝德」——所攝之德,必須看得見它是一節一節積起來的。
落到地上:這一節可以當作一張次第表——行滿了沒有、受得住法沒有、位定了沒有、荷得起法沒有。次第不是名目,是檢查的順序。
排一個誤解:以為「慈氏」是一個尊號、一個稱謂。經文說的是三昧之名成了人的名。落到地上:名字若是從所證處來的,那名字就是一個提醒,不是一個頭銜。
見正報第三重:十種身,一種身一種對治
第三重是隨類受生。經文列:轉輪王勸住十善、護世饒益、釋天訶責五欲、焰摩天王讚不放逸、兜率天王稱歎一生菩薩功德、化樂天王現變化莊嚴、他化自在天王演一切佛法、魔王說一切法無常、梵王說諸禪喜樂、阿脩羅王入大智海了法如幻、斷憍慢醉傲。
要看的是配對。作魔王而說的是「一切法皆悉無常」,作阿脩羅王而斷的是「憍慢醉傲」——所現之身與所治之病是相應的。法藏就六十本判此段為「見本生隨類生身,有十三種」——其十三種即上列十種天王身,加閻羅界、餓鬼、畜生三惡道之身。八十本所列亦是十身加三惡道,其數與六十本同;本篇之所以把三惡道另立一節,是本篇之分節,不是異譯少了三種。誌錄不判。
排一個誤解:以為隨類受生是為了方便說法。此段所寫更進一層:所現之身本身就是法。落到地上:對治一個人的傲慢,最有效的往往不是講謙卑,是站到他所敬的位置上再講。
見正報:三惡道中的三件事
隨類生身之後,經文另出一段三惡道:閻羅界放大光明救地獄苦、餓鬼處施諸飲食濟其飢渴、畜生道種種方便調伏眾生。
三處三事,各對其苦:地獄苦在暗與逼,故放光;餓鬼苦在飢渴,故施食;畜生苦在癡與被役,故調伏。經文不說「普度一切」,說的是三件具體的事。
落到地上:這一段是全篇最樸素的三句。所見之閣不可思議,而所行之事是給飯吃。
見正報第四重:十六類眾會,一類一段
第四重是處會說法。經文以「或復見為……眾會說法」之句式連下:護世天王、忉利天王、焰摩天王、兜率天王、化樂天王、他化自在天王、大梵王、龍王、夜叉羅剎王、乾闥婆緊那羅王、阿脩羅陀那婆王、迦樓羅摩睺羅伽王、其餘一切人非人等、聲聞眾會、緣覺眾會,末以「初發心乃至一生所繫已灌頂者諸菩薩眾」收——共十六段(逐字數之)。
澄觀科此段為「見處會說法,於中,先明所處會殊、後「或見讚說初地」下顯所說之法」——先寫對誰說,後寫說什麼。這是一個很清楚的次第:所化之機定了,所說之法才定。
落到地上:同一位菩薩對十六種眾會說法,經文不說他說了什麼,只說他在那裡。說法的第一件事是到場。
見正報:所讚說的十門功德
「所說之法」一段列十門:初地乃至十地功德、滿足諸波羅蜜、入諸忍門、諸大三昧門、甚深解脫門、諸禪三昧神通境界、諸菩薩行、諸大誓願、與同行菩薩讚說世間資生工巧利眾生事、與一生菩薩讚說一切佛灌頂門。
十門之序有其理路,逐門當看。第一門「初地乃至十地所有功德」是位——先把所行之位標出來。第二門「滿足一切諸波羅蜜」是行——位中所修者為度。第三門「入諸忍門」是於法之安受,行久而不動。第四門「諸大三昧門」與第五門「甚深解脫門」是定與脫:一是住心之門,一是出縛之門。第六門「諸禪三昧神通境界」是定所起之用。第七門「諸菩薩行」總收前六為一行字。第八門「諸大誓願」是行之所依——行若無願,久必退轉。第九門「世間資生工巧種種方便利眾生事」是謀生的技藝:前八門皆出世之法,此一門是世間之事,而與前八門並列,不是附帶。第十門「一切佛灌頂門」是果位之受職,故經文特言與「諸一生菩薩」共讚——能共談此門者,位須齊。
十門之中,第九門最值得停一下。它與第十門相鄰:一邊是市井的手藝,一邊是佛之灌頂。經文把這兩門排在一處而不加分別,是本段一處極重的筆。
排一個誤解:以為菩薩所讚說的只是深法。落到地上:把一門手藝教清楚,在這一列裡與讚說十地功德同格。
見正報第五重:百千年的經行讀誦
第五重澄觀科為「總見行用」。經文寫得極平常:「或見彌勒於百千年,經行、讀誦、書寫經卷,勤求觀察,為眾說法」,然後才是入諸禪四無量心、入遍處及諸解脫、入三昧現諸神變。
次第值得看:先百千年的經行讀誦書寫,後才是諸禪神變。經文沒有把神變放在前面。
落到地上:這一重是全段的一個對照面。前面看了那麼多不可思議,這裡寫的是一個人抄了很久的經。
見伴菩薩:毛孔出身雲
第三門是「見伴菩薩」。經文寫諸菩薩入變化三昧,一一毛孔出一切變化身雲:天眾、龍眾、夜叉乃至摩睺羅伽、釋梵護世、轉輪聖王、小王、王子、大臣、官屬、長者、居士、聲聞、緣覺、菩薩、如來、一切眾生身雲。
澄觀科此為「明見伴菩薩身雲演法,即前與無量眷屬」——所謂伴菩薩,就是彌勒的同行眷屬。此段之所以要立一門,是因為前面所見都是彌勒一人之德,這裡見的是與他同行的人。
落到地上:一個人的德行若真成就,看得見的不只是他,還有跟著他的那一群。
出妙音:所讚的法門有多少
伴菩薩出妙音,所讚之門經文以「所謂」領起,開三大列:菩提心功德門;檀波羅蜜乃至智波羅蜜功德門;諸攝、諸禪、諸無量心、諸三昧、三摩鉢底、諸通、諸明、總持、辯才、諸諦、諸智、止觀、解脫、諸緣、諸依、諸說法門;再以念處、正勤、神足、根、力、七菩提分、八聖道分收三十七道品,末及聲聞乘、獨覺乘、菩薩乘、諸地、諸忍、諸行、諸願。
這一列的順序是有意思的,逐目當看。第一目「菩提心功德門」——一切之首,無此則下皆無所屬。第二目「檀波羅蜜乃至智波羅蜜功德門」:經文作「檀波羅蜜乃至智波羅蜜」,所收是十度(檀、尸、忍、進、禪、般若、方便、願、力、智),不是六度;六度是前六,後四是登地以後所開,經文既言「乃至智」,則十度全收。第三目是一長列:「諸攝」是攝眾生之法,「諸禪」「諸無量心」是定與四等,「諸三昧」「三摩鉢底」是定之別相,「諸通」「諸明」是定所發之用,「總持」「辯才」是持法與說法,「諸諦」「諸智」是所觀與能觀,「止觀」是修之二輪,「解脫」是所證,「諸緣」「諸依」是所託,「諸說法門」是化他之器——自定而慧、自持而說、自證而化,次第宛然。第四目收三十七道品:「念處、正勤、神足、根、力、七菩提分、八聖道分」——四念處是觀之所繫,四正勤是斷惡修善之力,四神足是定所成之願行,五根五力是由生而不可壞,七覺分是擇法之慧,八聖道分是行之全路;自觀而勤、而定、而根力、而覺、而道,七科即一條修路。第五目「諸聲聞乘、諸獨覺乘、諸菩薩乘」是三乘——所讚不偏一乘,三乘之法皆在其中。第六目「諸地、諸忍、諸行、諸願」是位與位上之行——地是所登之位,忍是位中所安之理,行是位上所修,願是行之所導;位與行願合說,才是一位之全。自發心起,經十度、經定慧、經道品,至三乘與諸位而止——這一列所排的,是一部教法的全目。
落到地上:這一列所以要從頭排到尾,用意在讓人知道所讚說的沒有一門落在外面——連謀生的工巧、連最末的願,都在這一列之內。
見諸佛:所見的不是佛的相好
第四門見諸佛。經文所列不是佛的相好,是「生處、種姓、身形、壽命、剎劫、名號、說法利益、教住久近」以至道場眾會之種種不同。澄觀科此為「明見諸佛攝化之德」。
為什麼要看這些?因為所看的是「攝化之德」——一尊佛在哪裡出世、住多久、教法留多久,這些才是攝化的實際條件。
落到地上:認識一位佛,先認識他所處的時節與所化的人。
閣中主閣:一座閣裡有一座最上的閣
第五門是「見閣中主閣」。在莊嚴藏內的諸樓閣中,別見一閣「高廣嚴飾,最上無比」,其中悉見三千世界百億四天下、百億兜率陀天,一一皆有彌勒降神誕生以至分布舍利、住持教法。
澄觀科此為「見閣中主閣,別明慈氏一生當作」——這一閣所現的不是往事,是彌勒當來成佛的一生。前面所見皆是因,這一閣是果。三本於此段繁簡有別:閣之勝,八十本作「最上無比」,六十本作「勝妙於前」,四十本兼取二意而作「高廣殊麗,總攝諸閣一切莊嚴勝妙,於前最上無比」;所含之界,八十本、六十本各舉二目,四十本舉三目;降神之相,四十本別有「蓮華藏中」一節,為八十本、六十本所無。
排一個誤解:以為八相成道是釋迦的專屬。此處經文明寫是彌勒的。落到地上:善財在因位的閣裡,看見了老師的果位——這一看,才叫「觀果知因」,李通玄科這一整段正是用這四個字。
自見其身:看的人也在被看的裡面
主閣之後有一句轉語:「爾時,善財自見其身,在彼一切諸如來所;亦見於彼一切眾會、一切佛事,憶持不忘,通達無礙。」
這一句與前面「自見其身遍在一切諸樓閣中」相呼應,而更進一層:前面是身遍諸閣,此處是身在諸佛所,且能憶持不忘。澄觀科此段之得益「可知」,未別出釋語。
落到地上:所謂真見到了,是看的人也進了畫面,不再站在外面。
聞:近聞與遠聞
第六門是「見聞嚴具作用」,開十段。第一段是聞法,澄觀又開三:近聞、遠聞、得益。
近聞是「一切諸樓閣內,寶網鈴鐸及諸樂器,皆悉演暢不可思議微妙法音」,所說者七事:菩薩發菩提心、修行波羅蜜行、諸願、諸地、恭敬供養如來、莊嚴諸佛國土、諸佛說法差別。遠聞是「又聞某處,有某菩薩」——一連串的「某」,某處、某法門、某善知識、某劫、某剎、某如來、某大眾、某佛。
為什麼要用「某」?因為這是聞而不是見。所聞之事有結構而無定名,所以逐項作「某」。這是全經少見的一種寫法。
落到地上:這一段寫的是一種聽法的狀態——你聽見了一個完整的故事,卻說不出是誰的故事。
遠聞第二段:捨身求法與護法之事
遠聞之下又有一段,所聞者四類:某菩薩修六波羅蜜;某菩薩為求法故棄捨王位珍寶妻子眷屬手足頭目而無所吝;某菩薩守護如來正法作大法師、廣行法施、建法幢吹法螺擊法鼓雨法雨、造塔造像、施諸樂具;某如來於某劫成等正覺、如是國土眾會壽命。
三類是菩薩,一類是如來;三類是因,一類是果。而第二類「捨手足頭目」與第三類『建法幢造塔像』,一者捨身,一者立事——護法之兩面,經文都寫。
落到地上:護持正法既包含捨得下的,也包含立得起的。這一段不偏一邊。
聞法之得益
遠聞之後是得益:「即得無量諸總持門、諸辯才門、諸禪、諸忍、諸願、諸度、諸通、諸明,及諸解脫、諸三昧門。」
要注意所得之首是「總持」與「辯才」。聽來的法,所得先在記與說;下面才是禪、忍、願、度、通、明、解脫、三昧。這與前面見閣所得的「所見不忘,所聞能憶,所思不亂」是同一路。
落到地上:法從耳入,第一步的果不是定,是記得住、說得出。
寶鏡中的十九項所現:四種道場與十五種世界
第二段是寶鏡作用。鏡中所現先是四種道場(佛、菩薩、聲聞、緣覺),次是世界之淨不淨四句(淨、不淨、淨不淨、不淨淨),次是有佛無佛、小中大、因陀羅網、覆、仰、平坦、三惡道所住、天人充滿。所現之中復有無數大菩薩眾,或行或坐、起大悲、造諸論、受持書誦、問答、三時懺悔、迴向發願。
要看的是「淨不淨」與「不淨淨」這兩句。世界不是只有淨與不淨兩類,中間還有兩種次第相反的混合。經文肯把這兩句寫出來,是不肯把世界簡化為二。
落到地上:判一個處所是好是壞,通常太快。這面鏡子照出來的是四種,不是兩種。
寶柱、寶像、瓔珞:三段小事
第三段寶柱放摩尼王大光明網,色有九種(青、黃、赤、白、玻瓈、水精、帝青、虹霓、閻浮檀金),末以「或作一切諸光明色」總收。第四段是閻浮檀金童女及眾寶像之威儀——執華雲、衣雲、幢幡、鬘蓋、塗香末香、摩尼寶網,或垂金鎖、挂瓔珞、舉臂捧莊嚴具、低首垂摩尼冠,「曲躬瞻仰,目不暫捨」。第五段是真珠瓔珞常出香水具八功德、瑠璃瓔珞百千光明同時照耀。
這三段所寫的是器物在作恭敬。像不是被看的,是在瞻仰的;瓔珞不是被戴的,是在出香水的。
落到地上:這一段最短而最動人的是「目不暫捨」四字——那是像的眼睛,不是人的。
蓮華中的色像與如來坐
第六段是蓮華重現。四色蓮華各生無量諸華,或大一手、或長一肘、或縱廣如車輪,一一華中示現男、女、童男、童女、釋、梵、護世、天、龍、夜叉、乾闥婆、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、緊那羅、摩睺羅伽、聲聞、緣覺、菩薩之色像,「皆悉合掌,曲躬禮敬」。其後一句獨立:「亦見如來結跏趺坐,三十二相莊嚴其身。」
前面一切眾生像都在禮敬,末一句是所禮敬的那一位坐在那裡。經文沒有把如來寫進華中,是另起一句。
落到地上:一段長長的禮敬之後,被禮敬的那一位只用了一句話,不動。
寶地與寶樹:從全身到半身
第七段是淨瑠璃地,一一步間現世界色像、菩薩色像、如來色像及樓閣莊嚴色像。第八段是寶樹枝葉華果中「半身色像」——佛、菩薩、天、龍、夜叉乃至護世、轉輪聖王、小王、王子、大臣、官長及四眾之半身像,或執華鬘瓔珞莊嚴具、或曲躬合掌禮敬、或讚歎、或入三昧,身以相好莊嚴,放八種色光(金、銀、珊瑚、兜沙羅、帝青、毘盧遮那寶、一切眾寶、瞻波迦華)。
「半身」二字是這一段的眼。地上現的是全像,樹中現的是半身。澄觀於此段只釋一詞——「兜沙羅者,此云霜氷」,李通玄同釋作「如此方霜氷之色也」。二家所釋同。
落到地上:所現隨所依之物而有全有半,並不強求整齊。經文肯這樣寫,是不肯把境界寫得太乾淨。
半月與四壁:末二段收在本事上
第九段是半月像中出阿僧祇日月星宿光明普照十方。第十段是周迴四壁一一寶中現彌勒曩劫修菩薩道之事——施頭目、手足、脣舌、牙齒、耳鼻、血肉、皮膚、骨髓乃至爪髮,妻妾男女城邑聚落國土王位隨須盡施;處牢獄者令出離、被繫縛者使解脫、有疾病者為救療、入邪徑者示正道;或為船師、馬王、大仙、輪王、醫王,或孝順父母、親近善友,或作聲聞緣覺菩薩如來,或為法師奉行佛教立佛支提作佛形像。末又見彌勒承事諸善知識、親近供養受行其教,乃至住於灌頂之地。
澄觀科此段為「壁現本事,於中初見慈氏修行隨類攝生、後「又見」下覩所事友勸喻善財」。十段嚴具之作用,最後一段落回本事,且落在『所事之友』上——彌勒也是跟著善知識學來的。
排一個誤解:以為前面所見皆是彌勒之德,這一段卻是他的老師們。落到地上:善財看了一路的莊嚴,最後看見的是他的老師當年也在做他現在做的事。
諸知識告誡:這一句是誰說的
四壁本事之末,出現全段唯一一處非彌勒一人具名的說者:「時,諸知識告善財言:「善來童子!汝觀此菩薩不思議事,莫生疲厭。」」
「諸知識」是複數,指前面所見彌勒曾承事的那些善知識。這一句不是彌勒說的。
為什麼要在這裡插一句「莫生疲厭」?因為所見已經極長:前面十段嚴具、五重正報,一路排下來。要看清楚這是諸知識的勸語,不是經文敘善財已經疲累——經文所記的是「莫生」,是勸他不要生起疲厭,並未說他已生。
落到地上:這一句是全段裡唯一一句對善財說的家常話——看不完是正常的,別因為看不完就不看了。
總顯見相:五個問句
別明所見既畢,經文總收:「得不忘失憶念力故,得見十方清淨眼故,得善觀察無礙智故,得諸菩薩自在智故,得諸菩薩已入智地廣大解故。」
澄觀把這五句讀成五個問句的答案,說:「謂何力能見?以何眼見?將何智見?依何位見?於何處見?如經屬之」。五句與五問相配:「不忘失憶念力」答「何力」,「見十方清淨眼」答「何眼」,「善觀察無礙智」與「諸菩薩自在智」二句同答「何智」——一是觀察之無礙,一是運用之自在;「已入智地廣大解」答「何位」。至於「何處」,不在這五個「故」字句之內,經文於五句之後別出一句明答:「於一切樓閣一一物中」。
排一個誤解:以為這五句是套語式的功德列舉。澄觀之讀法給了它一個結構——這是一份『能見之條件清單』。落到地上:見不到的時候,可以拿這五問逐一問自己缺哪一項。
十喻:為什麼要用到十個
見相之後是十喻:夢、命終業相、鬼持、龍持、梵宮、比丘遍處定、虛空乾闥婆城、夜叉宮殿、大海、幻師。
為什麼要十個?澄觀自設此問並自答:「所以有十喻者,所喻別故。然有二意:一喻能見因緣不同故、二喻所見境相別故。」一個喻同時擔兩件事,所以要十個。
依第一意,十喻各表一種能見之力:初一總喻能見所見皆如夢;二喻自因力(隨自業故);三四喻緣力(鬼持、龍持,而「鬼持自他不同,龍持自他同體」);五喻友依報力;六是定力;七喻性空力;八喻法界自在力;九喻智定無二力(「大智海印之三昧故」);十幻智自在力。
三四二喻之中,龍持一喻三本所取之向不同:八十本作「於少時間,自謂已經日月年載」,是以短為長;六十本作「七日半月,一歲百歲,謂為須臾」,是以長為短;四十本與八十本同。一喻兩可,而古德所判之「念劫圓融」正不偏一邊。十喻前後的問答,三本安排也不同:六十本在十喻之前先由彌勒問『汝見不』、善財答『已見』;八十本十喻之前只有諸知識一句『莫生疲厭』,問答要到出定之後;四十本則在出定之後由彌勒連下十三問,善財答以『唯然已見』,並歸之於善知識加持、憶念與威德三力。
落到地上:十個喻不是十個說法,是一件事的十個條件。
十喻的第二輪:所見之相
同樣十喻,換一個角度再配一次。澄觀依第二意判:臨終現業喻「喻所見冥應」、非人所持喻「喻所見能說」、龍宮淹久喻「喻念劫圓融」、梵宮廣現喻「喻一多無礙」、遍處定境喻「喻所見明了」、乾城依空喻「喻事理無礙」、同處異見喻「喻隱顯自在」、海現三千喻「喻頓現遠近」、幻現眾多喻「喻所見純雜無礙」。
要注意夢喻在兩輪裡都是「總」。兩輪皆是初一總而餘九各別:第一輪之九喻各配一種能見之力,第二輪之九喻各配一種所見之相,九喻各有其別配,並非只能擔一義。夢之特殊,在它於兩輪皆居總位——「總喻能見所見皆如夢事」,故兩輪都以它起頭。
排一個誤解:以為十喻是十個並列的比方,隨便舉幾個就夠。二意各配一輪,缺一個就有一義無所繫。這也是《演義鈔》所說之意——若不作此釋,就會覺得「經文繁不要也」。落到地上:讀十喻要橫讀一遍再豎讀一遍。
十喻之合:為什麼有三個喻沒有合語
十喻之中,前六喻皆有「善財童子亦復如是」之合語,第七、第八、第九三喻沒有,到第十幻師喻才一時總合。
《演義鈔》把這件事說得最清楚,釋此云:「然十喻中,前六有合,七八九無。第十幻中,一時總合,從後倒合。」而且是「倒合」——經文末段四句「以彌勒菩薩威神故」合幻師、「及不思議幻智力故」合大海、「能以幻智知諸法故」合夜叉與人互不相見、「得諸菩薩自在力故」合乾城依空,正是自後往前逐一對回去。
三本於合語之有無亦不同:乾闥婆城一喻,八十本無合語,而六十本、四十本皆有——六十本作「善財童子亦復如是,於樓觀中,見一切法,無所障礙」,四十本亦以「善財童子亦復如是」承之。故「前六有合,七八九無」是八十本之文相,非三本皆然。
落到地上:這一段若順著讀會覺得少了三個合語;倒著讀就對上了。經文的接縫不在字面上,在次序裡。
第二次彈指:與第一次不同在哪裡
十喻之後,「彌勒菩薩摩訶薩即攝神力入樓閣中,彈指作聲」,告善財起。這是全段第二次彈指。
兩次有什麼不同?澄觀釋此云:「亦彈指者,前來得旨所謂忘言,此中得旨令不滯寂。」第一次彈指是要人放下言說而入,第二次彈指是要人不停在寂靜裡。《演義鈔》說得更直:「前則以定為門,此則以用為門,動寂無二,真入法界。」
排一個誤解:以為出定是境界結束了。兩次彈指是一對,缺後一次,前一次的入就成了滯。落到地上:進得去而出不來的,還不算進去過。
法性如是:所現之相從緣無性
出定的是善財——經文明作「善財聞彈指聲,從三昧起」;彌勒是攝神力入閣、彈指、告言的那一位。彌勒告言之第一句即是體相:「善男子!起,法性如是,此是菩薩知諸法智因緣聚集所現之相。如是自性,如幻、如夢、如影、如像,悉不成就。」
澄觀分此為標與釋,說所見之相「從法智緣生,緣生故無自性」,而「悉不成就者,結成上義,從緣無性故事不成就,無性從緣故理不成就」。
《演義鈔》再進一層,指出這裡有兩對,分屬兩宗之義:「初之一對是約依他,即三論意。緣生故無性,無性故從緣。從「由不守自性」下一對,約真實性辨,即法性宗真如不變隨緣之義。」而「亦是性自具」一語,鈔釋為「恒沙性德本來具足,非今新成,云不成就」。
落到地上:「悉不成就」四字最容易被讀成否定。照澄觀與鈔的讀法,它說的是本來具足,所以不必新成——不是沒有,是不必成。
師資互推:一問一答都在往對方身上推
出定之後,彌勒說「汝住菩薩不可思議自在解脫」,善財答「是善知識加被憶念威神之力」。
這一來一往,澄觀點得極妙:「約問親證,推之在因,云住不思議。答中謙敬,推之在緣,云善友力。師資互推,反常情也。」老師把功勞推給學生自己所證,學生把功勞推給老師的加被——兩邊都往對方推,與常情相反。
落到地上:這一句不必解釋。凡真正教過人、也真正被教過的,讀到這裡自然知道。
法門之名:十四個字要分三段讀
善財問名,彌勒答「入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」。
這十四個字澄觀分三段釋:「三世一切境界者,即此所入所見之境。不忘念智者,即能入能現之智。」境與智之所以能相稱,是「三世一如故念劫圓融,隨一世中現三際之境,智入三世了法空寂,與如冥契故,一念之中無所不見」。
「莊嚴藏」則有二義:「一以法性嚴故,一莊嚴中包含出生無盡嚴具,如一閣中見多閣等。二以無礙智契圓融境,嚴如來藏則本具諸法故。」《演義鈔》按此二義之淺深:「前義約理融事,已是事事無礙;後更明心境互融。」
彌勒答名之後還有一句:「此解脫門中,有不可說不可說解脫門,一生菩薩之所能得。」一個法門之內含著說不盡的法門。
此名三本亦異:四十本與八十本全同,六十本作「入三世智正念思惟莊嚴藏法門」——無「一切境界」與「不忘念」二節而作「正念思惟」,且於名末加「法門」二字。法藏就六十本釋此名,分三節:「以攝前後際,故云入三世智」,「正念思惟者,顯能見之智明了無倒」,「莊嚴藏者,明所見之境具德含藏」——與澄觀就八十本分境、智、藏三節,開合雖異而所指相會。
落到地上:這個名字本身就是一份說明書——所入之境、能入之智、所含之藏,三件事寫在一個名裡。
莊嚴事何處去:一問一答只有十二個字
善財問:「此莊嚴事,何處去耶?」彌勒答:「於來處去。」
這是全段最短的一問一答——問八字,答四字。澄觀解此云:「答中以從本流末故來,攝末歸本故去,去不異來,故引之於來一時併答。」問的是去處,答的是來處——因為去處與來處是同一處,所以一句話兩問都答了。
排一個誤解:以為這是禪機式的回避。澄觀的讀法不是回避,是併答。落到地上:問一件東西到哪裡去了,答案往往在它從哪裡來。
從何處來:離斷常故無生滅
善財追問「從何處來」。彌勒答:「從菩薩智慧神力中來,依菩薩智慧神力而住,無有去處,亦無住處,非集非常,遠離一切。」
澄觀於此下了本段最嚴密的一段推論:「從緣而來故非集,緣謝則滅故非常。若先定有來處則墮常過,先有今無則為斷滅。既離斷常,何有生滅一異等相?故云遠離一切。」若先有一個定的來處,就落常;若先有而今無,就落斷。兩邊都不落,生滅一異之相自然無所安立。
落到地上:「遠離一切」不是把一切推開,是斷常兩邊都站不住之後,剩下的那個說法。
龍雨喻與幻師喻:兩個喻分擔兩件事
答中設二喻。一是龍王降雨——「不從身出,不從心出,無有積集,而非不見;但以龍王心念力故,霈然洪霔,周遍天下」。二是幻師作幻事——「無所從來,無所至去;雖無來去,以幻力故,分明可見」。
二喻不重複。澄觀判:「先龍王降雨喻,偏喻無來之來」,「後幻師現幻喻,雙喻來去則無來去」龍雨只說「來」這一邊,幻師則來去雙說。合語之中「不住於內,亦不住外」一句,澄觀亦分屬二力:「不住內者,菩薩力故。不住外者,自善力故。以內外因緣互奪,則內外兩亡。」
落到地上:見到那一片莊嚴的,一半是老師的力,一半是自己的善根——兩邊互奪,所以說不出是誰的。
大聖從何處來:三個答案就是三身
善財第三問:「大聖從何處來?」彌勒的答有三重。
第一重是「諸菩薩無來無去,如是而來」以下十對:無行無住、無處無著、不沒不生、不住不遷、不動不起、無戀無著、無業無報、無起無滅、不斷不常。第二重是「從大悲處來」以下九處:大悲、大慈、淨戒、大願、神通、無動搖、無取捨、智慧方便、示現變化,九句皆以「故」字收,而「為欲」二字只在前二句——「為欲調伏諸眾生故」「為欲救護諸眾生故」;其下七句各自成語,如「隨其所樂而受生故」「往昔願力之所持故」。第三重是「我從生處摩羅提國而來於此」。
澄觀判這三重即三身:「一約體,實法身即無來之來……二……約相,實報從萬行中來,亦猶《淨名》從萬行道場來矣。三……約用,化現隨機熟處而來。此三即法、報、化身,亦體相用,亦理行事。」又補一層:「初唯理,後唯事,中一具理事。」
排一個誤解:以為前一重高、後一重低。澄觀說的是三身,不是三等。落到地上:問一個人從哪裡來,可以答無來無去,可以答從慈悲來,也可以答從某某村來——三個都是真話。
摩羅提與瞿波羅:兩個名字的意思
第三重之中出現三個專名:摩羅提國、房舍聚落、瞿波羅。
澄觀逐一釋名:「摩羅提者,具云摩羅耶提數。摩羅耶者,此云鬘施,即山名也。提數云中,謂其山在此國中故」;「瞿者地也,波羅云守護,即守護土地及心地故」。後文另有一個「拘吒聚落」,澄觀釋作「此云樓閣,此聚落中多樓閣故,或慈氏閣在此中故」。而經文自己把它譯作「房舍」——《演義鈔》就把這件事說明白了:「疏「拘吒聚落此云樓閣」,乃是一義,或云小舍、或曰多家。故上經自譯為「房舍聚落」,今疏取一義耳。」
排一個誤解:以為經文與疏文相違。鈔說得清楚,一名多義,疏取其一。落到地上:同一個地名,譯經的人取「房舍」,作疏的人取「樓閣」——而彌勒的大樓閣正在這個聚落裡,兩個譯法各有各的理。
菩薩生處十句:上句是行,下句是家
善財問「何者是菩薩生處」,彌勒答十種:菩提心、深心、諸地、大願、大悲、如理觀察、大乘、教化眾生、智慧方便、修行一切法。
十句都是同一個句式,而句式本身就是義理。澄觀點出:「今初有十,皆上句為能生之行,下句為所生之家。」上句是所修之行,下句是所生之家,十句逐一為:發菩提心則生菩薩家;有深心則生善知識家;得諸地則生波羅蜜家;發大願則生妙行家;有大悲則生四攝家;如理觀察則生般若波羅蜜家;行大乘則生方便善巧家;教化眾生則生佛家;具智慧方便則生無生法忍家;修行一切法則生過、現、未來一切如來家。十句之中,前三是自因之事,中四是所依之法,後三是化他與總收——所生之家步步升,所修之行也步步升。
澄觀疏中只釋了五句,其餘「餘可思準」。《演義鈔》補足了:疏所釋者難見,餘五易了,故但例之;並列十句之綱為行因、行緣、行相、以願扶行、化他、觀理、隨事理、益物、住果、上順。鈔且逐句補其所以:第四「以願扶行」者,「若發大願即生妙行」;第五「化他」者,「若有悲心,即行四攝」;第六「觀理」者,「若觀妙理,即成般若」;第七「隨事理」者,「若事理雙遊,是名大乘,即方便善巧」;第八「益物」者,即疏之「教化眾生即是覺他」;第九「住果」者,「權實雙流,則證無生忍」;第十「上順」者,「具修萬行,合三世佛家」。
澄觀又下一轉語:「又上句亦通所生」——上下句可以互翻,發菩提心也可以說是所生之家。但這一翻是有限的:《演義鈔》明定「則前七可通二解,後三必須依於前釋」——前七句上下可互翻,後三句只能依前釋讀(上句為能生之行、下句為所生之家),不得倒讀。故疏先立上句為能生之行,而後方翻例之。
落到地上:這十句可以當作一份自查表。想知道自己現在生在哪一家,看自己現在修的是哪一行。
眷屬二十句:為什麼是般若作母、方便作父
生處之後是生緣眷屬,二十句:般若為母、方便善巧為父、檀為乳母、尸為養母、忍為莊嚴具、勤為養育者、禪為澣濯人、善知識為教授師、菩提分為伴侶、善法為眷屬、菩薩為兄弟、菩提心為家、如理修行為家法、諸地為家處、諸忍為家族、大願為家教、滿足諸行為順家法、勸發大乘為紹家業、灌頂一生所繫菩薩為王太子、成就菩提為能淨家族。
母與父這一對,澄觀出三義:「一實知虛凝與陰俱靜,權智流動與陽齊波故。二親生法身實由般若,若無方便多共二乘,成菩薩種乃由方便故。三者內解外濟如父母故。」第二義最切:只有般若而無方便,多半落到二乘去;成得了菩薩之種,靠的是方便。其下澄觀但點兩句——「檀以福資、尸以防護」,餘者例推。二十句之分節,法藏就六十本判作三段——「初七明生育、次四為長益、餘九為成立同太子」,依之逐項可看。
前七句是生育之事:般若為母、方便善巧為父,是生之所由;檀為乳母、尸為養母,是生已而養;忍為莊嚴具、勤為養育者、禪為澣濯人——莊嚴是使其可觀,養育是使其得長,澣濯是使其得淨,三事皆是養一個孩子的實事,經文借之以配三度。忍何以為莊嚴?忍辱之人容色不變,是行者最可觀處;勤何以為養育?善根要靠精進才長;禪何以為澣濯?定能澄心,如水去垢。次四句是長益之緣:善知識為教授師、菩提分為伴侶、善法為眷屬、菩薩為兄弟——由外之師友而成,非一人所能自長。後九句是成立之事:菩提心為家、如理修行為家法、諸地為家處、諸忍為家族、大願為家教、滿足諸行為順家法、勸發大乘為紹家業、灌頂一生所繫菩薩為王太子、成就菩提為能淨家族——有家而後有家法(如理修行是這一家的規矩)、家處(諸地是這一家所住之位)、家族(諸忍是這一家同一血脈之所安)、家教(大願是這一家所以教子之本),能順能紹,末乃有太子、有淨族。一個家從無到成,二十句排完了。
排一個誤解:以為母父之配是修辭上的巧思。澄觀第二義說的是一條實際的岔路。落到地上:智慧使人出得去,方便使人回得來;少了後一半,路會走偏。
超凡夫地與生尊勝家:十一句因果
眷屬之後是校量顯勝,分兩層。先總說生家之勝——「超凡夫地,入菩薩位,生如來家,住佛種性,能修諸行,不斷三寶」,以至為一切世間天人魔梵沙門婆羅門所恭敬讚歎。後別彰智勝,即十一句因果(六句以知起,餘以了達、以、得等起):知一切法如影像故於諸世間無所惡賤、知如變化故於諸有趣無所染著、知無有我故教化眾生心無疲厭、以大慈悲為體性故攝受眾生不覺勞苦、了達生死猶如夢故經一切劫而無怖畏、了知諸蘊皆如幻故示現受生而無憂厭、知諸界處同法界故於諸境界無所壞滅、知一切想如陽焰故入於諸趣不生倒惑、達一切法皆如幻故入魔境界不起染著、知法身故一切煩惱不能欺誑、得自在故於一切趣通達無礙。
這十一句不是十一個譬喻。繫喻者只有六句——如影像、如變化、猶如夢、諸蘊如幻、如陽焰、一切法如幻;其餘五句不繫喻,別出五事:「知一切法無有我故」是無我,「以大慈悲為體性故」是體性,「知諸界、處同法界故」是界處同法界,「知法身故」是法身,「得自在故」是自在。句首之語也不一律:六句以知字起,其餘五句分作以、了達、了知、達、得。
逐句當看:知法如影像,故於世間「無所惡賤」——影像本無貴賤,則所對之世間亦無可嫌。知法如變化,故於諸有趣「無所染著」——變化之物不可執。知法無我,故教化眾生「心無疲厭」——無我則無能度所度之計,故不疲。以大慈悲為體性,故攝受眾生「不覺勞苦」——此句不繫喻而繫體性:慈悲既是體,勞苦便不成問題。了達生死如夢,故經一切劫「而無怖畏」——夢中之長劫不能傷人。了知諸蘊如幻,故示現受生「而無憂厭」——幻身可受可捨。知界處同法界,故於諸境界「無所壞滅」——同是一法界,則無可壞者。知一切想如陽焰,故入諸趣「不生倒惑」——焰不可飲,則不為所誑。達一切法如幻,故入魔境界「不起染著」。知法身,故一切煩惱「不能欺誑」——此句亦不繫喻:法身既現,煩惱之誑無所施。得自在,故於一切趣「通達無礙」——此句既無喻,亦不繫所知之法,直就所得之自在說。十一句之中,六句以喻為因、五句以德為因,因不同而果皆是一個無礙。
落到地上:這十一句不是十一種心境,是十一組因果。所礙之處若還在,回頭看的是前半句的因——多是知,亦有以悲為體、以自在為得者。
我身普生一切法界:這一段是彌勒自己說的
十一句之後,彌勒說到自己:「我身普生一切法界,等一切眾生差別色相,等一切眾生殊異言音,等一切眾生種種名號,等一切眾生所樂威儀,隨順世間教化調伏;等一切清淨眾生示現受生,等一切凡夫眾生所作事業,等一切眾生想,等一切菩薩願,而現其身充滿法界。」
澄觀科此為「別顯慈氏生處」,並分「文有十句,初句總、次八別、後一結」。《演義鈔》互讀一句,說這一段「亦同〈出現品〉無量三輪」。
要注意這裡的「等」字。不是「勝過」一切眾生,是「等同」一切眾生——色相、言音、名號、威儀,乃至凡夫所作的事業,都等。
落到地上:一位當來成佛的菩薩自述其身,用的字是「等」。這一個字比任何莊嚴都難。
為什麼生在婆羅門家,又為什麼要生兜率
其下彌勒自陳因緣,先明現生:為化度與己往昔同修諸行而今退失菩提心者、為教化父母親屬、為教化諸婆羅門令離種族憍慢,所以生於閻浮提界摩羅提國拘吒聚落婆羅門家。
後明當生:為隨順眾生心、為成熟兜率天中同行天、為示現菩薩福智變化莊嚴超過欲界、令捨欲樂、令知有為無常、令知諸天盛必衰、為示現將降生時大智法門、為與一生菩薩共談論、為攝化諸同行、為教化釋迦如來所遣來者「令如蓮華悉開悟故」,所以「於此命終,生兜率天」。
「如蓮華」一語澄觀出三義:「一釋迦下種,彼華開故;二昔因含果如華未開,因亡果現故如蓮華開;三聞熏含實如蓮未開,見實亡言故云開悟。」並引《智論》通證前義。
排一個誤解:以為菩薩受生是被業牽的。此段十餘個「為……故」,句句是為人。落到地上:他生在婆羅門家,是因為要度的正是最看重種族的那一群人。
汝及文殊俱得見我:三個意思
彌勒授記:「善男子!我願滿足,成一切智,得菩提時,汝及文殊俱得見我。」
「俱見」二字澄觀出三意:「一俱助化故;二善財表行、文殊信智,成正覺時俱證此故;三者文殊古佛、善財當佛、慈氏現佛,三世圓融浩然大均,故云俱見。」第三意最要緊——文殊是過去佛、善財是當來佛、慈氏是現在佛,三世一時相見。李通玄同就此句立言而語更直:「會三世因圓,智無古今,即三世佛一時相見,同一智慧。」
法藏《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》判『見聞位·解行位·證果海位』三位,第三「證果海位」逕引法藏所牒六十本之句作證,說「此約因果前後分二位故。是故前位但是因。圓果在後位故。說當見我也」。
落到地上:一句授記,古德讀出三世同席。這是本段最遠的一句話。
指示後友:已經見過文殊,為什麼還要回去
授記之後是指示後友。彌勒要善財去問文殊七事:云何學菩薩行、云何而入普賢行門、云何成就、云何廣大、云何隨順、云何清淨、云何圓滿。
問題來了:善財最初發心正是在文殊處,如今參到第五十二位(含初見文殊一位;德生童子與有德童女合為一位),為什麼要回頭?澄觀自設此問並自答:「先徵意云:文殊已見,何為勸往?釋意云:彼德深廣,宿緣重故。」而勸往之根本義,澄觀一句道破:「令往文殊者,因位將極,令反照心源故。」因位快到頭了,所以要回頭照一照最初那一念。
排一個誤解:以為參學是一直往前走,走完就完了。落到地上:走到最後一步時要做的事,是回去看第一步。
文殊之德:行廣與緣深
釋勸所由分二:先明行廣,後顯緣深。
明行廣一段是「文殊師利童子,其行廣大,其願無邊,出生一切菩薩功德無有休息」以下——常為諸佛母、常為菩薩師、教化成熟一切眾生、名稱普聞十方、常為說法師、一切如來所讚歎、住甚深智、能如實見一切諸法、通達一切解脫境界、究竟普賢所行諸行。澄觀逐句繫其所主:「出生菩薩功德者,主信法門,長養一切善。故為佛母者,主般若門,住甚深智,見法實故。為菩薩師者,具善巧智,通達解脫,究竟普賢行故。」
顯緣深一段是「文殊師利童子是汝善知識」以下——令汝得生如來家、長養善根、發起助道法、值遇真實善知識、修一切功德、入一切願網、住一切大願、為汝說祕密法、現難思行,末以「與汝往昔同生同行」收。澄觀科此為「顯其緣深已多成益」。
落到地上:行廣說的是這位善知識有多大,緣深說的是他與你有多久。勸人回去見一位老師,這兩件事都要說。
結勸:你一路所得,都是他的力
末一分是結勸重釋,三節:初結勸「汝應往詣文殊之所莫生疲厭」,次徵釋「何以故」,後結德究竟。
徵釋一節澄觀擬其問答之意:「先徵意云:何以的知具前二義?後釋意云:已所成益皆是彼力,故知德深緣重。」怎麼知道文殊德深緣重?看你自己一路走來所得的——「汝先所見諸善知識聞菩薩行、入解脫門、滿足大願,皆是文殊威神之力」。
末句「文殊師利於一切處咸得究竟」,澄觀繫之於信智之始終:「前見為信之首,後見為智之終,故云一切究竟。」
落到地上:一路上五十幾位老師所給的,回頭看是同一位在給。這句話若在起步時說,聽不懂;走到這裡說,才有分量。
戀德禮辭:這一段只有一句
末段是辭:「時,善財童子頂禮其足,遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去。」
澄觀單科此為「戀德禮辭」,未別出釋語。而四十本此處多「心懷戀慕」四字,正與科名相應;六十本最簡,無「慇懃瞻仰」一節。
排一個誤解:以為這是套語。三本繁簡不同,而「慇懃瞻仰」四字八十本與四十本都有——辭別之時還在看。落到地上:走的時候還回頭看,這一段的「戀德」就在這裡,不必另加話。
承衍
本段之文,向下所開之流有三條線。
其一是證果位之線。法藏《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》判見聞位、解行位、證果海位三位,第三位逕引法藏所牒六十本之句「我當來成正覺時汝當見我」作證(本段底本作「善男子!我願滿足,成一切智,得菩提時,汝及文殊俱得見我」),並判「此約因果前後分二位故。是故前位但是因。圓果在後位故。說當見我也」——本段之所以稱「攝德成因相」,其所成之因與所在之果,法藏於此判得最明白。
其二是諸家分科之線,各有其軌,誌錄不判。大科四分,澄觀作授法體·顯法名·窮嚴因之本源·覈正報之性相,法藏作授法體·顯法名·辨來處·明生處,前二分名同而後二分名異。所見之開合,澄觀開六(依報·正報·伴菩薩·諸佛·閣中主閣·嚴具作用),法藏開五(依報·正報·諸佛·法音·出生),智儼於「正入定」三分之下立「見淨土」一分,其下復開五(見嚴相即信境·獲益禮敬·現自身·現因果法相·差別異現),鈴·鏡·柱·珠瓔珞·樹·半月六種法門乃「差別異現」之下之細目,與澄觀、法藏之「所見」諸門不同層,李通玄不逐分立科而以三段配「八九紙經」「九行半經」「四紙經」之經量並開四問。十喻之數,澄觀立十喻而以能見因緣與所見境相二意各配一輪,智儼於「譬況歎見無礙」下作七喻而以末一喻復開三。彈指之表,澄觀判前後二彈指為以定為門與以用為門之別,李通玄判彈指為「去塵之義」。此諸異釋皆古德成說。
四家之釋各有其末段,亦當並錄。澄觀《演義鈔》於「為欲教化釋迦如來所遣來者」一句下,案《觀彌勒菩薩上生兜率》與羅什所譯《彌勒下生經》二經之文,出上生、下生之緣,末結云「此經正明釋迦遣來」——彌勒所化之眾,是釋迦所遣來者。法藏《探玄記》於本段之末,逐出法音五聲、見出生六門、問答辨定之十喻、法門名之三釋、來處、生處、生緣眷屬之三節、拘吒迦羅之譯名,並於「汝及文殊俱得見我」一句出三義——一、彌勒成佛時亦說此華嚴,彼時亦有文殊、善財所說之法;二、彌勒成佛時,善財與文殊俱來助宣法化;三、表法:善財此生是修因之身,未成果故不至佛所,非謂不求佛,但成果隔因,故說當見——末云「以是滿位,故無仰推等也。上來攝德成因相知識竟。」——以彌勒位滿,故不更仰推他友。李通玄《論》之末段釋摩羅提、瞿波羅二名——摩羅提國是就聖者之德立號,表聖者智德高出世間無有過者;瞿波羅「此云守護心地白法」,慈氏令其入佛法,釋拘吒聚落「此云多家」、婆羅門家為「淨種中生」,並明彌勒之受生示現非是「諸佛此生彼沒」,末以「故令善財却見文殊師利,明果不移因故」收。智儼《搜玄記》之末段分生處為二——「初辨因行體生處」與「明化身現來生處」,而以眷屬為「十九句別明眷屬行」(澄觀作二十句),化身生處分人中、天上、下生人中三處,「並是最後生也」。四家所止之處各異,而末皆歸於彌勒之當來,誌錄不判。
其三是寄位之線。本會善友之配位——某友寄某位——非經文自判,澄觀承古德而配。本段所繫之「攝德成因相」,即此五相之第三,讀時當作古德之科看,不作經文自判看。
澄觀明判
配與不配之二說,澄觀於末會十門中明判云:「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」二說並許,而以顯位為常規,故配亦無失——此是澄觀之判,不是兩可之辭。
一段之文,四千餘字是看,二千餘字是問。看完了才問得出「此莊嚴事,何處去耶」這八個字——這一段的次第,全在這一個『才』字上。
The Shape of the Whole Section: The Door Opens, and the Good Friend Says No More
Of the more than forty good friends before this, every one was asked, every one answered, and every one had a passage in which a Dharma gate was expounded. With Maitreya, what Sudhana asks for is not a Dharma but a door — “I only pray that the great sage will open the door of the storeyed pavilion and let me enter!” And Maitreya does not answer either; he only walks to the front of the storeyed pavilion, snaps his fingers once, and the door opens, and he calls him to come in.
A misreading must be set aside: this is not Maitreya sparing himself trouble, nor is it that Sudhana does not know how to ask. Of the six thousand two hundred and thirty-nine graphs of the scripture text of the whole section, four thousand and ninety-eight write of what was seen — the dependent recompense, the direct recompense, the companion bodhisattvas, the buddhas, the chief pavilion within the pavilion, the working of the furnishings of adornment, layer upon layer. That is to say: the way this particular good friend confers the Dharma is to let a person walk in and look for himself. When Chengguan outlines this passage he fastens it beneath “conferring the substance of the Dharma,” and says that Maitreya’s snap of the fingers is “first, with reference to the adding of power by conditions, causing him to go to the Dharma, lay words down, and meet the import — then the Dharma gate of the Buddha opens.” Before the door opens there must first be a laying down of words, and so the good friend’s not speaking is itself a part of the expounding of the Dharma.
Brought down to the ground: in reading this section, if one goes on waiting to read a dialogue, the first four thousand graphs and more will be read as stage scenery. In fact those are the main text.
Once He Had Entered, It Closed Again: Why the Door Must Shut After He Goes In
The scripture text has only four graphs — “once he had entered, it closed again” — and yet this is a place upon which three houses of the ancient worthies all set down words of their own.
Why must it shut? Chengguan glosses this, saying: “once he has realized and is joined with it, that which enters and that which is entered are both gone; the deluded is itself the true, and there is no longer any place of entering — and so it says that it closed again.” The door was opened for the sake of “entering”; once one has truly entered, the one entering and that which is entered are no longer two sides, and the matter of “entering” has no place left to rest in, and so the door of itself closes again. Fazang, in the Tanxuan ji, brings out upon the sixty-fascicle witness a further meaning, saying that “with one realization it is gained forever, without any falling back, and there is no coming out again — and so it says that it closed again”: what is shut is the way out, not the way in. Li Tongxuan then says that “knowledge has no within, no without, and no between; it has no going out and no coming in, no delusion and no realization — and this is called closing again.”
A misreading to be set aside: taking the shutting of the door to be a locking of Sudhana inside. Not one of the three houses reads it so. Brought down to the ground: at the moment when something is truly gained in practice, the feeling is usually not ‘I have come in,’ but rather that even the thought of ‘coming in’ can no longer be put to use.
Asaṃkhyeya: Why a Number Beyond Counting Is Used to Count a Whole Passage
The first passage upon entering the pavilion is the dependent recompense, and clause after clause is capped with an “asaṃkhyeya” — thirty-nine occurrences within this passage of the dependent recompense, and forty-one throughout the scripture text of this section. The ground, the palaces, the gate-towers, the windows, the stairways, the balustrades, the roads, the banners, the standards, the canopies, the necklaces, the half-moons, the silk ribbons, the jewelled nets, the jewelled bells, the censers, the jewelled mirrors, the jewelled lamps, the jewelled garments, the jewelled curtains, the jewelled seats, the images of maidens, the images of bodhisattvas, the flocks of birds, the lotuses of the four colors, the jewelled trees, the maṇi jewels — counted off one after another the whole way down.
Why write it so? Because “asaṃkhyeya” means precisely ‘beyond counting,’ and to count item by item with a number that is beyond counting is exactly to make the reader give up half way through the counting. Chengguan judges of this passage that “as for its being the same as empty space, it is because it answers to the nature of dharmas” — the pavilion is broad and vast and the same as empty space not because of its bulk, but because it appears in answer to the nature of dharmas. The nature of dharmas is without bound, and so the furnishings of adornment are without end.
A misreading to be set aside: taking this for a literary heaping-up. If it were a heaping-up, one clause of “measureless adornments” would have been enough, and there would be no need to go item by item. To go item by item and yet have every item be beyond counting is meant to make a person come to a halt within the contradiction between ‘item by item’ and “beyond counting.” Brought down to the ground: the right way to read this passage is not to remember what things there are, but to let oneself come to a stop at the place where the counting cannot be finished.
Seeing Many Within One and Seeing All Places Within One Place: The Gate of the Subtle and Minute, and the Gate of Mutual Presence
After the dependent recompense come two turning clauses. The first is “he saw further that within that storeyed pavilion there were measureless hundred-thousands of wondrous storeyed pavilions, each one of them adorned exactly as has been said above”; the second is “Sudhana the youth, within one place, saw all places, and all the many places too were seen in this same way.”
These two clauses are not the same. Chengguan distinguishes them very clearly, glossing them thus: “next, beneath ‘he saw further that within it,’ within the dependent there is a dependent. To see many within one is the gate of the subtle and minute, and also the gate of principal and companion. Afterward, beneath ‘Sudhana the youth,’ to see many within one place is the gate of mutual presence.” The former clause is pavilions within a pavilion — one small place containing measureless places, and this is the subtle and minute; the latter clause is that the one place that sees and all that is seen are present each within the other, and this is mutual presence. Fazang too, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, judges here that “this sets forth that one land is all lands, principal and companion complete.”
Brought down to the ground: these two clauses are the keyhole of the whole section. All the text that follows, of ‘seeing every sort of thing within each single thing,’ is to be read by way of what is set down here.
The Benefit Gained: Why It Is “Just as He Began to Bow His Head” That He Saw
Having seen the pavilion, Sudhana “gave rise to great gladness, exulted beyond measure, and became pliant in body and mind; he left behind all thoughts, cast off all obstructions, extinguished all confusions,” and then “he set his mind moving everywhere, saw everything everywhere, and everywhere set out his reverence; and just as he began to bow his head,” he saw his own body everywhere within all the storeyed pavilions.
Note these words, “just as he began.” Before his head has finished bowing, the pervading body has already appeared. Chengguan first divides the one gate of seeing the dependent recompense into “the seeing first and the benefit afterward”; but from “just as he began to bow his head” onward Chengguan has already assigned the text to the general heading of the second part, the seeing of the direct recompense, not to the “latter benefit” of the dependent — seeing his own body everywhere is the first matter of the seeing of the direct recompense, fastened upon “by the majestic and spiritual power of the bodhisattva Maitreya.”
A misreading to be set aside: taking this for a spiritual power that Sudhana cultivated out for himself. The scripture text says plainly that it is “by the majestic and spiritual power of the bodhisattva Maitreya.” Brought down to the ground: when a person truly sees something, he usually cannot say whether he saw it himself or was let to see it — and the two graphs “just as he began” in this passage write exactly that inability to say.
The First Layer of Seeing the Direct Recompense: What the First Bringing Forth of the Mind Looks Like in One Person
From “that is to say” onward begins the seeing of Maitreya’s former deeds. The first layer is the time of the first bringing forth of the mind: the name, the clan, the good friend, the roots of good, the life span, the kalpa, the buddha, the land, the practices, the vows, together with the assemblies of those tathāgatas, their life spans, and the length of time of drawing near and making offerings — “all of it he saw clearly and distinctly.”
Why must the former deeds be told beginning from the bringing forth of the mind? Because this is “the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause” — of the five aspects of this assembly that Chengguan judges, what Maitreya alone bears is “the gathering of virtue.” The virtue that is gathered must have a root, and the root is that first single thought. The scripture text does not write how great Maitreya’s merit and virtue are; it writes what his name was on the day he brought forth the mind, and whom he met.
Brought down to the ground: if a person’s history is told from the place of his accomplishment, one can only look up at it; told from the place of his bringing forth the mind, one can get inside it.
The Second Layer of Seeing the Direct Recompense: How the Name of the Kind One Came About
The second layer is “at times he saw Maitreya first attain the samādhi of the mind of kindness, and from then onward he was styled the Kind One.” This clause is the scripture text glossing its own name, and there is no need to seek outside for it. From the moment he realized the samādhi of the mind of kindness, this bodhisattva’s name has been kindness.
Within the same layer there are further: cultivating every sort of wondrous practice, bringing all the perfections to fullness, gaining forbearance, abiding upon a ground, accomplishing a pure land, guarding and upholding the right teaching of the tathāgatas and acting as a great master of the Dharma, gaining the forbearance of non-arising, on to “at a certain time, in a certain place, at the seat of a certain tathāgata receiving the prediction of unsurpassed awakening.” Chengguan outlines this as “seeing the time of his cultivating practice and gaining the Dharma,” while Fazang makes it “setting forth the time after the bringing forth of the mind, of cultivating practice and gaining the prediction” — the two houses differ in name and point at the same one layer.
What is listed within this one layer is not a repetition of one thing in many words; it is a sequence, and it should be read section by section — cultivating every sort of wondrous practice and bringing all the perfections to fullness is the gate of practice complete; gaining forbearance is being able to receive what is heard without going against it; abiding upon a ground is that the station he dwells in is settled; accomplishing a pure land is that beyond his own practice he is able to gather in a land; guarding and upholding the right teaching of the tathāgatas and acting as a great master of the Dharma is being able to shoulder the Dharma; gaining the forbearance of non-arising is resting unmoved in the principle that dharmas do not arise; and last comes the receiving, at a certain time, in a certain place, at the seat of a certain tathāgata receiving the prediction of unsurpassed awakening — what is recorded is a settled time, a settled place, a settled buddha, and not a word of praise. The first six are matters within the cause; the last is the term of the fruit that the Buddha foretells. Of the more than forty good friends, the former deeds of this one alone are seen section by section, and this is just because the station Maitreya bears is “the gathering of virtue” — virtue that is gathered must be seen to have been piled up one layer at a time.
Brought down to the ground: this one layer may be taken as a table of sequence — is the practice full, can one receive the Dharma, is the station settled, can one shoulder the Dharma. The sequence is not a set of names; it is the order in which to check.
A misreading to be set aside: taking “the Kind One” for an honorific, a title of address. What the scripture text says is that the name of a samādhi became the name of a person. Brought down to the ground: if a name comes from the place of what has been realized, then the name is a reminder and not a rank.
The Third Layer of Seeing the Direct Recompense: Ten Kinds of Body, One Body for One Cure
The third layer is the receiving of birth according to kind. The scripture text lists: a wheel-turning king exhorting them to abide in the ten good acts, a guardian of the world benefiting them, Śakra rebuking the five desires, a Yama deva king praising non-negligence, a Tuṣita deva king extolling the merit and virtue of a bodhisattva of one birth, a Nirmāṇarati deva king displaying the adornments of transformation, a Paranirmitavaśavartin deva king expounding the dharmas of all the buddhas, a Māra king declaring that all dharmas are impermanent, a Brahmā king declaring the joy and bliss of the meditative concentrations, an asura king entering the sea of great knowledge and penetrating that dharmas are like an illusion, and cutting off arrogance and the drunkenness of pride.
What is to be looked at is the matching. As a Māra king what he declares is “that all dharmas are impermanent”; as an asura king what he cuts off is “arrogance and the drunkenness of pride” — the body that appears answers to the sickness that is cured. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, judges this passage to be “seeing the bodies received in birth according to kind among his former births, of which there are thirteen kinds” — and those thirteen are the ten deva-king bodies listed above together with the three bodies of the three evil destinies, the realm of Yama, the hungry ghosts, and the animals. What the eighty-fascicle text lists is likewise ten bodies together with the three evil destinies, and its number is the same as the sixty’s; that this piece sets the three evil destinies apart in a passage of their own is this piece’s own division, and not a case of the parallel translation having three kinds fewer. Recorded without adjudication.
A misreading to be set aside: taking the receiving of birth according to kind to be for the sake of the convenience of expounding the Dharma. What this passage writes goes one layer further: the body that appears is itself the Dharma. Brought down to the ground: to cure a person’s arrogance, what is most effective is often not to speak of humility, but to stand in the position he honors and then to speak.
Seeing the Direct Recompense: The Three Matters Within the Three Evil Destinies
After the bodies received in birth according to kind, the scripture text brings out a separate passage upon the three evil destinies: within the realm of Yama sending forth great light and rescuing from the suffering of the hells, in the place of the hungry ghosts giving food and drink and relieving their hunger and thirst, in the destiny of the animals taming sentient beings by every sort of skillful means.
Three places and three matters, each answering to its own suffering: the suffering of the hells lies in darkness and oppression, and so light is sent forth; the suffering of the hungry ghosts lies in hunger and thirst, and so food is given; the suffering of the animals lies in stupidity and being made to labor, and so there is taming. The scripture text does not say “delivering all beings everywhere”; what it says is three concrete things.
Brought down to the ground: this passage is the plainest three clauses in the whole piece. The pavilion that is seen is beyond conceiving, and the thing that is done is giving people something to eat.
The Fourth Layer of Seeing the Direct Recompense: Sixteen Kinds of Assembly, One Passage to a Kind
The fourth layer is the expounding of the Dharma at the assemblies. The scripture text runs down in the sentence-form “at times he further saw him expound the Dharma for the assembly of …”: the deva kings who guard the world, the Trāyastriṃśa deva king, the Yama deva king, the Tuṣita deva king, the Nirmāṇarati deva king, the Paranirmitavaśavartin deva king, the great Brahmā king, the dragon kings, the yakṣa and rākṣasa kings, the gandharva and kiṃnara kings, the asura and dānava kings, the garuḍa and mahoraga kings, all the remaining humans and non-humans and the rest, the assembly of the śrāvakas, the assembly of the pratyekabuddhas, and it closes with “those bodhisattva hosts who range from the first bringing forth of the mind all the way to those bound to one more birth who have already received consecration” — sixteen passages in all (counting them one by one).
Chengguan outlines this passage as “seeing him expound the Dharma at the assemblies where he dwells, within which first is set forth the difference of the assemblies where he dwells, and afterward, beneath ‘at times he saw him praise and set forth the first ground,’ is displayed the Dharma that he declares” — first who is spoken to is written, and afterward what is spoken. This is a very clear sequence: once the capacity to be taught is settled, only then is the Dharma to be declared settled.
Brought down to the ground: one and the same bodhisattva expounds the Dharma to sixteen kinds of assembly, and the scripture text does not say what he said, only that he was there. The first thing in expounding the Dharma is to be present.
Seeing the Direct Recompense: The Ten Gates of Merit and Virtue That He Praised
The passage upon “the Dharma that he declares” lists ten gates: the merit and virtue of the first ground on to the tenth ground, bringing all the perfections to fullness, entering the gates of the forbearances, the gates of the great samādhis, the gates of the deep liberations, the realms of the meditative concentrations and samādhis and spiritual powers, the practices of the bodhisattvas, the great vows, together with bodhisattvas of the same practice praising and setting forth the matters of the crafts that sustain life in the world and of benefiting sentient beings, and together with bodhisattvas of one birth praising and setting forth the gate of the consecration of all the buddhas.
The order of the ten gates has its own reasoning, and each gate should be looked at in turn. The first, the merit and virtue of the first ground on to the tenth, is station — the station practised is set out first. The second, bringing all the perfections to fullness, is practice — what is cultivated within the station is the perfections. The third, entering the gates of forbearance, is the settled receiving of the Dharma, practice grown long and unmoved. The fourth, the gates of the great samādhis, and the fifth, the gates of the deep liberations, are concentration and release: the one a gate for settling the mind, the other a gate out of bondage. The sixth, the realms of the meditative concentrations and samādhis and spiritual powers, is the working that concentration gives rise to. The seventh, the practices of the bodhisattvas, gathers the first six into the single word practice. The eighth, the great vows, is what practice rests upon — practice without vows will in time fall back. The ninth, the crafts that sustain life in the world and the every sort of skillful means that benefits sentient beings, is the skill of making a living: the first eight gates are all dharmas that go beyond the world, and this one is a matter of the world, yet it stands side by side with the eight and is no appendage. The tenth, the gate of the consecration of all the buddhas, is the receiving of office at the station of fruit, and so the scripture says expressly that it is praised together with the bodhisattvas of one birth — those who can speak of this gate together must be of one station.
Of the ten gates, the ninth is the one most worth stopping over. It stands next to the tenth: on one side the handicraft of the marketplace, on the other the consecration of a buddha. That the scripture sets these two side by side and makes no distinction between them is one of the weightiest strokes in this section.
A misreading to be set aside: taking what the bodhisattva praises and sets forth to be only the deep dharmas. Brought down to the ground: to teach a craft clearly stands, within this list, on a level with praising and setting forth the merit and virtue of the ten grounds.
The Fifth Layer of Seeing the Direct Recompense: A Hundred Thousand Years of Walking Meditation and Recitation
The fifth layer Chengguan outlines as “seeing his practice and its working in general.” The scripture text writes it in the most ordinary way: “at times he saw Maitreya, over a hundred thousand years, walking in meditation, reciting, and copying out scripture rolls, seeking and contemplating with diligence and earnestness, expounding the Dharma for the multitude,” and only afterward comes the entering of the meditative concentrations and the four immeasurable minds, the entering of the universal bases and the liberations, the entering of samādhis and the displaying of spiritual transformations.
The sequence is worth looking at: first a hundred thousand years of walking meditation, reciting, and copying, and only afterward the meditative concentrations and the spiritual transformations. The scripture text has not put the spiritual transformations first.
Brought down to the ground: this layer is a counter-face to the whole section. After so much that is beyond conceiving has been looked at, what is written here is a person who copied out scriptures for a very long time.
Seeing the Companion Bodhisattvas: Clouds of Bodies from the Pores
The third gate is “seeing the companion bodhisattvas.” The scripture text writes that the bodhisattvas entered the samādhi of transformation and from every single pore sent forth clouds of bodies of every transformation: the deva hosts, the dragon hosts, the yakṣas on to the mahoragas, Śakra and Brahmā and the guardians of the world, wheel-turning sage kings, lesser kings, princes, great ministers, officials and their retinues, elders, householders, śrāvakas, pratyekabuddhas, bodhisattvas, tathāgatas, and clouds of the bodies of all sentient beings.
Chengguan outlines this as “setting forth the seeing of the clouds of bodies of the companion bodhisattvas setting forth the Dharma, that is, the measureless retinue spoken of before” — the companion bodhisattvas are just Maitreya’s retinue of the same practice. The reason a gate must be set up for this passage is that all that was seen before is the virtue of Maitreya alone, while what is seen here are those who walk together with him.
Brought down to the ground: if a person’s virtue is truly accomplished, what can be seen is not only him, but also that company who follow after him.
Sending Forth Wondrous Sounds: How Many Are the Dharma Gates That Are Praised
The companion bodhisattvas send forth wondrous sounds, and the gates that they praise the scripture text leads in with “that is to say,” opening out three great lists: the gate of the merit and virtue of the mind of awakening; the gates of the merit and virtue of the dāna-pāramitā on to the perfection of knowledge; the means of gathering, the meditative concentrations, the immeasurable minds, the samādhis, the samāpattis, the spiritual powers, the clear knowledges, retention, eloquence, the truths, the knowledges, calming and contemplating, liberation, the conditions, the supports, and the gates of the expounding of the Dharma; and then with the stations of mindfulness, the right exertions, the bases of spiritual power, the faculties, the powers, the seven limbs of awakening, and the eight members of the noble path it gathers in the thirty-seven factors of awakening, and at the end comes to the vehicle of the śrāvakas, the vehicle of the pratyekabuddhas, the vehicle of the bodhisattvas, the grounds, the forbearances, the practices, and the vows.
The order of this list is worth noticing, and each heading should be looked at in turn. The first, the gate of the merit and virtue of the mind of awakening, is the head of everything: without it nothing below has anything to belong to. The second is the gate of the merit and virtue of the perfections: the scripture says “from the dāna-pāramitā on to the pāramitā of knowledge,” and what this gathers in is the ten perfections (giving, discipline, forbearance, effort, meditation, wisdom, skillful means, vows, power, knowledge), not the six; the six are the first six, and the last four are opened out after the grounds are entered — and since the scripture says “on to knowledge,” all ten are taken in. The third heading is one long list: the means of gathering are the dharmas that gather beings in; the meditative concentrations and the immeasurable minds are concentration and the four boundless states; the samādhis and the samāpattis are the particular marks of concentration; the spiritual powers and the clear knowledges are the working that concentration sends forth; retention and eloquence are the holding of the Dharma and the speaking of it; the truths and the knowledges are what is contemplated and what contemplates; calming and contemplating, are the two wheels of cultivation; liberation, is what is realized; the conditions and the supports are what things rest upon; and the gates of the expounding of the Dharma, is the vessel for transforming others — from concentration to wisdom, from holding to speaking, from realizing to transforming, the sequence is plain. The fourth heading gathers in the thirty-seven factors of awakening: the stations of mindfulness, the right exertions, the bases of spiritual power, the faculties, the powers, the seven limbs of awakening, the eightfold noble path — the four stations of mindfulness are what contemplation is fastened to, the four right exertions the power to cut off evil and cultivate good, the four bases of spiritual power the vow and practice that concentration accomplishes, the five faculties and five powers what has been born and cannot be broken, the seven limbs of awakening the wisdom that discerns dharmas, the eightfold noble path the whole road of practice; from contemplation to exertion, to concentration, to faculty and power, to awakening, to the path, the seven groups are one road of cultivation. The fifth, the vehicles of the śrāvakas, of the pratyekabuddhas and of the bodhisattvas, is the three vehicles — the praise leans to no one vehicle, and the dharmas of all three are within it. The sixth, the grounds, the forbearances, the practices and the vows, is the stations and the practices upon them — the grounds are the stations climbed to, the forbearances the principle rested in within a station, the practices what is cultivated upon a station, the vows what guides the practices; only station and practice and vow spoken together make a station whole. From the bringing forth of the mind, by way of the ten perfections, the concentrations and wisdoms, and the factors of awakening, on to the three vehicles and the stations — what this list sets out is a full table of contents of the teaching.
Brought down to the ground: the reason this list runs from the first heading to the last is to let a person know that of what is praised and set forth not one gate is left outside — the crafts that make a living, and the vows at the very end, are both within this one list.
Seeing the Buddhas: What Is Seen Is Not the Marks and Signs of the Buddhas
The fourth gate is seeing the buddhas. What the scripture text lists is not the marks and signs of the buddhas, but “the places where they had been born, their clans, the forms of their bodies, their spans of life, the kalpas of their lands, their names, the benefit of their expounding of the Dharma, the length or brevity of the abiding of their teaching,” on to the many differences among the assemblies at the place of the Way. Chengguan outlines this as “setting forth the seeing of the virtue with which the buddhas gather and transform beings.”
Why should these be looked at? Because what is being looked at is “the virtue of gathering and transforming” — where a buddha appears in the world, how long he abides, how long his teaching remains: these are the actual conditions of gathering and transforming.
Brought down to the ground: to come to know a buddha, first come to know the season he stands in and the people he transforms.
The Chief Pavilion Within the Pavilion: Within One Pavilion There Is a Most Surpassing Pavilion
The fifth gate is “seeing the chief pavilion within the pavilion.” Among the storeyed pavilions within the Adornment Treasury, one pavilion is separately seen, “high and broad and splendidly adorned, most surpassing and beyond compare,” within which are seen in full the hundred koṭis of sets of four continents of the three-thousandfold world and the hundred koṭis of Tuṣita heavens, and within each one of them Maitreya descending in spirit and being born, on to the distributing of his relics and the upholding of his teaching.
Chengguan outlines this as “seeing the chief pavilion within the pavilion, separately setting forth the one lifetime that the Kind One is to accomplish” — what this pavilion displays is not a matter of the past but the lifetime in which Maitreya is to become a buddha in time to come. All that was seen before is cause; this pavilion is fruit. The three witnesses differ in fullness here: for the surpassingness of the pavilion the eighty has “most surpassing and beyond compare,” the sixty “more excellent than those before,” and the forty takes in both senses with “high and broad and singularly fair, gathering in all the surpassing and wondrous adornments of all the pavilions, most surpassing and beyond compare with those before”; for what is contained, the eighty and the sixty raise two headings each and the forty three; and for the mark of his descending, the forty has separately the passage “within the lotus treasury,” which neither the eighty nor the sixty has.
A misreading to be set aside: taking the eight marks of accomplishing the Way to belong to Śākyamuni alone. Here the scripture text writes plainly that they are Maitreya’s. Brought down to the ground: within a pavilion at the station of cause, Sudhana sees his teacher’s station of fruit — and this looking is what is called “contemplating the fruit and knowing the cause,” which is exactly the four graphs Li Tongxuan uses to outline this whole passage.
Seeing His Own Body: The One Who Looks Is Also Within What Is Looked At
After the chief pavilion comes a turning clause: “at that time Sudhana saw his own body at the seats of all those tathāgatas; and he saw too all the assemblies there and all the buddha-deeds there, holding them in mind without forgetting and penetrating them without obstruction.”
This clause answers to the earlier “he saw his own body everywhere within all the many storeyed pavilions,” and goes one layer further: there the body pervaded the pavilions, here the body is at the seats of the buddhas, and moreover he can hold it in mind without forgetting. Chengguan outlines the benefit of this passage as “may be understood as it stands,” and brings out no separate gloss.
Brought down to the ground: what is called truly seeing is that the one who looks has also entered the picture and no longer stands outside it.
Hearing: The Near Hearing and the Far Hearing
The sixth gate is “seeing the working of the furnishings of adornment,” opened out into ten passages. The first passage is the hearing of the Dharma, and Chengguan opens it further into three: the near hearing, the far hearing, and the benefit gained.
The near hearing is that “within all the storeyed pavilions the jewelled nets, the bells and clappers, and all the musical instruments were all giving forth inconceivable subtle and wondrous sounds of Dharma,” and what is declared is seven matters: the bodhisattvas bringing forth the mind of awakening, cultivating the practice of the perfections, the vows, the grounds, reverencing and making offerings to the tathāgatas, adorning the buddha-lands, and the differences among the buddhas’ expounding of the Dharma. The far hearing is “he heard further that in a certain place there was a certain bodhisattva” — a string of “certains” one after another: a certain place, a certain Dharma gate, a certain good friend, a certain kalpa, a certain land, a certain tathāgata, a certain great assembly, a certain buddha.
Why must “certain” be used? Because this is hearing and not seeing. What is heard has structure but no settled name, and so item by item it is made “certain.” This is a manner of writing seldom seen in the whole scripture.
Brought down to the ground: what this passage writes is a state of listening to the Dharma — you have heard a complete story, and yet you cannot say whose story it is.
The Second Passage of the Far Hearing: Giving Up the Body to Seek the Dharma, and the Matters of Guarding the Dharma
Beneath the far hearing there is a further passage, and what is heard is of four kinds: a certain bodhisattva cultivating the six perfections; a certain bodhisattva who, for the sake of seeking the Dharma, cast away his royal position, precious jewels, wife and children and retinue, hands and feet and head and eyes, and spared nothing; a certain bodhisattva who guarded the right Dharma of the tathāgatas and acted as a great master of the Dharma, practised the giving of the Dharma far and wide, set up the banner of the Dharma and blew the conch of the Dharma and beat the drum of the Dharma and rained down the rain of the Dharma, built stūpas and made images, and gave all the furnishings of joy; and a certain tathāgata who within a certain kalpa accomplished right and perfect awakening, with such and such a land, assembly, and life span.
Three of the kinds are bodhisattvas and one is a tathāgata; three of the kinds are cause and one is fruit. And the second kind, “casting away hands and feet and head and eyes,” and the third kind, ‘setting up the banner of the Dharma and building stūpas and making images’ — the one gives up the body and the other sets up the work: the two faces of guarding the Dharma, and the scripture text writes both.
Brought down to the ground: upholding the right Dharma takes in both what can be laid down and what can be set up. This passage leans to neither side.
The Benefit Gained from Hearing the Dharma
After the far hearing comes the benefit gained: “he gained measureless gates of retention, gates of eloquence, meditative concentrations, forbearances, vows, perfections, spiritual powers, and clear knowledges, together with the liberations and the gates of samādhi.”
Note that what stands first among what is gained is “retention” and “eloquence.” Of a Dharma that has been heard, what is first gained lies in remembering and in speaking; only below these come the meditative concentrations, the forbearances, the vows, the perfections, the spiritual powers, the clear knowledges, the liberations, and the samādhis. This is of a piece with what was gained earlier on seeing the pavilion — “what he saw he did not forget, what he heard he could remember, what he pondered was not scattered.”
Brought down to the ground: when the Dharma comes in by the ear, the first fruit is not concentration, but being able to hold it and to say it.
The Nineteen Items That Appear Within the Jewelled Mirrors: Four Kinds of Place of the Way and Fifteen Kinds of World
The second passage is the working of the jewelled mirrors. What appears within the mirrors is first four kinds of place of the Way (of the buddhas, the bodhisattvas, the śrāvakas, the pratyekabuddhas); next the four clauses upon a world’s being pure or impure (pure, impure, pure and yet not pure, not pure and yet pure); and next with or without a buddha, small and middling and great, like the net of Indra, turned face down, turned face up, level and flat, where the three evil destinies dwell, and filled with devas and humans. And within what appears there are further numberless hosts of great bodhisattvas, some walking and some sitting, giving rise to great compassion, composing treatises, receiving and upholding and copying and reciting, asking and answering, repenting at the three times, and dedicating and directing and making vows.
What is to be looked at is the two clauses “pure and yet not pure” and “not pure and yet pure.” Worlds are not of two kinds only, pure and impure; between them there are two more, mixed in ways that run in opposite orders. That the scripture text is willing to write these two clauses out is a refusal to reduce worlds to two.
Brought down to the ground: in judging a place to be good or bad, one is usually too quick. What this mirror throws back is four kinds and not two.
Jewelled Pillars, Jewelled Images, Necklaces: Three Small Passages
The third passage is the jewelled pillars sending forth great nets of light of the maṇi kings, of nine colors (blue, yellow, red, white, crystal, rock crystal, Śakra-blue, rainbow, and the gold of Jambūnada), gathered in at the end by “making the color of all lights whatsoever.” The fourth passage is the bearing of the maidens of the gold of Jambūnada and the images made of many jewels — holding clouds of flowers, clouds of garments, standards and banners, garlands and canopies, anointing incense and powdered incense, nets of maṇi jewels; some letting golden chains hang down, hanging up necklaces, lifting their arms and holding up furnishings of adornment, lowering their heads and letting maṇi crowns hang down, “their bodies bent in reverence and gazing up, their eyes never for a moment turning away.” The fifth passage is the necklaces of true pearls constantly giving forth scented water complete with the eight virtues, and the beryl necklaces shining with a hundred thousand lights all at once.
What these three passages write is vessels and things performing reverence. The images are not what is looked at, but what is gazing up; the necklaces are not what is worn, but what is giving forth scented water.
Brought down to the ground: the shortest and most moving thing in this passage is the four graphs “their eyes never for a moment turning away” — those are the eyes of the images, not of a person.
The Forms Within the Lotus Flowers, and the Tathāgata Seated
The sixth passage is the lotus flowers appearing again. The lotuses of the four colors each give birth to measureless flowers, some as large as a hand, some as long as a forearm, some as broad across as a chariot wheel, and within each single flower are displayed the forms of men, women, boys, girls, Śakra, Brahmā, the guardians of the world, devas, dragons, yakṣas, gandharvas, asuras, garuḍas, kiṃnaras, mahoragas, śrāvakas, pratyekabuddhas, and bodhisattvas, who “joined their palms together and bowed their bodies in reverence.” After this there stands one clause on its own: “he also saw the Tathāgata sitting cross-legged, adorning his body with the thirty-two marks.”
Before, all the forms of sentient beings are performing reverence; the last clause is that the one who is revered is sitting there. The scripture text has not written the Tathāgata into the flowers, but has begun a separate clause.
Brought down to the ground: after a long passage of reverence, the one who is revered takes only a single sentence, and does not move.
The Jewelled Ground and the Jewelled Trees: From Whole Body to Half Body
The seventh passage is the pure ground of beryl, within the space of every single step appearing the forms of worlds, the forms of bodhisattvas, the forms of tathāgatas, and the forms of the adornments of the storeyed pavilions. The eighth passage is the “half-body forms and images” within the branches, leaves, flowers, and fruits of the jewelled trees — half-body images of buddhas, bodhisattvas, devas, dragons, and yakṣas, on to the guardians of the world, wheel-turning sage kings, lesser kings, princes, great ministers and officers, and the four assemblies; some taking up flower garlands and necklaces and furnishings of adornment, some bending their bodies and joining their palms in reverence, some praising, and some entering samādhi; their bodies adorned with the marks and signs, sending forth lights of eight colors (gold, silver, coral, tuṣāra, Śakra-blue, the Vairocana jewel, all the many jewels, and the campaka flower).
The two graphs “half-body” are the eye of this passage. What appears upon the ground is the whole image; what appears within the trees is the half body. Chengguan glosses only one term in this passage — “as for tuṣāra, it means here frost and ice” — and Li Tongxuan glosses it alike as “it is like the color of frost and ice in this land.” What the two houses gloss is the same.
Brought down to the ground: what appears is whole in some cases and half in others, according to the thing it depends upon, and no evenness is forced. That the scripture text is willing to write it so is a refusal to write the realm too tidily.
The Half-Moons and the Four Walls: The Last Two Passages Close Upon the Former Deeds
The ninth passage is the half-moon images sending forth asaṃkhyeya sorts of light of suns, moons, and constellations, shining everywhere throughout the ten directions. The tenth passage is that within each single jewel of the four walls that encircle it round about there appear the matters of Maitreya’s cultivating the bodhisattva path in kalpas past — giving his head and eyes, his hands and feet, his lips and tongue, his teeth, his ears and nose, his blood and flesh, his skin, his bones and marrow, on down to his nails and hair; his wives and concubines, his sons and daughters, his cities and towns, his villages, his lands and his royal position, given away entirely according to what was needed; those in prison caused to be released, those in bonds set free, those with sickness healed, those on a wrong path shown the right road; at times acting as a ferryman, a horse king, a great seer, a wheel-turning king, a king of physicians; at times being filial to father and mother and drawing near to good friends; at times acting as a śrāvaka, a pratyekabuddha, a bodhisattva, a tathāgata; at times acting as a master of the Dharma, carrying out the teaching of the Buddha, setting up caityas of the Buddha and making images of the Buddha. And at the end he further sees Maitreya serving the good friends, drawing near to them and making offerings and receiving and carrying out their teaching, on to abiding upon the ground of consecration.
Chengguan outlines this passage as “the walls displaying the former deeds, within which first is seen the Kind One cultivating practice and gathering beings in according to kind, and afterward, beneath ‘he saw further,’ he beholds the friends he served exhorting and instructing Sudhana.” Of the working of the ten passages of the furnishings of adornment, the last passage falls back upon the former deeds, and falls upon ‘the friends he served’ — Maitreya too learned by following good friends.
A misreading to be set aside: taking all that was seen before to be Maitreya’s virtue, while this passage is his teachers. Brought down to the ground: Sudhana has looked at adornments the whole way, and what he sees at the last is that his teacher too, in his day, was doing what he himself is doing now.
The Good Friends Admonish Him: Who Speaks This Sentence
At the end of the former deeds upon the four walls there appears the one speaker in the whole section who is not Maitreya alone by name: “then the good friends said to Sudhana: ‘Welcome, youth! You are looking upon the inconceivable deeds of this bodhisattva — do not grow weary and turn away.’”
“The good friends” is plural, and points to those good friends seen before whom Maitreya had once served. This sentence is not spoken by Maitreya.
Why must a sentence of “do not grow weary and turn away” be inserted here? Because what has been seen is by now very long: the ten passages of furnishings of adornment and the five layers of the direct recompense before them, set out one after another. It should be seen clearly that these are words of exhortation from the good friends, and not the scripture telling that Sudhana has grown weary — what the scripture records is “do not give rise to,” exhorting him not to let weariness arise, and it does not say that he has.
Brought down to the ground: this is the one homely sentence in the whole section that is spoken to Sudhana — it is normal not to be able to finish looking, and one should not stop looking because one cannot finish.
Setting Forth the Mark of the Seeing in General: Five Questions
The separate setting forth of what was seen being finished, the scripture text gathers it in generally: “because he had gained the power of mindfulness that does not forget or lose, because he had gained the pure eye that sees the ten directions, because he had gained the unobstructed knowledge that contemplates well, because he had gained the sovereign knowledge of the bodhisattvas, because he had gained the vast understanding of the bodhisattvas who have already entered the ground of knowledge.”
Chengguan reads these five clauses as the answers to five questions, saying: “that is: by what power is he able to see? with what eye does he see? with what knowledge does he see? upon what station does he see? in what place does he see? — as the scripture assigns them.” The five clauses are matched to the five questions thus: the power of mindfulness that does not forget or lose answers “what power”; the pure eye that sees the ten directions answers “what eye”; the unobstructed knowledge that contemplates well and the sovereign knowledge of the bodhisattvas together answer “what knowledge” — the one the unobstructedness of contemplating, the other the sovereignty of using; the vast understanding of those who have already entered the ground of knowledge answers “what station.” As for “in what place,” it does not stand within these five clauses ending in “because,” for the scripture brings out a separate clause after the five to answer it plainly — “within each single thing in every storeyed pavilion.”
A misreading to be set aside: taking these five clauses for a formulaic listing of merits. Chengguan’s way of reading gives them a structure — this is a ‘list of the conditions for being able to see.’ Brought down to the ground: when one cannot see, one can take these five questions and ask oneself, one by one, which of them is lacking.
The Ten Similes: Why Ten Are Needed
After the mark of the seeing come the ten similes: the dream, the mark of karma at the end of life, possession by a ghost, possession by a dragon, the Brahmā palace, a monk in the concentration of the universal bases, the city of the gandharvas in empty space, the palace of the yakṣas, the great sea, and the illusionist.
Why ten? Chengguan sets up the question himself and answers it himself: “the reason there are ten similes is that what is likened differs. Yet there are two intents: the first likens the difference of the causes and conditions of being able to see; the second likens the difference of the marks of the realms that are seen.” One simile bears two matters at once, and so ten are needed.
Following the first intent, the ten similes each display one kind of power of being able to see: the first likens in general that seeing and what is seen are both like a dream; the second likens the power of one’s own cause (because it follows one’s own karma); the third and fourth liken the power of conditions (possession by a ghost, possession by a dragon, and yet “in possession by a ghost self and other are not the same, while in possession by a dragon self and other are of one substance”); the fifth likens the power of the dependent recompense of a friend; the sixth is the power of concentration; the seventh likens the power of the emptiness of nature; the eighth likens the power of the sovereignty of the Dharma realm; the ninth likens the power of the non-duality of knowledge and concentration (“because it is the samādhi of the ocean-seal of great knowledge”); the tenth is the power of the sovereignty of illusory knowledge.
Of the third and fourth similes, the three witnesses take the possession by a dragon in different directions: the eighty has “within a short while he says of himself that days and months and years have passed,” taking the short for the long; the sixty has “seven days, half a month, a year, a hundred years, he calls a moment,” taking the long for the short; and the forty agrees with the eighty. The one simile runs both ways, and the round fusion of thought and kalpa, which the ancient worthies judge it to liken, leans to neither side. The questioning and answering around the ten similes is set differently by the three witnesses too: the sixty has Maitreya ask ‘have you seen?’ and Sudhana answer ‘I have seen’ before the ten similes; the eighty has before them only the good friends’ one sentence, ‘do not grow weary,’ and the questioning waits until he comes out of concentration; the forty has Maitreya put thirteen questions in a row after he comes out of concentration, and Sudhana answers ‘yes, I have seen,’ ascribing it to the three powers of the good friend’s sustaining, of mindfulness and of majesty.
Brought down to the ground: the ten similes are not ten ways of putting it; they are the ten conditions of one single matter.
The Second Round of the Ten Similes: The Marks of What Is Seen
The same ten similes, matched once more from another angle. Chengguan judges by the second intent: the simile of karma appearing at the end of life “likens that what is seen answers hiddenly”; the simile of possession by a non-human “likens that what is seen can be spoken”; the simile of the long stay in the dragon palace “likens the round fusion of thought and kalpa”; the simile of the Brahmā palace displaying broadly “likens that one and many are unobstructed”; the simile of the realm of the concentration of the universal bases “likens that what is seen is clear and evident”; the simile of the city of the gandharvas resting upon space “likens that phenomena and principle are unobstructed”; the simile of different seeing in one and the same place “likens the sovereignty of the hidden and the manifest”; the simile of the sea displaying the three-thousandfold world “likens the sudden appearing of far and near”; the simile of illusion displaying a multitude “likens that what is seen is unobstructed whether pure or mixed.”
Note that the simile of the dream is the “general” one in both rounds. In each round the first is general and the other nine are particular: the nine of the first round are each matched to a kind of power of being able to see, and the nine of the second to a kind of mark of what is seen, so that each of the nine has its own particular matching and does not bear only one meaning. What is singular in the dream is not that it alone bears the two meanings, but that in both rounds it stands in the place of the general — “it likens in general that seeing and what is seen are all like the matters of a dream” — and so both rounds begin with it.
A misreading to be set aside: taking the ten similes for ten parallel comparisons of which a few taken at random would be enough. The two intents are each matched to a round, and if one is missing then one meaning has nothing to be fastened to. This too is the sense of what the Yanyi chao says — that without making this gloss one would feel that “the text of the scripture is prolix and not needed.” Brought down to the ground: in reading the ten similes one should read across once and then read down once.
The Joining of the Ten Similes: Why Three of the Similes Have No Joining Clause
Of the ten similes, the first six all have the joining clause “so it is also with Sudhana the youth”; the seventh, eighth, and ninth have none, and only at the tenth, the simile of the illusionist, is there a joining of them all at once.
The Yanyi chao states this matter most clearly, glossing it thus: “yet among the ten similes, the first six have their joining, the seventh, eighth, and ninth have none. In the tenth, that of illusion, they are joined all at once, joined backward from the last.” And it is a “joining backward” — the four clauses of the last passage of the scripture text, “because of the majestic and spiritual power of the bodhisattva Maitreya” joining the illusionist, “and because of the power of inconceivable illusory knowledge” joining the great sea, “because he was able by illusory knowledge to know the dharmas” joining the yakṣas and humans not seeing one another, and “because he had gained the sovereign power of the bodhisattvas” joining the city of the gandharvas resting upon space — going back over them one by one from the last toward the first.
The three witnesses also differ as to whether the joining clause is there: for the simile of the city of the gandharvas the eighty has no joining, while the sixty and the forty both have one — the sixty reads “so it is also with Sudhana the youth: within the tower he sees all dharmas without any obstruction,” and the forty likewise carries it on with “so it is also with Sudhana the youth.” Thus “the first six have their joining, the seventh, eighth, and ninth have none” is the shape of the text in the eighty, and not the case in all three witnesses.
Brought down to the ground: read forward, this passage will feel as though three joining clauses are missing; read backward, they match. The seam of the scripture text is not upon the surface of the words but within the order.
The Second Snap of the Fingers: Wherein It Differs from the First
After the ten similes, “the bodhisattva-mahāsattva Maitreya gathered in his spiritual power, entered within the storeyed pavilion, snapped his fingers so that a sound came forth,” and told Sudhana to rise. This is the second snap of the fingers in the whole section.
What is the difference between the two? Chengguan glosses this, saying: “as for its being a snap of the fingers again — before, the import gained was what is called laying words down; here the import gained is to make him not linger in the still.” The first snap of the fingers is to make a person lay speech down and enter; the second snap is to make a person not stop within the still. The Yanyi chao says it more directly: “the former takes concentration as the gate, this takes function as the gate; the moving and the still being not two, this is truly entering the Dharma realm.”
A misreading to be set aside: taking the coming out of samādhi to mean that the realm has come to an end. The two snaps of the fingers are a pair; without the latter, the entering of the former becomes a lingering. Brought down to the ground: one who can get in but cannot get out has not yet counted as having gone in.
Such Is the Nature of Dharmas: The Mark That Appears Is from Conditions and Without Nature
The one who comes out of samādhi is Sudhana — the scripture says plainly “Sudhana heard the sound of the snapping fingers and rose from samādhi”; Maitreya is the one who gathers in his spiritual power, enters the pavilion, snaps his fingers, and speaks. The first sentence of what Maitreya speaks is upon the substance and the mark: “good man! Rise. Such is the nature of dharmas: this is the mark that appears through the gathering together of causes and conditions by the knowledge with which the bodhisattvas know the dharmas. Such a self-nature as this is like an illusion, like a dream, like a shadow, like a reflection — none of it is brought to accomplishment.”
Chengguan divides this into the setting up and the glossing, and says that the mark that is seen is “born of conditions by the knowledge of the Dharma, and being born of conditions it is without self-nature,” while “as for ‘none of it is brought to accomplishment,’ this concludes the sense above: because from conditions and without nature, phenomena are not brought to accomplishment; because without nature and from conditions, principle is not brought to accomplishment.”
The Yanyi chao goes one layer further, pointing out that here there are two pairs, belonging to the meanings of two houses: “the first pair is with reference to the other-dependent, that is, the intent of the three treatises. Being born of conditions it is without nature; being without nature it is from conditions. From ‘because it does not keep to its own nature’ onward, the second pair is distinguished with reference to the truly real nature, that is, the meaning of the Dharma-nature house, of suchness unchanging and yet following conditions.” And the clause “it is also that the nature possesses them of itself” the Chao glosses as “the virtues of the nature, as many as the sands, are complete from the very first, and are not newly made now — and so it says they are not brought to accomplishment.”
Brought down to the ground: the four graphs “none of it is brought to accomplishment” are most easily read as a denial. Read as Chengguan and the Chao read them, what they say is that these are complete from the very first, and so need not be newly made — it is not that they are not there, but that they need not be brought about.
Teacher and Student Push Toward Each Other: Both Question and Answer Push Toward the Other Side
After coming out of samādhi, Maitreya says “you abide in the inconceivable sovereign liberation of the bodhisattvas,” and Sudhana answers, “this is the majestic and spiritual power by which the good friend sustains me and holds me in mind.”
Upon this going and returning Chengguan puts his finger with the greatest deftness: “with reference to the asking, it is his own realization, and it is pushed back to the cause, and so he says he abides in the inconceivable. Within the answer there is humility and reverence, and it is pushed back to the condition, and so he says it is the power of the good friend. Teacher and student push toward each other, contrary to the ordinary feeling of people.” The teacher pushes the credit back to what the student himself has realized, and the student pushes the credit back to the teacher’s sustaining — both sides push toward the other, contrary to the ordinary feeling of people.
Brought down to the ground: this sentence needs no explaining. Whoever has truly taught a person, and truly been taught, will know it of himself on reading here.
The Name of the Dharma Gate: Fourteen Graphs to Be Read in Three Parts
Sudhana asks the name, and Maitreya answers, “the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times.”
These fourteen graphs Chengguan glosses in three parts: “as for all the realms of the three times, that is the realm here entered and seen. As for the knowledge of unforgetting mindfulness, that is the knowledge that is able to enter and able to make appear.” The reason the realm and the knowledge are able to answer to each other is that “because the three times are one suchness, thought and kalpa are in round fusion; within any one time the realms of the three limits appear, and the knowledge enters the three times and understands that dharmas are empty and still, and being joined hiddenly with suchness, within a single thought there is nothing it does not see.”
“Adornment treasury” then has two meanings: “first, because it is adorned by the nature of dharmas, within one adornment are contained and given birth endless furnishings of adornment, as many pavilions are seen within one pavilion. Second, because unobstructed knowledge is joined with the round-fused realm, and to adorn the Tathāgata-womb is that it possesses all dharmas from the first.” The Yanyi chao remarks upon the shallowness and depth of these two meanings: “the former meaning is with reference to principle fusing phenomena, and is already the unobstructedness of phenomenon with phenomenon; the latter sets forth further the mutual fusing of mind and realm.”
After Maitreya has answered the name there is one further clause: “within this gate of liberation there are gates of liberation unspeakably unspeakable in number, which the bodhisattva of one birth is able to gain.” Within one Dharma gate are contained Dharma gates beyond the telling.
This name too differs among the three witnesses: the forty is wholly the same as the eighty, while the sixty has “the Dharma gate of the Adornment Treasury of Right Mindfulness and Reflection That Enters the Knowledge of the Three Times” — without the passages “all the realms” and “unforgetting mindfulness,” putting “right mindfulness and reflection” in their place, and adding the two graphs for “Dharma gate” at the end of the name. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, glosses the name in three parts: “because it gathers in the earlier and later limits, it says entering the knowledge of the three times”; “as for right mindfulness and reflection, it displays that the knowledge which is able to see is clear and not upside down”; “as for the adornment treasury, it sets forth that the realm which is seen is furnished with virtue and holds all within it” — beside Chengguan’s three parts of realm, knowledge, and treasury upon the eighty, the opening and closing differ while what is pointed at meets.
Brought down to the ground: this name is itself a set of instructions — the realm that is entered, the knowledge that enters, and the treasury that is contained: three matters written into one name.
Where Have the Adornments Gone: A Question and an Answer of Only Twelve Graphs
Sudhana asks: “where have these adornments gone?” Maitreya answers: “they have gone to the place they came from.”
This is the shortest question and answer of the whole section — eight graphs asked, four graphs answered. Chengguan explains it thus: “within the answer, because they come by flowing from root to branch, and go by gathering branch back into root, the going is not other than the coming, and so he draws it to the coming and answers both at once.” What is asked is the place of going, and what is answered is the place of coming — because the place of going and the place of coming are one and the same place, one sentence answers both questions.
A misreading to be set aside: taking this for a Chan-style evasion. Chengguan’s way of reading is not an evasion but an answering of both at once. Brought down to the ground: when one asks where a thing has gone, the answer often lies in where it came from.
Where Do They Come From: Because Cut-Off and Lasting Are Both Left Behind, There Is No Arising and Ceasing
Sudhana presses further: “where do they come from?” Maitreya answers: “they come from within the wisdom and spiritual power of the bodhisattvas, and they abide in dependence upon the wisdom and spiritual power of the bodhisattvas; they have no place to go and no place to abide, they are not a gathering together and they are not lasting, being far removed from everything.”
Here Chengguan sets down the tightest piece of reasoning in the section: “because they come from conditions they are not a gathering together; because when the conditions fall away they cease, they are not lasting. If there were first a settled place of coming, one would fall into the fault of the lasting; if there were first something and now nothing, this would be cut-off annihilation. Since the cut-off and the lasting are both left behind, how could there be the marks of arising and ceasing, of identity and difference? — and so it says, far removed from everything.” If there were first one settled place of coming, one falls into the lasting; if there were first something and now nothing, one falls into the cut off. Falling to neither side, the marks of arising and ceasing and of identity and difference of themselves have nowhere to be set up.
Brought down to the ground: “far removed from everything” does not mean pushing everything away; it is the way of putting it that remains after neither the cut-off nor the lasting can stand.
The Simile of the Dragon’s Rain and the Simile of the Illusionist: Two Similes Bearing Two Matters Between Them
Within the answer two similes are set up. The first is the dragon king sending down rain — “it does not come forth from his body and does not come forth from his mind, there is no piling up of it, and yet it is not that it cannot be seen; only because of the power of the dragon king’s mindful intent does it pour down in a great flood and spread throughout the world beneath the sky.” The second is the illusionist making illusory matters — “they come from nowhere and go nowhere; and though there is no coming and going, because of the power of illusion they can be clearly seen.”
The two similes do not repeat each other. Chengguan judges: “first the simile of the dragon king sending down rain, which likens in particular the coming that is without coming,” and “afterward the simile of the illusionist displaying illusion, which likens both coming and going, so that there is neither coming nor going.” The dragon’s rain speaks only of the side of “coming,” while the illusionist speaks of both coming and going. Within the joining clause, the sentence “they do not abide within, and they do not abide without,” Chengguan also assigns to two powers: “as for not abiding within, it is because of the power of the bodhisattva. As for not abiding without, it is because of the power of one’s own good. Since the causes and conditions within and without take each other away, both within and without are gone.”
Brought down to the ground: of the seeing of that whole spread of adornment, half is the teacher’s power and half is one’s own roots of good — the two take each other away, and so it cannot be said whose it is.
Where Does the Great Sage Come From: The Three Answers Are the Three Bodies
Sudhana’s third question: “where does the great sage come from?” Maitreya’s answer has three layers.
The first layer is the ten pairs beneath “the bodhisattvas are without coming and without going, and in just this way they come”: without going forth and without abiding, without place and without attachment, neither perishing nor being born, neither abiding nor shifting, neither moving nor rising, without longing and without clinging, without karma and without recompense, without arising and without ceasing, neither cut off nor lasting. The second layer is the nine places beneath “he comes from the place of great compassion”: great compassion, great kindness, pure precepts, great vows, spiritual power, the unshaken, neither taking up nor casting away, wisdom and skillful means, and displaying transformations, all nine clauses closing with “because,” while the two graphs for “because he wishes” stand only in the first two — “because he wishes to tame sentient beings” and “because he wishes to rescue and guard sentient beings” — the seven below them each having wording of their own, as “because he receives birth according to what they delight in” and “because he is upheld by the power of his vows of old.” The third layer is “I come here from Malādi, the country where I was born.”
Chengguan judges these three layers to be the three bodies: “first, with reference to substance, the true dharma-body is the coming that is without coming, and the coming is itself without coming; the text has ten pairs, to be pondered. Second, beneath ‘good man, the bodhisattva from great compassion,’ with reference to mark, the true recompense comes from within the myriad practices, just as in the Jingming one comes from the place of the Way of the myriad practices. Third, beneath ‘you ask me,’ with reference to function, he appears in transformation and comes to where the capacities are ripe. These three are the dharma-body, the recompense body, and the transformation body; they are also substance, mark, and function; they are also principle, practice, and phenomena.” And he adds one further layer: “the first is principle alone, the last is phenomena alone, and the middle one has both principle and phenomena.”
A misreading to be set aside: taking the earlier layer to be high and the later to be low. What Chengguan speaks of is three bodies, not three grades. Brought down to the ground: asked where a person comes from, one may answer that there is no coming and no going, one may answer that he comes from kindness and compassion, and one may answer that he comes from such and such a village — and all three are true words.
Malādi and Gopāla: The Meanings of Two Names
Within the third layer there appear three proper names: the country of Malādi, the village of Fangshe, and Gopāla.
Chengguan glosses the names one by one: “as for Malādi, in full it is Malayadeśa. As for Malaya, it means here ‘garland-giving,’ and it is the name of a mountain. Deśa means ‘within,’ that is, because that mountain lies within this country”; “as for Gopāla: go is earth, and pāla means guarding, that is, because he guards the earth and the ground of the mind.” Further on there is also a “village of Kuṭa,” which Chengguan glosses as “it means here ‘storeyed pavilion,’ because within this village there are many storeyed pavilions, or because the pavilion of the Kind One is within it.” And the scripture text itself renders it as “Fangshe” — and the Yanyi chao makes this matter plain: “as for the Shu’s ‘the village of Kuṭa means here storeyed pavilion,’ this is one meaning; some say small houses, and some say many households. Hence the scripture above renders it of itself as ‘the village of Fangshe,’ and the Shu now takes one meaning only.”
A misreading to be set aside: taking the scripture text and the commentary to be at odds. The Chao says it clearly: one name has many meanings, and the commentary takes one of them. Brought down to the ground: for one and the same place-name, the one who translated the scripture took “Fangshe” and the one who made the commentary took “storeyed pavilion” — and Maitreya’s great storeyed pavilion stands within this very village, so that each of the two renderings has its own reason.
The Ten Clauses of the Bodhisattva’s Place of Birth: The Upper Clause Is Practice, the Lower Clause Is Household
Sudhana asks “what is the bodhisattva’s place of birth,” and Maitreya answers with ten kinds: the mind of awakening, the deep mind, the grounds, great vows, great compassion, contemplating as is right, the great vehicle, teaching sentient beings, wisdom and skillful means, and cultivating all dharmas.
All ten clauses are of one and the same sentence-form, and the sentence-form is itself the doctrine. Chengguan points it out: “now, in the first there are ten, and in every one the upper clause is the practice that is able to give birth, and the lower clause is the household into which one is born.” The upper clause is the practice that is cultivated and the lower clause is the household into which one is born, and the ten run thus: bring forth the mind of awakening and one is born into the household of the bodhisattvas; have the deep mind and one is born into the household of good friends; gain the grounds and one is born into the household of the perfections; bring forth great vows and one is born into the household of wondrous practice; have great compassion and one is born into the household of the four means of gathering; contemplate as is right and one is born into the household of the prajñā-pāramitā; practise the great vehicle and one is born into the household of skillfulness in means; teach sentient beings and one is born into the household of the buddhas; possess wisdom and skillful means and one is born into the household of the forbearance of the non-arising of dharmas; cultivate all dharmas and one is born into the household of all the tathāgatas of the past, the present, and the future. Of the ten, the first three are matters of one’s own cause, the middle four the dharmas relied upon, and the last three the transforming of others and the gathering up of all — the household one is born into rises step by step, and so does the practice cultivated.
In the Shu Chengguan glosses only five of the clauses, and of the rest says “the remainder may be pondered and taken as a pattern.” The Yanyi chao makes up the remainder: what the Shu glosses is what is hard to see, while the other five are easy to understand, and so it merely takes them as a pattern; and it lists the outline of the ten clauses as the cause of practice, the condition of practice, the mark of practice, supporting practice with vows, transforming others, contemplating principle, following both phenomena and principle, benefiting beings, abiding in the fruit, and complying with what is above. The Chao also makes up the reason for each: for the fourth, supporting practice with vows, “if one brings forth great vows one gives birth to wondrous practice”; for the fifth, transforming others, “if one has the mind of compassion one practises the four means of gathering”; for the sixth, contemplating principle, “if one contemplates wondrous principle one accomplishes wisdom”; for the seventh, following both phenomena and principle, “if one moves in both phenomena and principle this is called the great vehicle, that is, skillfulness in means”; for the eighth, benefiting beings, the Shu’s own “teaching sentient beings is the awakening of others”; for the ninth, abiding in the fruit, “when the expedient and the real flow together one realizes the forbearance of non-arising”; and for the tenth, complying with what is above, “cultivating the myriad practices in full and joining the household of the buddhas of the three times.”
Chengguan sets down one further turning clause: “moreover, the upper clause too runs through to that which is born” — the upper and lower clauses may be turned about, and the bringing forth of the mind of awakening may also be spoken of as the household into which one is born. But this turning about has a limit: the Yanyi chao lays it down plainly — “thus the first seven may be taken in the two ways, while the last three must follow the former gloss” — the first seven clauses may be turned upper for lower, while the last three can only be read by the former gloss (the upper clause the practice that is able to give birth, the lower the household into which one is born), and may not be read the other way. And so the Shu first sets up the upper clause as the practice that is able to give birth, and only afterward turns it about as a pattern.
Brought down to the ground: these ten clauses may be taken as a list for examining oneself. To know which household one is now born into, look at which practice one is now cultivating.
The Twenty Clauses of the Retinue: Why Wisdom Is the Mother and Skillful Means the Father
After the place of birth comes the retinue that is the condition of birth, twenty clauses: wisdom as mother, skillfulness in means as father, dāna as wet-nurse, śīla as foster-mother, kṣānti as the furnishings of adornment, vīrya as the one who rears him, dhyāna as the one who washes him, good friends as the master who instructs him, the limbs of awakening as his companions, good dharmas as his retinue, the bodhisattvas as his brothers, the mind of awakening as his household, cultivating as is right as the rule of his household, the grounds as the dwelling place of his household, the forbearances as his clan, great vows as the teaching of his household, bringing all practices to fullness as compliance with the rule of his household, exhorting others to bring forth the great vehicle as the carrying on of the family occupation, the consecrated bodhisattva bound to one more birth as the crown prince, and the accomplishing of awakening as that which is able to purify the clan.
Upon the pair of mother and father Chengguan brings out three meanings: “first, because true knowing is empty and still and is quiet together with the shade, while expedient knowledge flows and moves and ripples together with the sun. Second, because the true giving birth to the dharma-body is indeed by wisdom, and if there were no skillful means one would mostly share the lot of the two vehicles, so that the accomplishing of the seed of a bodhisattva is by skillful means. Third, because understanding within and relieving without are as father and mother.” The second meaning is the most to the point: with wisdom only and no skillful means, one mostly falls away to the two vehicles; what accomplishes the seed of a bodhisattva is skillful means. Below this Chengguan points out only two clauses — “dāna assists with merit, śīla guards and protects” — and the rest are inferred as a pattern. As to the dividing of the twenty clauses, Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, makes three passages of them — “the first seven set forth the bearing and rearing, the next four are for growth and increase, and the remaining nine are for the establishing, together with the crown prince” — and following that division each item may be looked at.
The first seven clauses are matters of bearing and rearing: wisdom as mother and skillfulness in means as father are that by which one is born; dāna as wet-nurse and śīla as foster-mother are the rearing of what has been born; kṣānti as the furnishings of adornment, vīrya as the one who rears him, dhyāna as the one who washes him — adornment is what makes a child fair to look upon, rearing is what makes him grow, washing is what makes him clean, and all three are the actual matters of bringing up a child, which the scripture borrows to match with these three perfections. Why is forbearance the adornment? One who bears patiently keeps his countenance unchanged, and that is where a practitioner is fairest to look upon; why is effort the rearer? Roots of goodness grow only by diligence; why is dhyāna the washer? Concentration clears the mind as water carries off grime. The next four clauses are the conditions of growth and increase: good friends as the master who instructs, the limbs of awakening as companions, good dharmas as retinue, the bodhisattvas as brothers — these come about through teachers and friends without, and not by one person alone. The last nine clauses are matters of establishing: the mind of awakening as household, cultivating as is right as the rule of the household, the grounds as its dwelling place (the stations in which this household dwells), the forbearances as its clan (what this household, of one blood, rests in), great vows as its teaching (the root by which this household teaches its children), bringing all practices to fullness as compliance with its rule, exhorting others to bring forth the great vehicle as the carrying on of the family occupation, the consecrated bodhisattva bound to one more birth as the crown prince, and the accomplishing of awakening as that which is able to purify the clan — first a household, then a rule, a dwelling place, a clan, a teaching for it, compliance and carrying on, and at the last a crown prince and a purified clan. A household from nothing to its full standing: the twenty clauses have set it out.
A misreading to be set aside: taking the matching of mother and father to be an ingenuity of rhetoric. Chengguan’s second meaning speaks of an actual fork in the road. Brought down to the ground: wisdom lets a person get out, skillful means lets a person come back; lacking the latter half, the road will go astray.
Passing Beyond the Ground of Ordinary Beings and Being Born into an Honored Household: Eleven Clauses of Cause and Effect
After the retinue comes the weighing that displays his surpassingness, in two layers. First the surpassingness of the household is spoken of in general — “passing beyond the ground of ordinary beings, entering the station of the bodhisattvas, being born into the household of the tathāgatas, abiding in the lineage of the buddhas, being able to cultivate all practices, not cutting off the three jewels” — on to being reverenced and praised by the devas, humans, māras, Brahmās, śramaṇas, and brahmins of every world. Afterward the surpassingness of his knowledge is set forth in particular, that is, the eleven clauses of cause and effect (six opening with ‘knows,’ the rest with ‘penetrates,’ ‘by,’ ‘gains’ and the like): because he knows that all dharmas are like a shadow-image he has no loathing or contempt for the worlds; because he knows that they are like a transformation he has no attachment to the destinies of existence; because he knows that they are without a self his mind does not grow weary in teaching sentient beings; because his very substance is great kindness and compassion he does not feel it a labor to gather sentient beings in; because he penetrates that birth-and-death is like a dream he passes through all the kalpas without dread; because he knows that the aggregates are all like an illusion he displays the receiving of birth without grief or weariness; because he knows that the elements and the sense-fields are the same as the Dharma realm there is no destroying of them within the realms of objects; because he knows that all thoughts are like a heat-haze he enters the destinies without giving rise to upside-down confusion; because he penetrates that all dharmas are like an illusion he enters the realm of the māras without giving rise to attachment; because he knows the dharma-body all afflictions cannot deceive him; because he has gained sovereign mastery he penetrates without obstruction within all the destinies.
These eleven clauses are not eleven similes. Only six are fastened to a simile — like a shadow-image, like a transformation, like a dream, the aggregates like an illusion, like a heat-haze, all dharmas like an illusion; the other five are fastened to no simile and bring out five other matters: knowing that dharmas are without a self is no-self; having great kindness and compassion for one’s very substance is substance; knowing that the elements and sense-fields are the same as the Dharma realm is their sameness with the Dharma realm; knowing the dharma-body is the dharma-body; having gained sovereign mastery is sovereignty. The opening words are likewise not of one form: six clauses begin with the graph for knowing, and the other five begin severally with “by,” “penetrating,” “knowing fully,” “reaching through,” and “gaining.”
Each clause should be looked at in turn: knowing dharmas to be like a shadow-image, therefore toward the worlds no loathing or contempt — a shadow-image has of itself no high or low, and so what one faces in the world has nothing to be despised. Knowing them like a transformation, therefore toward the destinies of existence no attachment — what is transformed cannot be grasped. Knowing them without a self, therefore in teaching sentient beings a mind that does not grow weary — with no self there is no reckoning of one who delivers and one delivered, and so no weariness. Having great kindness and compassion for one’s very substance, therefore in gathering beings in not feeling it a labor — this clause is fastened not to a simile but to substance: kindness and compassion being the substance, labor is no longer a question. Penetrating that birth-and-death is like a dream, therefore through all the kalpas without dread — a long kalpa within a dream cannot harm a person. Knowing fully that the aggregates are like an illusion, therefore in displaying the receiving of birth without grief or weariness — an illusory body may be taken up and laid down. Knowing that the elements and sense-fields are the same as the Dharma realm, therefore within the realms of objects no destroying — being one and the same Dharma realm, there is nothing that could be destroyed. Knowing that all thoughts are like a heat-haze, therefore entering the destinies without upside-down confusion — a heat-haze cannot be drunk, and so one is not deceived by it. Reaching through that all dharmas are like an illusion, therefore entering the realm of the māras without giving rise to attachment. Knowing the dharma-body, therefore all afflictions cannot deceive him — this clause too is fastened to no simile: the dharma-body once manifest, the deceit of the afflictions has nowhere to work. Having gained sovereign mastery, therefore within all the destinies penetrating without obstruction — this clause has neither a simile nor a dharma known, but speaks directly of the sovereignty gained. Of the eleven, six take a simile for their cause and five take a virtue for their cause; the causes differ, and the fruit in every one is a single absence of obstruction.
Brought down to the ground: these eleven clauses are not eleven states of mind; they are eleven pairs of cause and effect. If the place of obstruction is still there, what one turns back to look at is the cause in the first half of the clause — mostly a knowing, but also a substance of compassion or a mastery gained.
My Body Is Born Everywhere Throughout the Whole Dharma Realm: This Passage Is Maitreya Speaking of Himself
After the eleven clauses, Maitreya speaks of himself: “my body is born everywhere throughout the whole Dharma realm: equal to the differing forms and marks of all sentient beings, equal to the distinct words and sounds of all sentient beings, equal to the every sort of name of all sentient beings, equal to the bearing that all sentient beings delight in, according with the world in teaching and taming; equal to all pure sentient beings in displaying the receiving of birth, equal to all ordinary sentient beings in the work they do, equal to the thoughts of all sentient beings, equal to the vows of all bodhisattvas — and so my body appears filling the Dharma realm.”
Chengguan outlines this as “separately setting forth the place of birth of the Kind One,” and divides it: “the text has ten clauses, the first clause general, the next eight particular, and the last one the conclusion.” The Yanyi chao cross-reads one clause, saying that this passage is “also the same as the measureless three wheels of the chapter of Manifestation.”
Note the graph “equal” here. It is not “surpassing” all sentient beings but “equal to” all sentient beings — forms and marks, words and sounds, names, bearing, and on to the work that ordinary beings do, all of them equal.
Brought down to the ground: a bodhisattva who is to become a buddha in time to come, telling of his own body, uses the graph “equal.” That one graph is harder than any adornment.
Why He Was Born into a Brahmin Household, and Why He Is to Be Born in the Tuṣita Heaven
Below this Maitreya sets forth the causes and conditions himself, first the present birth: for the sake of teaching and delivering those who cultivated the same practices with him of old and have now lost the mind of awakening, for the sake of teaching his father and mother and kin, and for the sake of teaching the brahmins and causing them to leave behind the arrogance of clan — and so he was born in the Jambudvīpa realm, in the country of Malādi, in the village of Kuṭa, into a brahmin household.
Afterward the birth to come: because he would accord with the minds of sentient beings, because he would ripen the deva hosts of the same practice in the Tuṣita Heaven, because he would display the adornments of the transformations of the merit and knowledge of a bodhisattva and pass beyond the realm of desire, cause them to cast off the joys of desire, cause them to know that the conditioned is impermanent, cause them to know that the flourishing of the devas must surely decline, because he would display the Dharma gate of great knowledge at the time of his descending and being born, because he would talk together with the bodhisattvas of one birth, because he would gather in and teach those of the same practice, and because he would teach those sent by Śākya the Tathāgata “and cause them all to awaken as a lotus flower opens” — and so “he shall die here and be born in the Tuṣita Heaven.”
Upon the words “as a lotus flower” Chengguan brings out three meanings: “first, Śākya sows the seed, and that flower opens; second, the cause of old contains the fruit as a flower not yet open, and when the cause is gone and the fruit appears it is as when a lotus flower opens; third, the perfuming of hearing contains what is real as a lotus not yet open, and when the real is seen and words are gone it is therefore said to be awakening.” And he cites the Zhi lun as a general proof of the first meaning.
A misreading to be set aside: taking the bodhisattva’s receiving of birth to be a being dragged by karma. In this passage there are more than ten “because he would … ,” and every clause is for the sake of people. Brought down to the ground: he was born into a brahmin household because those he was to deliver were exactly that company who set most store by clan.
You and Mañjuśrī Shall Both See Me: Three Meanings
Maitreya gives the prediction: “good man! When my vows are brought to fullness, when I have accomplished all-knowledge and gained awakening, you and Mañjuśrī shall both be able to see me.”
Upon the two graphs “both see” Chengguan brings out three meanings: “first, because they will help in the transforming together; second, because Sudhana stands for practice and Mañjuśrī for faith and knowledge, and at the time of accomplishing right awakening both will realize this; third, because Mañjuśrī is an ancient buddha, Sudhana a buddha to come, and the Kind One a present buddha, and the three times are round-fused and vastly all of one measure — and so it says they both see.” The third meaning is the weightiest: Mañjuśrī is the buddha of the past, Sudhana the buddha to come, the Kind One the buddha of the present, and the three times see one another at one and the same moment. Li Tongxuan sets down words upon this same clause, and his are more direct: “the causes of the three times being brought to fullness and knowledge being without ancient or modern, the buddhas of the three times see one another at one time, of one and the same wisdom.”
Fazang, in the Huayan wujiao zhang, judges three stations — the station of seeing and hearing, the station of understanding and practice, and the station of realizing the ocean of fruit — and for the third, the “station of realizing the ocean of fruit,” he directly cites as proof the clause of the sixty-fascicle witness that he quotes, saying that “this is with reference to cause and fruit being divided into two stations, before and after. Therefore the former station is only cause. Because the round fruit lies in the latter station, it says he shall see me.”
Brought down to the ground: from one clause of prediction the ancient worthies read out the three times seated together. This is the farthest-reaching sentence in the section.
Pointing Out the Next Friend: He Has Already Seen Mañjuśrī, So Why Must He Go Back
After the prediction comes the pointing out of the next friend. Maitreya would have Sudhana go and ask Mañjuśrī seven matters: how does a bodhisattva study the practice of the bodhisattvas, how does he enter the gate of the practice of Samantabhadra, how is it accomplished, how is it made vast, how is it made to accord, how is it made pure, how is it brought to fullness.
Here a question arises: Sudhana first brought forth the mind at Mañjuśrī’s very place, and now, having visited as far as the fifty-second station (counting Mañjuśrī at the first meeting, and Śrīsaṃbhava and Śrīmatī as one station), why must he turn back? Chengguan sets up the question himself and answers it himself: “first the intent of the questioning: Mañjuśrī has already been seen, why exhort him to go? The intent of the gloss: because that one’s virtue is deep and vast, and the bond of old is weighty.” And the root meaning of the exhortation to go Chengguan breaks open in a single clause: “as for making him go to Mañjuśrī, it is because the station of cause is about to reach its utmost, and he is made to shine back upon the source of the mind.” The station of cause is nearly at its end, and so he is to turn back and shine a light upon that first single thought.
A misreading to be set aside: taking the visiting of friends to be a going straight forward, finished when the road is walked out. Brought down to the ground: what is to be done upon reaching the last step is to go back and look at the first step.
Mañjuśrī’s Virtue: The Vastness of His Practice and the Depth of the Bond
The glossing of the ground of the exhortation divides in two: first setting forth the vastness of his practice, afterward displaying the depth of the bond.
The passage setting forth the vastness of his practice runs from “Mañjuśrī the youth: his practice is vast, his vows are without bound, and he gives birth to all the merit and virtue of the bodhisattvas without ever resting” onward — constantly the mother of the buddhas, constantly the teacher of the bodhisattvas, teaching and ripening all sentient beings, his name heard everywhere throughout the ten directions, constantly the master of the expounding of the Dharma, praised by all the tathāgatas, abiding in deep knowledge, able to see all dharmas as they really are, penetrating all the realms of liberation, and having brought to the utmost all the practices that Samantabhadra practises. Chengguan fastens each clause to what it governs: “as for giving birth to the merit and virtue of the bodhisattvas, he governs the Dharma gate of faith and nourishes all that is good. As for being therefore the mother of the buddhas, he governs the gate of wisdom, abides in deep knowledge, and sees the reality of dharmas. As for being the teacher of the bodhisattvas, he possesses skillful knowledge, penetrates liberation, and brings the practice of Samantabhadra to the utmost.”
The passage displaying the depth of the bond runs from “Mañjuśrī the youth is your good friend” onward — causing you to be born into the household of the tathāgatas, to grow and nourish roots of good, to raise up the dharmas that aid the path, to meet true good friends, to cultivate every merit and virtue, to enter all the nets of vows, to abide in all the great vows, speaking for you the secret dharmas and displaying the practices hard to conceive, and closing with “of old was born together with you and practised together with you.” Chengguan outlines this as “displaying that the bond with him is deep and has already brought much benefit.”
Brought down to the ground: the vastness of the practice says how great this good friend is, and the depth of the bond says how long he has been with you. In exhorting a person to go back and see a teacher, both these matters must be spoken.
The Concluding Exhortation: All That You Have Gained Along the Road Is His Power
The last division is the concluding exhortation with its restatement, in three parts: first the concluding exhortation, “you should go on to the place of Mañjuśrī and not grow weary and turn away”; next the questioning and glossing, “why is this”; and last the concluding of his virtue as ultimate.
For the part of the questioning and glossing Chengguan frames the intent of its question and answer: “first the intent of the questioning is to say: how is it known for certain that the two meanings above are present? Afterward the intent of the gloss is to say: the benefit already accomplished is all his power, and hence it is known that his virtue is deep and the bond weighty.” How is it known that Mañjuśrī’s virtue is deep and the bond weighty? Look at what you yourself have gained along the whole road — “all the good friends you saw before, the practice of the bodhisattvas you heard, the gates of liberation you entered, the great vows you brought to fullness — all of these are the majestic and spiritual power of Mañjuśrī.”
The last clause, “and Mañjuśrī has come to the utmost in every place,” Chengguan fastens to the beginning and end of faith and knowledge: “the former seeing is the head of faith, the latter seeing is the end of knowledge — and so it says, ultimate in everything.”
Brought down to the ground: what the fifty and more teachers along the road gave, looked back upon, was given by one and the same person. Were this sentence spoken at the setting out, it could not be understood; spoken here, it carries weight.
Cherishing His Virtue and Taking Leave: This Passage Is Only One Sentence
The last passage is the taking of leave: “then Sudhana the youth bowed to his feet, circled him measureless times, gazed up at him with earnest longing, and took his leave and departed.”
Chengguan outlines this alone as “cherishing his virtue and taking leave,” and brings out no separate gloss. And here the forty-fascicle witness has four graphs more, “his heart cherishing longing,” answering exactly to the name of the outline; the sixty is the plainest, and has no clause of “gazed up at him with earnest longing.”
A misreading to be set aside: taking this for a formula. The three witnesses differ in fullness and plainness, and yet the four graphs “gazed up at him with earnest longing” are in both the eighty and the forty — at the moment of parting he is still looking. Brought down to the ground: to look back while going away — the “cherishing his virtue” of this passage lies just here, and nothing need be added to it.
Lineage
For the text of this section, three lines are opened out below it.
The first is the line of the station of realizing the fruit. Fazang, in the Huayan wujiao zhang, judges three stations, the station of seeing and hearing, the station of understanding and practice, and the station of realizing the ocean of fruit, and for the third station he directly cites as proof the clause of the sixty-fascicle witness that he quotes, “when I accomplish right awakening in time to come, you shall see me” (in the base text of this section, “good man! When my vows are brought to fullness, when I have accomplished all-knowledge and gained awakening, you and Mañjuśrī shall both be able to see me”), and judges that “this is with reference to cause and fruit being divided into two stations, before and after. Therefore the former station is only cause. Because the round fruit lies in the latter station, it says he shall see me” — and the reason this section is called “the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause,” and where the cause it accomplishes and the fruit it stands in lie, Fazang here judges most plainly.
The second is the line of the outlines of the several houses, each with its own track, recorded without adjudication. For the fourfold great outline, Chengguan makes it conferring the substance of the Dharma · displaying the name of the Dharma · tracing to its source the root of the cause of the adornment · examining the nature and marks of the direct recompense, while Fazang makes it conferring the substance of the Dharma · displaying the name of the Dharma · distinguishing the place of coming · setting forth the place of birth: the first two divisions are the same in name and the last two differ in name. For the opening and closing of what is seen, Chengguan opens six (dependent recompense · direct recompense · companion bodhisattvas · buddhas · the chief pavilion within the pavilion · the working of the furnishings of adornment), Fazang opens five (dependent recompense · direct recompense · buddhas · sounds of Dharma · giving birth), Zhiyan, beneath the three divisions of “the direct entering of concentration,” sets up the one division of “seeing the pure land” and opens it further into five (seeing the marks of adornment, that is, the realm of faith · gaining benefit and paying reverence · the appearing of his own body · the appearing of the marks of the dharmas of cause and fruit · the appearing of differences), the six Dharma gates of bell · mirror · pillar · pearl necklace · tree · half-moon standing as headings beneath “the appearing of differences” and not upon the same layer as the gates of “what is seen” in Chengguan and Fazang, and Li Tongxuan does not set up outlines division by division but matches three passages to the scripture-measures of “eight or nine sheets of scripture,” “nine and a half lines of scripture,” and “four sheets of scripture,” opening out four questions. For the number of the similes, Chengguan sets up ten similes and matches a round to each of the two intents of the causes and conditions of being able to see and the marks of the realms that are seen, while Zhiyan, beneath “likening and praising the unobstructedness of the seeing,” makes seven similes and opens the last of them into three. For what the snapping of the fingers stands for, Chengguan judges the former and latter snaps to be the difference between taking concentration as the gate and taking function as the gate, while Li Tongxuan judges the snapping of the fingers to be “the meaning of removing dust.” These divergent interpretations are all settled sayings of the ancient worthies.
Each of the four houses has besides its own closing passage, and these too should be recorded. Chengguan’s Yanyi chao, beneath the scripture’s one clause “because I would teach those sent here by Śākya the Tathāgata,” takes up the text of the Guan Mile pusa shangsheng Doushuai and the Mile xiasheng jing in Kumārajīva’s rendering, brings out the occasions of the ascent and of the descent, and closes with “this scripture makes plain precisely that Śākya sent them here” — those Maitreya transforms are the ones Śākya sent. Fazang’s Tanxuan ji, at the end of this passage, brings out one by one the five sounds of Dharma, the six gates of the giving birth, the ten similes of the questioning and answering that settles the seeing, the three-part gloss of the name of the Dharma gate, the place of coming, the place of birth, the three parts of the twenty clauses of the retinue that is the condition of birth, and the rendering of the name Kuṭāgāra; upon the clause “you and Mañjuśrī shall both be able to see me,” he brings out three meanings — first, that when Maitreya becomes a buddha he too will teach this Avataṃsaka, and then too there will be the Dharma taught by Mañjuśrī and Sudhana; second, that when Maitreya becomes a buddha, Sudhana and Mañjuśrī will both come to help him spread the teaching; third, as standing for a dharma: Sudhana in this life is a body that cultivates the cause and has not accomplished the fruit, and so does not go to the Buddha — not that he does not seek him, but the fruit is set apart from the cause, and so it is said that he shall see him; and he closes “because this is the station of fullness, there is no pushing upward and the rest. Here ends the good friend of the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause.” — Maitreya’s station being full, he does not push the seeker on to yet another friend above. Li Tongxuan’s Lun, in its closing passage, glosses the two names Malādi and Gopāla — the land Malādi is named for the virtue of the sage, standing for a sage whose knowledge and virtue rise above the world with none surpassing; Gopāla “meaning here the guarding of the white dharmas of the ground of the mind,” whom the Kind One causes to enter the Buddha’s Dharma — glosses the village of Kuṭa as “meaning here many households,” and the brahmin household as “birth within a pure lineage,” sets forth that Maitreya’s receiving of birth and displaying of it is not a case of “the buddhas being born here and perishing there,” and closes with “and so Sudhana is made to go back and see Mañjuśrī, setting forth that the fruit does not shift the cause.” Zhiyan’s Souxuan ji, in its closing passage, divides the place of birth in two — “first, distinguishing the place of birth that is the substance of the practice of the cause,” and “setting forth the place of birth in which the transformation body appears and comes” — counts the retinue as “nineteen clauses separately setting forth the practice of the retinue” (Chengguan makes it twenty), and divides the place of birth of the transformation body into three, among humans, in the heavens, and descending among humans, “all of them being the final birth.” The four houses stop at different points, and all of them close upon Maitreya’s life to come; this is recorded without adjudication.
The third is the line of the assigning of stations. The matching of the good friends of this assembly to stations — that a certain friend is assigned to a certain station — is not the scripture text judging of itself; Chengguan follows the ancient worthies in matching them. What this section is fastened to, “the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause,” is the third of these five aspects, and in reading it one should take it as an outline of the ancient worthies and not as a judgment the scripture text makes of itself.
Chengguan’s Explicit Judgment
Upon the two sayings of matching the stations and of not matching them, Chengguan judges explicitly, among the ten gates of the last assembly: “both have their reason. That is: since each single station is endowed with many Dharma gateways, how could an ordinary mind be barred from studying and seeking the dharma of good friends? — and so not to match them has its reason. Yet within the absence of sequence of stations the sequence of stations is not obstructed, and to display the stations is the ordinary rule, so that to match them is also without fault.” Both sayings he allows, and because displaying the stations is the ordinary rule, to match them is also without fault — this is Chengguan’s judgment, and not a leaving of the matter open.
Of the text of this one section, four thousand graphs and more are looking and two thousand and more are asking. Only when the looking is done can the eight graphs “where have these adornments gone” be asked — and the sequence of this section lies wholly in that one graph ‘only.’
考據Apparatus
善財參學之路走到彌勒這裡,出現全經最特別的一個場面:善知識不說法,只彈一下指,把門打開,讓他自己進去看。正文六千二百三十九字之中,四千零九十八字是「所見」——依報之阿僧祇眾具、彌勒三世本生之正報、伴菩薩身雲、諸佛、閣中主閣之八相成道,以至寶鏡·寶柱·寶像·瓔珞·蓮華·瑠璃地·寶樹·半月·四壁十事所現。看畢,經家連下十喻收之;彌勒再彈指,善財從三昧起。此後才是問答:解脫門之名「入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」、莊嚴事之去來、彌勒之從何處來、菩薩之生處,末以指示後友文殊、戀德禮辭作結。澄觀科本段承「正授法界」四分:授法體一分之「攝入方便」後半(善財請開樓閣門)與「加令證入」已在本節之內,其下顯法名·窮嚴因之本源·覈正報之性相三分亦皆在本節,並「指示後友」「戀德禮辭」二科;十喻之判,澄觀立「能見因緣不同」與「所見境相別」二意各配十喻。法藏《探玄記》就六十本作四分而所見開為五,李通玄作三段四問,智儼另以「入樓觀現量境」立科。本節經文全長行,偈行為零。
一、科判定位
| 科判系統 | 此節經文 之位 |
|---|---|
| 底本 T279 三十九品 | 品三十九 入法界品(第九會 逝多林·攝德成因相第四子);彌勒菩薩(四)入樓閣·指示後友·禮辭=卷七十九〔T10 0434c29〕–〔0439b06 前〕 |
| 澄觀《華嚴經疏》 | 本段承澄觀『正授法界』大科〔T35n1735 0958a17〕;訖於「戀德禮辭」〔0960a02〕 |
| 澄觀《演義鈔》 | 釋十喻之合·法性如是·莊嚴藏二義·摩羅提·拘吒聚落·如蓮華三義·釋迦所遣來者之緣(案《觀彌勒菩薩上生兜率》上生之文·引羅什譯《彌勒下生經》下生之文)諸句〔T36n1736 0695a06–0696b14〕 |
| 法藏《探玄記》(六十華嚴疏) | 〔T35n1733 0488c16–0488c17〕「第二大段「善男子汝先所問」〔0488c16〕下正授己法界」起 |
| 李通玄《新華嚴經論》 | 〔T36n1739 1006b29–1006c02〕「第七「爾時善財童子恭敬右遶彌勒菩薩摩訶薩」〔1006b29〕已下至此卷末,明善財入慈氏樓閣觀果知因」 |
| 智儼《搜玄記》 | 「二自體法門,文有三」〔T35n1732 0104b18〕;〔0104b20–0104b22〕「二「善財即入」〔0104b20〕下正入三昧;三「彌勒攝神力」〔0104b21〕下明出定也」 |
澄觀之四分大科——本段之骨:
〔T35n1735 0958a17–0958a19〕「第二「善男子如汝所問」〔0958a17〕下正授法界。於中四:一授法體、二顯法名、三窮嚴因之本源、四覈正報之性相故。」
授法體一分復開四,本節經文起於其第一「攝入方便」之後半(善財請開樓閣門)與第二「加令證入」,而以第三、第四為其主體:
〔T35n1735 0958a20–0958a23〕「初中四:一攝入方便、二加令證入、三見所證境、四事訖起定。初中,先牒問勸證;後「爾時善財」〔0958a22〕下求證方便。第二「爾時彌勒」〔0958a22〕下加令證入。」
見所證境一分,先別後總;別中六門:
〔T35n1735 0958a28–0958b03〕「第三「見其樓閣」〔0958a28〕下明見所證境。於中二:先別明所見、後總顯見相。前中六:一見依報、二見正報、三見伴菩薩、四見諸佛、五見閣中主閣、六總見嚴具作用,然此六皆是悲智之中所有。」
見正報一門又開五:
〔T35n1735 0958b08–0958b14〕「第二「纔始稽首」〔0958b08〕下見正報,中二:先總標、「所謂」〔0958b09〕下別顯。於中五:一見初發心時;二「或見初得慈心」〔0958b10〕下見其修行得法時;三「或見彌勒為轉輪」〔0958b11〕下隨類攝生時四「或復見為護世」〔0958b11〕下見處會說法,於中,先明所處會殊、後「或見讚說初地」〔0958b13〕下顯所說之法;五「或見彌勒於百千」〔0958b14〕下總見行用。」
嚴具作用一門開十段,即本節經文中段之十事:
〔T35n1735 0958b19–0958b26〕「第六「復聞一切」〔0958b19〕下見聞嚴具作用,於中十段:一聞網等演法,於中三:一近聞、次「又聞某處」〔0958b21〕下遠聞、後「善財」〔0958b21〕下得益;二見寶鏡作用;三見寶柱放光;四見寶像威儀;五見瓔珞等出生;六蓮華重現;七寶地現像;八樹現半身,兜沙羅者,此云霜氷;九半月現光;十壁現本事」
後三科即末段之問答與辭:
〔T35n1735 0959c15–0959c17〕「第四「善男子汝當」〔0959c15〕下指示後友,中三:初勸往教問、次「何以」〔0959c16〕下釋勸所由、三「是故善男子」〔0959c17〕下結勸重釋。」
〔T35n1735 0960a02〕「第五「爾時善財」〔0960a02〕下戀德禮辭。」
法藏之四分科(就六十本·名與澄觀第三分異):
〔T35n1733 0488c16–0488c18〕「第二大段「善男子汝先所問」〔0488c16〕下正授己法界。於中有四:一授法體、二顯法名、三辨來處、四明生處。」
法藏於所見開五(澄觀開六):
〔T35n1733 0488c26–0488c28〕「三「爾時善財觀察」〔0488c26〕下明證所見境。於中五:一見依報、二見正報、三見諸佛、四聞法音、五見出生。」
李通玄之三段四問:
「於此段中約科為三段。」〔T36n1739 1006c19–1006c20〕
「於問法門名目中,問其四法:一問入樓閣中所有法門境界解脫之名、二問莊嚴事何處去、三問彌勒菩薩從何處來、四問菩薩生處。」〔T36n1739 1006c28–1007a02〕
智儼之科——以「現量境」立言:
「初牒前方便攝入樓觀現量境,此文有三:牒勸趣入、二生其勝欲、三顯方便可知」〔T35n1732 0104b18–0104b21〕
〔T35n1732 0104b23–0104b26〕「第二文有五:初見嚴相即信境;二「爾時善財」〔0104b24〕下獲益禮敬;三「禮已」〔0104b24〕下現自身,即當法機器,有二可知;四「又見」〔0104b25〕下現因果法相,即修行者所依法」
二、術語
| 漢 | 古德傳梵(羅馬字·發音輔助) | 所徵 | 精義 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 毘盧遮那莊嚴藏樓閣 | — | 本段「善財童子見毘盧遮那莊嚴藏樓閣如是種種不可思議自在境界」〔T10n0279 0435a26–a27〕 | 彌勒所居之閣;四十本於開門句即先標此專名〔T10n0293 0831b28〕,八十本後文乃出 |
| 入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏 | — | 本段「此解脫門,名:入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」〔T10n0279 0437c27–c28〕 | 本節之法門名;澄觀分釋境·智·藏三分〔T35n1735 0959a02–0959a09〕 |
| 慈氏 | — | 本段「或見彌勒最初證得慈心三昧,從是已來,號為慈氏」〔T10n0279 0435b09–b10〕 | 彌勒之義譯名;經文自釋其所以,由慈心三昧得名 |
| 阿僧祇 | —(「阿僧祇」本即古傳音寫) | 本段依報段逐句冠此數名,依報一段三十九見,本節正文全段四十一見(逐字數之) | 不可數之大數名 |
| 摩羅提國 | 摩羅耶提數(澄觀所傳具云·此依《疏》) | 本段「我從生處摩羅提國而來於此」〔T10n0279 0438a27–a28〕 | 彌勒自述生處之國;澄觀「摩羅耶者,此云鬘施,即山名也。提數云中」〔T35n1735 0959b09–b10〕 |
| 房舍聚落 | 拘吒(澄觀所傳梵名·此依《疏》) | 本段「彼有聚落,名為:房舍」〔T10n0279 0438a28–a29〕;又「摩羅提國、拘吒聚落」〔0438c19–c20〕 | 澄觀「拘吒者,此云樓閣,此聚落中多樓閣故,或慈氏閣在此中故」〔T35n1735 0959c04–c06〕;《鈔》按「乃是一義,或云小舍、或曰多家」〔T36n1736 0695c04〕 |
| 瞿波羅 | 瞿·波羅(澄觀分釋二字) | 本段「有長者子,名:瞿波羅」〔T10n0279 0438a29〕 | 澄觀「瞿者地也,波羅云守護,即守護土地及心地故」〔T35n1735 0959b11–b12〕 |
| 幻智 | — | 本段「及不思議幻智力故,能以幻智知諸法故」〔T10n0279 0437c14–c16〕 | 知法如幻之智;澄觀判第十幻師喻為「幻智自在力」〔T35n1735 0958c10〕 |
| 兜沙羅 | tuṣāra(古德音寫作「兜沙羅」·此依澄觀《疏》所傳) | 本段「兜沙羅色光明」〔T10n0279 0437a01–a02〕 | 澄觀「兜沙羅者,此云霜氷」〔T35n1735 0958b24〕;李通玄「如此方霜氷之色也」〔T36n1739 1006c16〕 |
| 遍處定 | — | 本段「譬如比丘,入遍處定」〔T10n0279 0437c06〕 | 十喻之第六;澄觀判為「六是定力」〔T35n1735 0958c08〕 |
| 乾闥婆城 | — | 本段「於虛空中見乾闥婆城具足莊嚴」〔T10n0279 0437c09〕 | 十喻之第七;澄觀判「七喻性空力」〔T35n1735 0958c08〕,又判所喻為「乾城依空喻,喻事理無礙」〔0958c15〕 |
| 一生所繫 | — | 本段「初發心乃至一生所繫已灌頂者諸菩薩眾」〔T10n0279 0435c08–c09〕 | 一生補處之位;又作「一生菩薩」,本段解脫門判屬「一生菩薩之所能得」〔0438a01〕 |
| 十種生處 | — | 本段「菩薩有十種生處」〔T10n0279 0438b05〕 | 澄觀「今初有十,皆上句為能生之行,下句為所生之家」〔T35n1735 0959b15–b16〕 |
三、譬喻·修辭
(一) 十喻——本段最大之一組。善財所見既畢,經家連下十喻收之,其序為:夢·命終業相·鬼持·龍持·梵宮·比丘遍處定·虛空乾闥婆城·夜叉宮殿·大海·幻師(逐字數之得十喻;前六及末一皆有「善財童子亦復如是」之合語,第七至第九三喻無別合,於幻師一喻末一時總合——此即《鈔》所謂「前六有合,七八九無。第十幻中,一時總合,從後倒合」〔T36n1736 0695a07–a08〕)。澄觀判此十喻有二意,一意配一輪:
「所以有十喻者,所喻別故。然有二意:一喻能見因緣不同故、二喻所見境相別故。」〔T35n1735 0958c01–0958c03〕
依初意,十喻各表一種「能見」之力:
「具初意者,十中初一總喻能見所見皆如夢事,大小無礙等,如喻合文尋之;餘九皆別。二喻自因力,隨自業故,凡命將終故。三四並喻緣力龍鬼所持故,然鬼持自他不同,龍持自他同體。五喻友依報力。六是定力。七喻性空力。八喻法界自在力。九喻智定無二力,大智海印之三昧故。十幻智自在力。」〔T35n1735 0958c03–0958c10〕
依後意,十喻各表一種「所見」之相:
「二約所喻境相別者,亦初總、餘別。別中,一臨終現業喻,喻所見冥應;二非人所持喻,喻所見能說;三龍宮淹久喻,喻念劫圓融;四梵宮廣現喻,喻一多無礙;五遍處定境喻,喻所見明了;六乾城依空喻,喻事理無礙;七同處異見喻,喻隱顯自在;八海現三千喻,喻頓現遠近;九幻現眾多喻,喻所見純雜無礙。」〔T35n1735 0958c10–0958c17〕
(二) 龍雨喻與幻師喻——彌勒答『莊嚴事從何處來』之問,設二喻,一喻無來之來,一喻雙遣來去。經文作「如龍王降雨,不從身出,不從心出,無有積集,而非不見;但以龍王心念力故,霈然洪霔,周遍天下」〔T10n0279 0438a05–a07〕,又作「譬如幻師作諸幻事,無所從來,無所至去;雖無來去,以幻力故,分明可見」〔0438a10–a12〕。澄觀判其分工:
「後喻,有二:先龍王降雨喻,偏喻無來之來。合中不住內者,菩薩力故。不住外者,自善力故。以內外因緣互奪,則內外兩亡。後幻師現幻喻,雙喻來去則無來去。」〔T35n1735 0959a23–0959a27〕
(三) 眷屬喻二十句——菩薩生處一段,經文以家族之名一一配法:「以般若波羅蜜為母,方便善巧為父,檀波羅蜜為乳母,尸波羅蜜為養母,忍波羅蜜為莊嚴具,勤波羅蜜為養育者,禪波羅蜜為澣濯人」〔T10n0279 0438b15–b18〕,以至「成就菩提為能淨家族」〔0438b23–b24〕。澄觀計為二十句,並於母父一對出三義:
〔T35n1735 0959b22–0959b27〕「二「善男子」〔0959b22〕下明生緣眷屬,有二十句。般若為母方便為父者,略有三義:一實知虛凝與陰俱靜,權智流動與陽齊波故。二親生法身實由般若,若無方便多共二乘,成菩薩種乃由方便故。三者內解外濟如父母故。次檀以福資、尸以防護。」
(四) 如幻如夢如影如像四喻——彌勒彈指出定所示體相,一句四喻:「如是自性,如幻、如夢、如影、如像,悉不成就」〔T10n0279 0437c19–c21〕。澄觀判此為所現之相從緣無性:
〔T35n1735 0958c20–0958c24〕「二「法性」〔0958c20〕下略示體相。初句標;「此是」〔0958c20〕下釋所見之相,從法智緣生,緣生故無自性,故云如是自性如幻夢等。悉不成就者,結成上義,從緣無性故事不成就,無性從緣故理不成就。」
(五) 十一因果句群——菩薩生尊勝家一段〔T10n0279 0438b29–0438c10〕,經文連下十一句,句句先出其因、後出所得之無礙——因或為所知之理,或為體性,或為所得。十一句之中繫喻者六:「知一切法如影像故」〔0438b29〕「知一切法如變化故」〔0438c01〕「了達生死猶如夢故」〔0438c04〕「了知諸蘊皆如幻故」〔0438c05〕「知一切想如陽焰故」〔0438c07〕「達一切法皆如幻故」〔0438c07〕;其餘五句不繫喻而別出五事:「知一切法無有我故」〔0438c02〕「以大慈悲為體性故」〔0438c03〕「知諸界、處同法界故」〔0438c06〕「知法身故」〔0438c08〕「得自在故」〔0438c09〕。句首之語亦不一律,不盡作知字起。此為本段第二組整齊排比。
(六) 如蓮華之喻——彌勒自述當生兜率之緣,有「令如蓮華悉開悟故」〔T10n0279 0438c28–c29〕一語。澄觀出三義釋之:
「如蓮華者,有三義:一釋迦下種,彼華開故;二昔因含果如華未開,因亡果現故如蓮華開;三聞熏含實如蓮未開,見實亡言故云開悟。」〔T35n1735 0959c07–0959c10〕
(七) 所謂一詞之列項修辭——本節經文「所謂」九見(逐字數之),其八用於開列所見·所聞之細目:見正報之本生〔T10n0279 0435b04〕、出妙音所讚法門〔0435c27〕、寶網鈴鐸所說之法〔0436a22〕、寶鏡中之諸世界〔0436b18〕、蓮華中之色像〔0436c15〕、瑠璃地之色像〔0436c21〕、寶樹中之半身色像〔0436c23〕及其光明〔0436c29〕,皆以「所謂」領起;第九見不在樓閣現見·現聞之列,而在十喻之首夢喻之敘述中——「夢中見種種物,所謂:城邑、聚落、宮殿、園苑、山林、河池、衣服、飲食乃至一切資生之具」〔0437b05–b06〕。以一「所謂」領一長列,是本段敘所見之定式。
(八) 偈行——本節經文全屬長行,偈行為零。
四、異譯對勘
本節經文要句之漢譯校本:實叉難陀 T279(底本·卷七十九)· 佛馱跋陀羅 T278(晉譯六十華嚴〈入法界品第三十四〉·卷五十九–六十)· 般若 T293(貞元四十華嚴·卷三十七–三十八)。
句一 請開樓閣門
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 爾時,善財童子恭敬右遶彌勒菩薩摩訶薩已,而白之言:唯願大聖開樓閣門,令我得入 | T10n0279 0434c29–0435a01 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 爾時,善財童子敬遶彌勒菩薩,合掌白言:唯願大聖開樓觀門,令我得入 | T09n0278 0780b10–b11 |
| 般若 T293 | 爾時,善財童子恭敬右遶彌勒菩薩摩訶薩已,而白之言:唯願大聖開樓閣門,令我得入 | T10n0293 0831b26–b28 |
異文所繫:(甲) 閣之名,80 與 40 作「樓閣」,60 作「樓觀」——60 本此段通篇作「樓觀」。(乙) 敬儀,80 與 40 作「恭敬右遶……摩訶薩已」,60 作「敬遶……合掌白言」,60 多「合掌」而無「摩訶薩」。(丙) 40 於此句與 80 逐字全同。誌錄不判。
句二 彈指開門
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 時,彌勒菩薩前詣樓閣,彈指出聲,其門即開,命善財入。善財心喜,入已還閉 | T10n0279 0435a02–a03 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 爾時,彌勒菩薩即彈右指,門自然開,善財即入;入已,還閉 | T09n0278 0780b11–b13 |
| 般若 T293 | 時,彌勒菩薩前詣毘盧遮那莊嚴藏樓閣,即以右手,彈指出聲,其門即開,命善財入。善財心喜,入已還閉 | T10n0293 0831b28–0831c01 |
異文所繫:(甲) 80 先「前詣樓閣」後彈指,60 逕作「即彈右指」而無前詣一節。(乙) 右手一義,60 作「彈右指」,40 作「即以右手,彈指出聲」,80 但作「彈指出聲」不言左右。(丙) 閣之專名,40 於此句即出「毘盧遮那莊嚴藏樓閣」,80 至〔0435a26〕乃出,60 此處無此專名。(丁) 門開之勢,80、40 作「其門即開」並有「命善財入」一節,60 作「門自然開」而無命入之語。誌錄不判。
句三 入閣所見依報
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 見其樓閣廣博無量同於虛空,阿僧祇寶以為其地;阿僧祇宮殿、阿僧祇門闥、阿僧祇窓牖、阿僧祇階陛、阿僧祇欄楯、阿僧祇道路,皆七寶成 | T10n0279 0435a03–a06 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 爾時,善財觀察樓觀,廣大無量,猶如虛空,眾寶為地。有阿僧祇窓牖,却敵欄楯,七寶合成阿僧祇幡幢蓋莊嚴 | T09n0278 0780b13–b16 |
| 般若 T293 | 見其樓閣廣博無量,同於虛空;阿僧祇寶以為其地,阿僧祇宮殿、阿僧祇門闥、阿僧祇窓牖、阿僧祇階陛、阿僧祇欄楯、阿僧祇道路,皆七寶成 | T10n0293 0831c01–0831c04 |
異文所繫:(甲) 80 與 40 於此段逐項並列(宮殿·門闥·窓牖·階陛·欄楯·道路六目),60 唯舉「窓牖」「却敵欄楯」二目而下接幡幢蓋,繁簡懸殊。(乙) 40 於 80 之外別有「阿僧祇滿月」「阿僧祇師子幢網」「阿僧祇寶芭蕉樹」「阿僧祇寶經行路」「阿僧祇寶池」「阿僧祇寶橋」諸目〔T10n0293 0831c07–0831c24〕,為三本中列目最繁者。(丙) 瓔珞一組,80 列四種(眾寶·真珠·赤真珠·師子珠),40 亦列四種而第二作「白真珠」〔0831c05–c07〕,60 唯作「阿僧祇寶瓔珞垂帶」一句。誌錄不判。
句四 見正報之初發心與慈心三昧
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 所謂:或見彌勒菩薩初發無上菩提心時如是名字、如是種族,如是善友之所開悟 | T10n0279 0435b04–b05 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 或見彌勒,隨本種姓,壽命知識,長養善根,諸劫世界,一切佛所,及諸眷屬,因諸大願,初發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心;或見初得慈心三昧,因以為名 | T09n0278 0780b30–0780c03 |
| 般若 T293 | 所謂:或見彌勒菩薩初發無上菩提心時,如是名字、如是種族、如是善友之所開悟 | T10n0293 0832a12–0832a14 |
異文所繫:(甲) 80、40 以「如是」句式逐項排比(名字·種族·善友·善根·壽·劫·佛·剎土·行·願),60 則以「隨本種姓,壽命知識」等短語總束,且將「初發……心」置於句末。(乙) 得名之由,80 作「或見彌勒最初證得慈心三昧,從是已來,號為慈氏」〔T10n0279 0435b09–b10〕,60 作「或見初得慈心三昧,因以為名」——60 不出「慈氏」之名而但云「因以為名」。誌錄不判。
句五 隨類生身
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 或見彌勒為轉輪王,勸諸眾生住十善道;或為護世,饒益眾生;或為釋天,訶責五欲;或為焰摩天王,讚不放逸 | T10n0279 0435b14–b17 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 或見彌勒為轉輪王,十善化世;或為四天王,饒益一切眾生;或為帝釋,訶責五欲;或為夜摩天王,讚不放逸 | T09n0278 0780c07–0780c10 |
異文所繫:(甲) 天名之譯,80「護世」/60「四天王」;80「釋天」/60「帝釋」;80「焰摩天王」/60「夜摩天王」。(乙) 化物之語,80「勸諸眾生住十善道」/60「十善化世」。(丙) 此後諸身,80 有「或為化樂天王,為諸天眾現諸菩薩變化莊嚴」而 60 作「或為化樂天王,讚自在法」〔T09n0278 0780c11〕;80 之他化自在天王與魔王二身,60 之次第互倒〔0780c11–c13〕。(丁) 40 此段逐字實存〔T10n0293 0832a23–0832b05〕,與 80 之異有四:轉輪王一身,80 作「或見彌勒為轉輪王,勸諸眾生住十善道」〔T10n0279 0435b14–b15〕,40 作「或時見作轉輪聖王,普令眾生住十善道」〔T10n0293 0832a23–a24〕;焰摩一天,80 作「焰摩天王」〔T10n0279 0435b16〕,40 作「夜摩天王」〔T10n0293 0832a25〕,與 60 同;兜率天王所稱歎者,80 作「稱歎一生菩薩功德」〔T10n0279 0435b17〕,40 作「稱歎菩薩補處功德」〔T10n0293 0832a26〕;阿脩羅王一身之句序,80 作「入大智海,了法如幻,為其眾會常演說法,斷除一切憍慢醉傲」〔T10n0279 0435b21–b23〕,40 作「為其眾會說斷一切憍慢醉傲,入大智海,了法如幻」〔T10n0293 0832b01–b02〕,先斷慢而後入智海,與 80 互倒。(戊) 三惡道三事,40 亦具〔T10n0293 0832b02–b05〕,與 80 同列於隨類生身之後。誌錄不判。
句六 閣中主閣之八相
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 又復於彼莊嚴藏內諸樓閣中,見一樓閣,高廣嚴飾,最上無比;於中悉見三千世界百億四天下、百億兜率陀天 | T10n0279 0436a07–a09 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 爾時,善財諸樓觀中,見一樓觀,高廣嚴飾,勝妙於前,包容三千大千世界、百億閻浮提、百億兜率天 | T09n0278 0781a14–0781a17 |
異文所繫:(甲) 80「最上無比」/60「勝妙於前」。(乙) 80「百億四天下」/60「百億閻浮提」。(丙) 誕生之相,80 作「彌勒菩薩降神誕生、釋梵天王捧持頂戴」,60 作「菩薩命終降神,受胎出生,遊行七步」而以「帝釋、梵王恭敬奉侍」置於後〔T09n0278 0781a17–0781a19〕;80 有「梵王勸請轉正法輪」一節,60 但作「轉正法輪」而無勸請〔0781a21〕。(丁) 40 此段逐字實存〔T10n0293 0832c26–0833a09〕:閣之勝,40 作「高廣殊麗,總攝諸閣一切莊嚴勝妙,於前最上無比」〔T10n0293 0832c27–c28〕,兼含 80「最上無比」〔T10n0279 0436a09〕與 60「勝妙於前」〔T09n0278 0781a15–a16〕二語;所含之界,40 作「百億四天下、百億閻浮提、百億兜率陀天」〔T10n0293 0832c29–0833a01〕三目,而 80、60 各二目;誕生之相,40 作「彌勒菩薩蓮華藏中降神誕生,釋梵天王,捧持頂戴,遊行七步」〔T10n0293 0833a01–a02〕,別有「蓮華藏中」一節為 80、60 所無;轉法輪一節,40 作「觀菩提樹梵王,勸請轉正法輪」〔T10n0293 0833a05–a06〕,與 80 同有勸請而 60 無。誌錄不判。
句七 解脫門之名
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 善男子!此解脫門,名:入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏。善男子!此解脫門中,有不可說不可說解脫門,一生菩薩之所能得 | T10n0279 0437c27–0438a01 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 大聖!此何法門?答言:入三世智正念思惟莊嚴藏法門。善男子!一生菩薩得如是等不可說不可說法門 | T09n0278 0782b18–0782b20 |
| 般若 T293 | 聖者!此解脫門其名何等?彌勒告言:此解脫門,名入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏;善男子!一生菩薩得如是等不可說不可說解脫門 | T10n0293 0835b07–0835b10 |
異文所繫:(甲) 名之繁簡,80 作「入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」〔T10n0279 0437c28〕,40 全同〔T10n0293 0835b08–b09〕,60 作「入三世智正念思惟莊嚴藏法門」〔T09n0278 0782b18–b19〕——60 無「一切境界」「不忘念」二節而作「正念思惟」,且於名末加「法門」二字。(乙) 所能得者,80 作「一生菩薩之所能得」〔T10n0279 0438a01〕,40 作「一生菩薩得如是等不可說不可說解脫門」〔T10n0293 0835b09–b10〕,60 作「一生菩薩得如是等不可說不可說法門」〔T09n0278 0782b19–b20〕:80、40 之「解脫門」一詞,60 作「法門」。(丙) 問之語,80 作「此解脫門,其名何等」〔T10n0279 0437c26–c27〕,40 作「此解脫門其名何等」〔T10n0293 0835b07–b08〕,60 但作「大聖!此何法門」〔T09n0278 0782b18〕。(丁) 李通玄就八十本牒此名作「此解脫門名入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」〔T36n1739 1007a03–1007a04〕,與底本同。誌錄不判。
十喻前後問答之異:三本十喻前後之安排不同。六十本於十喻之前先有彌勒問、善財答——〔T09n0278 0782a05–0782a07〕「爾時,彌勒菩薩告善財言:「善來童子!汝見樓觀諸大菩薩不可思議自在力不?」〔0782a05〕「唯然,已見。」〔0782a06〕」,十喻之末合云〔0782b09–0782b11〕「善財童子亦復如是;於樓觀中,彌勒菩薩威神力故,悉見一切未曾有事,無所障礙。」;八十本於十喻之前無彌勒問,唯諸知識勸語〔T10n0279 0437a26–0437a28〕「時,諸知識告善財言:「善來童子!汝觀此菩薩不思議事,莫生疲厭。」〔0437a27〕」與善財能見之五因(0437a29–0437b04),問答移至出定之後;四十本十喻之前亦無問答,而於出定之後彌勒連下十三問,自「汝見菩薩自在解脫威神力不?」〔T10n0293 0835a26〕至「汝隨順受菩薩三昧能喜樂不?」〔0835b05〕,善財答「唯然已見,是善知識加持力故、憶念力故、威德力故。」〔0835b06〕——三本說者、問答之有無與前後位置各異。
句八 授記俱見我
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 善男子!我願滿足,成一切智,得菩提時,汝及文殊俱得見我 | T10n0279 0438c29–0439a01 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 善男子!我於彼中,壽終下生,成正覺時,汝及文殊師利俱得見我 | T09n0278 0783b08–0783b09 |
| 般若 T293 | 善男子!我願滿足得菩提時,汝及文殊俱來見我 | T10n0293 0836b17–0836b18 |
異文所繫:(甲) 80 有「成一切智」一節,40 無之而但作「我願滿足得菩提時」,60 則以「我於彼中,壽終下生,成正覺時」代之——三本於此句之因位敘法各異。(乙) 見之字,80、60 作「俱得見我」,40 作「俱來見我」。(丙) 文殊之名,80、40 作「文殊」,60 作「文殊師利」。誌錄不判。
句九 指示後友之所問
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何而入普賢行門?云何成就?云何廣大?云何隨順?云何清淨?云何圓滿? | T10n0279 0439a03–a05 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 汝今往詣文殊師利,問云何菩薩學菩薩行、修菩薩道,具足成就普賢所行? | T09n0278 0783b09–0783b11 |
| 般若 T293 | 菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何深入普賢行門?云何出生?云何成熟?云何廣大?云何清淨?云何隨順?云何圓滿? | T10n0293 0836b19–0836b21 |
異文所繫:(甲) 問數三本各異(逐字數之):80 七問(學菩薩行·入普賢行門·成就·廣大·隨順·清淨·圓滿),40 八問(學菩薩行·深入普賢行門·出生·成熟·廣大·清淨·隨順·圓滿),60 不作問目排比,唯以一句總攝三事(學菩薩行·修菩薩道·具足成就普賢所行)。(乙) 40 之「出生」「成熟」二目為 80 所無;80 之「成就」一目,40 作「成熟」。(丙) 入普賢行門一句,80 作「而入」,40 作「深入」。誌錄不判。
句十 戀德禮辭
| 校本 | 逐字 | 出處 |
|---|---|---|
| 實叉 T279 | 時,善財童子頂禮其足,遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去 | T10n0279 0439a24–a25 |
| 佛馱 T278 | 時,善財童子頭面敬禮彌勒菩薩,遶無數匝,辭退而行 | T09n0278 0783b25–0783b26 |
| 般若 T293 | 時,善財童子右遶彌勒經無量匝,頂禮雙足,慇懃瞻仰,心懷戀慕,辭退而去 | T10n0293 0836c14–0836c16 |
異文所繫:(甲) 禮之語,80「頂禮其足」/60「頭面敬禮彌勒菩薩」/40「頂禮雙足」。(乙) 匝之數,80、40 作「無量匝」,60 作「無數匝」。(丙) 40 於三本中最繁,別有「心懷戀慕」一節,正與澄觀「戀德禮辭」之科名相應;60 最簡,無「慇懃瞻仰」一節。(丁) 辭之語,80、40 作「辭退而去」,60 作「辭退而行」。(戊) 禮遶之序,80、60 先禮後遶,40 先遶後禮。誌錄不判。
五、宗義之經據〔眼〕
(一) 門開與還閉——加行趣入與能所兩亡。本段開端二句最短而澄觀之釋最重:彈指門開表理智門開,入已還閉表證後無入處。
〔T35n1735 0958a23–0958a28〕「先約緣加,令其就法亡言會旨,則佛法門開,故云前詣等。即開理智門,示令其悟入也。後「善財心喜」〔0958a25〕下約因自證,悟佛知見則入法界。從迷之悟,加行趣入,有門理之殊。證已契合,能所兩亡,即妄而真,更無入處,故云還閉。」
法藏就六十本亦立因力緣力二釋,而別出「一證永得」一義:
「若就因力,即是善財修無間道,斷除妄想,所證理現,名曰門開。解脫道中正證法界,名為即入。若就緣力,即是彌勒加持。今約緣力說也。證已反顧本來性滿,非新得故,更無入處之門,故云還閉。又以一證永得無有退失,更無復出,故云還閉。」〔T35n1733 0488c21–0488c26〕
李通玄同科而語別:
「彈指者,是去塵之義。塵亡執去,法門自開。善財入已其門還閉者,以迷亡智現,名之為開。智無內外中間、無出無入、無迷無證,名為還閉。」〔T36n1739 1006c04–1006c07〕
(二) 一中見多·一處見多——微細·主伴·相在三門。依報所見之三重,澄觀逐句配以華嚴之門:
〔T35n1735 0958b03–0958b07〕「今初,先見、後益。前中三:一直見一重莊嚴,有標、列、結。同虛空者,稱法性故。次「又見其中」〔0958b05〕下依中有依。一中見多,即微細門,亦主伴門。後「善財童子」〔0958b07〕下一處見多,即相在門。」
法藏就六十本亦以主伴釋之:
「次於內具百千樓觀者,明一土則一切土,主伴具足也。」〔T35n1733 0489a01–0489a02〕
(三) 法門名之三分——境·智·藏。解脫門名十四字,澄觀分為三節逐節釋之,並於「莊嚴藏」出二義:
「前中,三世一切境界者,即此所入所見之境。不忘念智者,即能入能現之智。良以三世一如故念劫圓融,隨一世中現三際之境,智入三世了法空寂,與如冥契故,一念之中無所不見。莊嚴藏者,有二義:一以法性嚴故,一莊嚴中包含出生無盡嚴具,如一閣中見多閣等。二以無礙智契圓融境,嚴如來藏則本具諸法故。」〔T35n1735 0959a02–0959a09〕
《演義鈔》復按二義之淺深所在:
〔T36n1736 0695a25–0695a27〕「疏「莊嚴藏有二義」〔0695a25〕者,前義約理融事,已是事事無礙;後更明心境互融。」
(四) 來去之判——離斷常故無生滅。莊嚴事之去來一問,澄觀以斷常二邊為判:
「既從緣來,則無來去,故此嚴事非在閣中而住,亦非別處持來。從緣而來故非集,緣謝則滅故非常。若先定有來處則墮常過,先有今無則為斷滅。既離斷常,何有生滅一異等相?故云遠離一切。」〔T35n1735 0959a19–0959a23〕
(五) 三來處即法報化。彌勒答「大聖從何處來」,經文有三重:無來之來十對句、從大悲等九處來、我從生處摩羅提國而來。澄觀判此三即三身:
〔T35n1735 0959b02–0959b08〕「答中,有三來處:一約體,實法身即無來之來,來即無來,文有十對,思之。二「善男子菩薩從大悲」〔0959b04〕下約相,實報從萬行中來,亦猶《淨名》從萬行道場來矣。三「汝問我」〔0959b06〕下約用,化現隨機熟處而來。此三即法、報、化身,亦體相用,亦理行事。又初唯理,後唯事,中一具理事。」
(六) 十種生處之句式——上句能生之行、下句所生之家。菩薩生處十句,澄觀先明其句式,再逐句釋五,餘五例之:
「今初有十,皆上句為能生之行,下句為所生之家。謂若發菩提心,則是菩薩,名為生家。若有深心,則見善友。若得諸地,則滿諸度。教化眾生,即是覺他。有智慧故了法無生,有方便故不取無生之相,不滯二乘之寂,故生無生忍家。餘可思準。又上句亦通所生,思之。」〔T35n1735 0959b15–0959b22〕
《演義鈔》補足所餘五句、釋疏何以但釋五句,並限定上下句互翻之所及:
〔T36n1736 0695b08–0695b22〕「疏「餘可思準」〔0695b08〕者,疏唯釋五句,以難見故;餘五易了故,故但例之。然此十句,一行因、二行緣、三行相,此三疏已釋竟;四以願扶行,應云若發大願即生妙行;五化他,謂若有悲心,即行四攝;六觀理,謂若觀妙理,即成般若;七隨事理,謂若事理雙遊,是名大乘,即方便善巧;八益物,故疏云「教化眾生即是覺他」〔0695b15〕;九住果,謂權實雙流,則證無生忍故,從「有智慧故」〔0695b16〕下是也;第十上順,謂具修萬行,合三世佛家。「又上句亦通所生」〔0695b17〕者,翻將下句為能生行。謂上求下化名為菩薩,即得生於菩提心家,下經以菩提心為家故。則前七可通二解,後三必須依於前釋,故疏先明上句以為能生之行,後方翻例耳。」
(七) 結會三聖——俱見我之三意。授記句「汝及文殊俱得見我」,澄觀出三意,末一意即三世三聖圓融:
〔T35n1735 0959c11–0959c15〕「後「我願滿」〔0959c11〕下結會三聖。言俱見我者,亦有三意:一俱助化故;二善財表行、文殊信智,成正覺時俱證此故;三者文殊古佛、善財當佛、慈氏現佛,三世圓融浩然大均,故云俱見。」
李通玄同就此句立言而語別:
「會三世因圓,智無古今,即三世佛一時相見,同一智慧。」〔T36n1739 1006c18–1006c19〕
(八) 何以已見文殊而更令往——反照心源。指示後友一科,澄觀先出其所以,再判釋勸所由之二節:
「初中,令往文殊者,因位將極,令反照心源故。二中,先徵意云:文殊已見,何為勸往?釋意云:彼德深廣,宿緣重故。於中二:先明行廣、後顯緣深。」〔T35n1735 0959c18–0959c21〕
結勸之末句,澄觀繫之於信智之始終:
「前見為信之首,後見為智之終,故云一切究竟。」〔T35n1735 0959c29–0960a02〕
六、諸家異釋(古德·標宗)
澄觀《華嚴經疏》T35n1735 ·《演義鈔》T36n1736(八十華嚴逐文·主)
大科:〔T35n1735 0958a17–0958a19〕「第二「善男子如汝所問」〔0958a17〕下正授法界。於中四:一授法體、二顯法名、三窮嚴因之本源、四覈正報之性相故。」
閣表悲智:「然此六皆是悲智之中所有」〔T35n1735 0958b03〕;《鈔》按「閣表悲智故」〔T36n1736 0695a06–0695a07〕
總顯見相之五問:〔T35n1735 0958b27–0958c01〕「二「爾時善財」〔0958b27〕下總顯見相,先法、後喻。今初。謂何力能見?以何眼見?將何智見?依何位見?於何處見?如經屬之,及結前來所不說境。」
二彈指之別:「亦彈指者,前來得旨所謂忘言,此中得旨令不滯寂。」〔T35n1735 0958c18–0958c20〕;《鈔》按「前則以定為門,此則以用為門,動寂無二,真入法界」〔T36n1736 0695a16–0695a17〕
師資互推:〔T35n1735 0958c27–0958c29〕「四「彌勒告」〔0958c27〕下問答所見。約問親證,推之在因,云住不思議。答中謙敬,推之在緣,云善友力。師資互推,反常情也。」
依他與真實二性之對:《鈔》釋疏「從法智緣生」〔T36n1736 0695a17〕云〔T36n1736 0695a20–0695a23〕「初之一對是約依他,即三論意。緣生故無性,無性故從緣。從「由不守自性」〔0695a21〕下一對,約真實性辨,即法性宗真如不變隨緣之義。」
澄觀明判
寄位之判(本會五相之判所繫·澄觀於末會十門之第六門立此):「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」〔T35n1735 0918b04–0918b07〕——此為澄觀於配位與不配位二說之明判:二說並許,而以顯位為常規,故配亦無失。
法藏《探玄記》T35n1733(六十華嚴疏)
四分科:「於中有四:一授法體、二顯法名、三辨來處、四明生處。」〔T35n1733 0488c17–0488c18〕
攝入方便二句:「初中五:先明攝入方便,於中二句,初牒問勸入令其趣證、二請其開門為求證方便。」〔T35n1733 0488c18–0488c20〕
所見五分:〔T35n1733 0488c26–0488c28〕「三「爾時善財觀察」〔0488c26〕下明證所見境。於中五:一見依報、二見正報、三見諸佛、四聞法音、五見出生」
- 見正報六重:〔T35n1733 0489a04–0489a10〕「二「又見無量」〔0489a04〕下明見正報因果。於中有六:初總舉本緣初發心時;二「或見初得慈心」〔0489a05〕下明發心已後修行得記時;三「或見為輪王」〔0489a06〕下見本生隨類生身,有十三種;四「或為四天王眷屬」〔0489a07〕下明見本生說法益物,有十種;五「或見滿足」〔0489a09〕下明本行成滿德;六「或見正受」〔0489a09〕下明見業用自在德」
『俱見我』三義:〔T35n1733 0490a08–0490a10〕「俱見我者,釋有三義:一云我當來成佛時亦說此花嚴,彼時亦有文殊、善財所說之法故云也。二云我成佛時,汝與文殊俱來助我宣揚法化。」·〔0490a11–0490a14〕「三為表法,謂善財何故上於佛會但求諸善知識而不求佛者,以善財此生是修因之身,未成果故不至佛所,非謂不求。但成果隔因,故說當見佛。」
李通玄《新華嚴經論》T36n1739(表法異軌)
科名:「明善財入慈氏樓閣觀果知因,三世所行境界同異總別一多無礙自在同時圓滿分。」〔T36n1739 1006c01–1006c03〕
彈指之表:「明聲是震動啟發之義。彈指者,是去塵之義。」〔T36n1739 1006c04–1006c05〕
樓閣同虛空之表:「見樓閣廣博無量同於虛空者,智境界也。」〔T36n1739 1006c07–1006c08〕
三世無性:「以法身智境本自如然,無三世性。古今三世窮劫,元不移一念,此非神通,法合如是。」〔T36n1739 1006c13–1006c15〕
三段之量:〔T36n1739 1006c20–1006c28〕「一「爾時善財童子恭敬右遶慈氏菩薩」〔1006c20〕已下直至「見樓閣中一切莊嚴自在境界」〔1006c21〕有八九紙經,明入佛智境觀果知因無異分。二「爾時彌勒菩薩」〔1006c22〕已下至「善知識加被憶念威神之力」〔1006c23〕有九行半經,明彌勒菩薩自攝神力,所現一切境界並無,以手彈指命善財令起分。三「聖者此解脫門其名何等」〔1006c25〕已下至「與汝往昔同生同行」〔1006c26〕可有四紙經,明善財問法門名目,并問彌勒菩薩來處所生處所分。」
摩羅提·瞿波羅二名之表:〔T36n1739 1007a10–1007a13〕「依事者,云我從生處摩羅提國而來者,此國是約聖者之德立號,表聖者智德高出世無過者。長者子名瞿波羅者,此云守護心地白法也,慈氏令入佛法故。」
智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732
入定出定之三:〔T35n1732 0104b18–0104b22〕「二自體法門,文有三:初牒前方便攝入樓觀現量境,此文有三:牒勸趣入、二生其勝欲、三顯方便可知;二「善財即入」〔0104b20〕下正入三昧;三「彌勒攝神力」〔0104b21〕下明出定也。」
差別異現下之六法門(鈴以下):「鈴下有六:初鈴現音聲法門,有二可知;二鏡現形相法門;三柱現住持法門;四珠瓔珞現莊嚴法門;五樹現建立法門;六半月現住位起行法門也。」〔T35n1732 0104c02–0104c06〕
歎見無礙之七喻:「三審見聞,有三:初問、次答、三譬況歎見無礙。歎文有七:初超出妄境喻;二迴觀勝法喻;三善識諸相喻;四延時謂短喻;五真德善現喻;六境現隨心喻;七觀法無礙喻,此有三喻,一見色無礙、二現色無礙、三隨作無礙也。」〔T35n1732 0104c06–0104c11〕
出定之四:「出定,文有四:初大聖攝用歸本;二復以身口加令出;三正出;四出已彌勒重問觀中事,審觀虛實,有問答二文也。」〔T35n1732 0104c11–0104c13〕
誌錄不判
本段之科,四家所立之骨俱異。大科之四分,澄觀作授法體·顯法名·窮嚴因之本源·覈正報之性相,法藏作授法體·顯法名·辨來處·明生處——前二分名同,後二分名異。所見之開合,澄觀開六(依報·正報·伴菩薩·諸佛·閣中主閣·嚴具作用),法藏開五(依報·正報·諸佛·法音·出生),智儼則於「正入定」三分之下立「見淨土」一分,其下復開五(見嚴相即信境·獲益禮敬·現自身·現因果法相·差別異現),鈴·鏡·柱·珠瓔珞·樹·半月六種法門乃「差別異現」之下之細目,與澄觀·法藏之「所見」諸門不同層,李通玄不逐分立科而以三段配八九紙·九行半·四紙之經量。十喻之數與判,澄觀立十喻並以能見因緣與所見境相二意各配一輪,智儼則於「譬況歎見無礙」下作七喻而以末一喻復開三,二家喻數不同。彈指一事,澄觀判前後二彈指為「以定為門」與「以用為門」之別,李通玄判彈指為去塵之義。生處十句,澄觀疏唯釋五句而《鈔》補其餘五。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄之。
七、互讀·承衍
本段之文,承衍繫鏈皆自古德已行之互讀直回:
- 法藏《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》T45n1866:以本段末之授記句為「證果海位」之證——〔T45n1866 0489c11–0489c15〕「三證果海位。謂如彌勒告善財言。我當來成正覺時汝當見我。如是等。當知此約因果前後分二位故。是故前位但是因。圓果在後位故。說當見我也。」。此為三位(見聞·解行·證果海)之第三,法藏逕取本段作證。
- 《淨名經》句:澄觀證第二來處(實報從萬行來)所引——「亦猶《淨名》從萬行道場來矣」〔T35n1735 0959b05〕。
- 《智論》句:澄觀釋「如蓮華」三義後所引通證——〔T35n1735 0959c10–0959c11〕「《智論》云「菩薩善根,不遇如來智慧日光,翳死無疑。」〔0959c10〕通證前義。」。
- 《莊子》《易》句:《演義鈔》釋疏「實智虛凝與陰俱靜」之語源——「此言本出《莊子》第五〈外篇.天道章〉中」〔T36n1736 0695b23–0695b24〕,又〔0695c01–0695c02〕「故《易》云「先有天地,然後有父母。」〔0695c01〕」。此為釋疏語之出典,非釋經文。
- 《觀彌勒菩薩上生兜率》·《彌勒下生經》:《演義鈔》釋經「為欲教化釋迦如來所遣來者」〔T36n1736 0695c08–0695c09〕一句,先案《觀彌勒菩薩上生兜率》之文,出造像繫念、命終之時彌勒放眉間白毫相光與諸天子持天曼陀羅華來迎、「未舉頭頃便得聞法,於無上道得不退轉」〔0696a05–0696a06〕之緣;繼引羅什法師所譯《彌勒下生經》,出託生妙梵婆羅門家、龍華樹下即以出家日成道、三會說法九十六億·九十四億·九十二億人得度之文〔0696a08–0696b13〕;末結云「此經正明釋迦遣來」〔0696b14〕。
- 〈出現品〉互讀:《演義鈔》以彌勒「實報等周法界」一段比之於〈出現品〉——「疏先彰實報等周法界,亦同〈出現品〉無量三輪。」〔T36n1736 0695c02–0695c03〕。
- 智儼《華嚴經孔目章》T45n1870:〔0588c10–0588c17〕一段屬六十華嚴品名對照之泛稱脈絡,未牒引本段文句,誌供脈絡,不入直證。
- 唯識軸:成唯識論 T31n1585 · 攝大乘論 T31n1594 · 瑜伽師地論 T30n1579 · 解深密經 T16n0676 四典檢「入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」皆 0 命中〔查無〕。本段非〈十地品〉,不另立唯識繫鏈。
- 華嚴宗論:《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871 ·《華嚴一乘十玄門》T45n1868 ·《華嚴法界玄鏡》T45n1883 三典檢「入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」與「莊嚴藏樓閣」皆 0 命中〔查無〕。
八、校本定位
- 實叉 T279(底本):本節經文〔T10n0279 0434c29〕起(卷七十九)–〔0439b06 前〕訖。請開門 0434c29–0435a01 · 彈指開門 0435a02–a03 · 見依報 0435a03–a22 · 一處見一切處 0435a22–a26 · 得益總標 0435a26–b04 · 見正報五分 0435b04–c19(初發心 0435b04 · 修行得記 0435b09 · 隨類生身 0435b14 · 三惡道 0435b23 · 處會說法 0435b26 · 讚說諸門 0435c09 · 總見行用 0435c16)· 見伴菩薩身雲 0435c19–c26 · 出妙音讚法門 0435c26–0436a04 · 見諸佛 0436a04–a07 · 閣中主閣八相 0436a07–a18 · 自見其身 0436a18 · 聞網等演法 0436a20–b17 · 見寶鏡 0436b17–b29 · 見寶柱 0436b29–c04 · 見寶像威儀 0436c04–c09 · 見瓔珞出生 0436c09–c11 · 蓮華重現 0436c11–c20 · 寶地現像 0436c20–c22 · 樹現半身 0436c22–0437a03 · 半月現光 0437a03–a04 · 壁現本事 0437a04–a26 · 諸知識告誡 0437a26–a29 · 總顯見相 0437a29–b04 · 十喻 0437b04–c17 · 攝神力彈指 0437c17–c22 · 告住不思議解脫 0437c22–c25 · 問答法門名 0437c25–0438a01 · 問答莊嚴事來去 0438a01–a15 · 問答從何處來 0438a15–b04 · 問答菩薩生處 0438b04–0439a01 · 指示後友 0439a02–a24 · 戀德禮辭 0439a24–a25。偈行零。正文漢字六千二百三十九字(含標點七千三百七十七字元);其中所見一段(自見依報〔0435a03〕至攝神力彈指〔0437c17〕前)漢字四千零九十八字(含標點四千八百四十字元)。「所謂」九見·「解脫門」六見·「譬如」十一見(十喻十見+彌勒答中幻師喻一見)·「阿僧祇」四十一見,其中依報一段三十九見(皆逐字數之)。
- 佛馱 T278(晉譯主對校):本段對位窗〔T09n0278 0780b10〕起(卷五十九)–〔0783b26〕訖(卷六十)。請開門 0780b10 · 彈指 0780b11 · 依報 0780b13 · 見正報 0780b30 · 隨類生身 0780c07 · 處會說法 0780c18 · 讚說 0780c22 · 經行誦念 0780c28 · 身雲 0781a01 · 法門 0781a06 · 見諸佛 0781a12 · 主閣八相 0781a15 · 卷界 0781a24–0781b02 · 生尊勝家十如幻 0783a12 · 我淨法身 0783a21 · 生處 0783a28 · 授記 0783b08 · 指示文殊 0783b09 · 文殊之德 0783b12 · 結勸 0783b22 · 十喻問答 0782a05–0782b11 · 法門名 0782b18 · 辭退 0783b25。
- 般若 T293(四十華嚴):本段對位窗〔T10n0293 0831b26〕起(卷三十七)–〔0836c16〕訖(卷三十八)。請開門 0831b26 · 彈指 0831b28 · 依報 0831c01–0831c26 · 諸妙樓閣 0831c26 · 一處見一切處 0832a01 · 得益總標 0832a04 · 見正報初發心 0832a12 · 修行得記 0832a18 · 教化因緣 0836b09 · 授記 0836b17 · 指示文殊八問 0836b18 · 文殊之德 0836b24 · 是汝善知識 0836c04 · 結勸 0836c09 · 隨類生身 0832a23 · 三惡道 0832b02 · 主閣八相 0832c26 · 十喻 0834b19–0835a13 · 法門名 0835b07 · 莊嚴事何處去 0835b10 · 戀德禮辭 0836c14。
- 澄觀《疏》T35n1735:本段正釋 0958a17 起 · 大科四分 0958a17–a19 · 授法體四 0958a20–a21 · 加令證入 0958a22–a28 · 見所證境六門 0958a28–b03 · 依報三重 0958b04–b07 · 見正報五 0958b08–b14 · 伴菩薩 0958b14–b16 · 見諸佛 0958b16–b17 · 主閣 0958b17–b19 · 嚴具作用十段 0958b19–b27 · 總顯見相 0958b27–c01 · 十喻二意 0958c01–c17 · 事訖起定四 0958c17–c29 · 顯法名 0958c29–0959a11 · 窮嚴因之本源 0959a11–a27 · 覈正報之性相 0959a27–0959c15(三來處 0959b02–b08 · 生處十句 0959b12–b22 · 生緣眷屬二十句 0959b22–b27 · 校量顯勝 0959b27–c01 · 別顯慈氏生處 0959c01–c11 · 結會三聖 0959c11–c15)· 指示後友三 0959c15–0960a02 · 戀德禮辭 0960a02。本段末行 0960a02 一行內續接次科起首句,本考據止於戀德禮辭科名,次科不錄。
- 澄觀《鈔》T36n1736:本段專釋 0694c25–0696b14(卷八十九末題 0694c25 · 卷九十起 0695a02 · 閣表悲智 0695a06 · 十喻之合 0695a07–a15 · 二彈指之別 0695a15–a17 · 法智緣生 0695a17–a25 · 莊嚴藏二義 0695a25–a27 · 來處反釋 0695a27–a29 · 三身四重 0695a29–b07 · 摩羅提 0695b07–b08 · 生處十句補釋 0695b08–b22 · 實智虛凝語源 0695b22–c02 · 實報周法界 0695c02–c03 · 拘吒聚落 0695c03–c05 · 如蓮華三義 0695c05–c07 · 遣來者之緣 0695c07–c09 · 上生下生引釋 0695c09–0696b13 · 釋迦遣來 0696b14)。他見一處〔0668a08〕屬第二海雲寄治地住段之「指示後友」通義討論,同名異段,不入對勘。
- 法藏《探玄記》T35n1733:本段相涉 0488c15–0490a16(正授己法界四分 0488c16 · 攝入方便 0488c18 · 加令入證 0488c20 · 證所見境五 0488c26 · 見依報 0488c28 · 得益 0489a02 · 見正報因果六 0489a04–a10 · 見諸佛攝化之德三 0489a11 · 聞法音五聲 0489a15 · 見出生六 0489a21 · 行用十四種 0489a26 · 通前七種法門 0489a27 · 問答辨定十喻 0489b03–b11 · 攝威令起 0489b11 · 顯法名 0489b14 · 辨來處 0489b20 · 明生處 0489c10 · 生處十種 0489c15 · 生緣眷屬二十句 0489c18 · 校量顯勝十句 0489c20 · 所知自在七句 0489c22 · 業用廣大十句 0489c26 · 依事家生化身處三 0489c28 · 拘吒迦羅 0490a01 · 俱見我三義 0490a07–a14 · 無仰推 0490a15 · 攝德成因相知識竟 0490a15–a16)。
- 李通玄《論》T36n1739:本段相涉 1006b25–1007b25(科名 1006b29 · 彈指之表 1006c03 · 還閉之表 1006c05 · 樓閣同虛空 1006c07 · 三世無性 1006c12 · 兜沙羅 1006c15 · 俱見我 1006c16 · 三段之量 1006c19 · 四問 1006c28 · 法門名 1007a02 · 於來處去 1007a04 · 從何處來 1007a05 · 慈氏來處法事二答 1007a07 · 摩羅提釋名 1007a10 · 瞿波羅此云守護心地白法 1007a12 · 生處十事 1007a14 · 眷屬 1007a18 · 拘吒聚落此云多家 1007a24 · 婆羅門家淨種中生 1007a25 · 隨眾生所樂現身調伏 1007a26 · 一生佛果福智報境 1007b01 · 非諸佛此生彼沒 1007b12 · 指示文殊·果不移因 1007b19–1007b25)。
- 智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732:本段相涉 0104b18–0105a01(自體法門三 0104b18 · 正入定三 0104b22 · 見淨土五 0104b23 · 差別異現二 0104b27 · 鈴下六法門 0104c02 · 審見聞七喻 0104c06 · 出定四 0104c11 · 答法門名體三 0104c13 · 辨法門大用二問答 0104c18 · 因行體生處 0104c23 · 化身現來生處 0104c24 · 十九句別明眷屬行 0104c25 · 校量優劣 0104c26 · 十句辨位勝 0104c26 · 十句辨報體相應 0104c27 · 化身生處三處 0104c28–0105a01)。
- 異讀:本單元 T279 範圍〔0434c29〕–〔0439b05〕內大正校記 61 條,另原印注存目 1 條,逐條照錄不判(底本【大】|他本異讀;多本異讀以/分列):〔0435a05〕闥、阿僧祇窓……僧祇寶帳(凡159字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435a08〕瓔珞【大】|纓絡【聖】(*同校並繫〔0435a08〕〔0435a09〕之瓔珞字) · 〔0435a13〕爐【大】|鑪【宋】【元】【明】 · 〔0435a22〕又見其中,有……如是見。(凡57字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435b06〕令其種植如是……悉皆明見(凡60字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435b15〕諸【大】|請【宮】 · 〔0435b15〕或為護世,饒……憍慢醉傲(凡132字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435b21〕阿【大】|訶【宮】 · 〔0435b27〕或復見為焰摩……眾會說法(凡130字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435c09〕或見讚說初地……灌頂門。(凡120字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435c18〕或入諸禪四無……諸神變。(凡28字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435c19〕或見諸菩薩入……士身雲,(凡83字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435c27〕所謂:讚說菩……功德門。(凡114字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436a04〕或復於中,見……皆明見。(凡52字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436a07〕又復於彼莊嚴……師子吼、(凡75字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436a15〕昇【大】|升【宋】【元】【明】 · 〔0436a16〕所修行願、教……皆悉不同(凡24字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436a22〕所謂:或說菩……暢辨了。(凡66字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436a25〕又聞某處,有……量眾生。(凡129字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436b04〕或聞某處,有……波羅蜜。(凡28字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436b10〕螺【大】|䗍【宋】【元】【明】【聖】 · 〔0436b15〕澤【大】|懌【明】 · 〔0436c02〕玻瓈【大】|頗梨【宋】【元】 · 〔0436c07〕挂【大】|掛【聖】 · 〔0436c07〕瓔珞【大】|纓絡【宋】 · 〔0436c10〕耀【大】|曜【宮】 · 〔0436c19〕跏【大】|加【宋】【元】【明】【宮】【聖】 · 〔0437a12〕護【大】|諸【宮】【聖】 · 〔0437a21〕齋【大】|齊【聖】 · 〔0437b02〕入【大】|人【宮】 · 〔0437b06〕或見自身父母……所見之事(凡88字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437b13〕滅諸眾生狹劣……自在境界(凡40字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437b17〕者【大】|復【宮】 · 〔0437c03〕名【大】|若【宮】 · 〔0437c04〕復如是,於樓……相雜亂。(凡23字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437c06〕譬如比丘,入……皆明了。(凡44字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437c08〕譬如有人,於……種作業。(凡83字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437c19〕此是菩薩知諸……三昧起。(凡44字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437c21〕彌勒告言:善……如來願。(凡67字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437c28〕善男子!此解……所能得。(凡26字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438a10〕善男子!譬如……是顯現。(凡75字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438a14〕善財童子言:……彌勒言:(凡14字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438a15〕善男子!諸菩……是而來。(凡58字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438a23〕從無動搖處來……而化現故(凡58字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438b10〕蜜【大】|密【宮】(*同校並繫〔0438b15〕〔0438b16〕〔0438b17〕〔0438b18〕之蜜字) · 〔0438b18〕澣【大】|浣【宋】【元】【明】【宮】【聖】 · 〔0438b29〕於諸世間無所……達無礙。(凡160字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438c05〕憂【大】|疲【元】【明】 · 〔0438c10〕善男子!我身……滿法界。(凡97字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438c26〕為欲示現將降……生兜率天(凡57字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439a04〕云何成就?云……?善男子(凡23字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439a11〕熟【大】|就【宋】【元】【明】【宮】【聖】 · 〔0439a13〕能如實見一切……行諸行。(凡24字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439a15〕善男子!文殊……生同行。(凡85字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439a20〕是故,善男子【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439a26〕大方廣佛華嚴經卷第七十九(凡12字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439b02〕大方廣佛華嚴經卷第八十(凡11字)【大】|大方廣佛華嚴……,卷八十(凡22字)【聖乙】(附語:聖本缺卷首) · 〔0439b04〕三藏【大】|三藏沙門【宋】【元】【明】/三藏法師【宮】 · 〔0439b04〕奉制【大】|無此字【宋】【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0439b04〕于闐國三藏實叉難陀奉制譯(凡12字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439b05〕入法界品第三十九之二十一(凡12字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】。另有僅具原印注而無同號校記之存目 1 條(不入上列 61 條之數),縮記照錄,不展終界:〔0436b11〕(或聞…事)千三百二十五字【大】〔-〕【聖乙】。
- 異讀補記:CBETA 回改 3 條(不入上列大正校記之數):〔0435a15〕座【CB】【麗-CB】|坐【大】 · 〔0435b16〕訶【CB】【麗-CB】|呵【大】 · 〔0436a25〕辨【CB】【麗-CB】|辯【大】。
- 異讀補記:夾注已於原典層剝除誌錄。
- 查無條目:《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871 ·《華嚴一乘十玄門》T45n1868 ·《華嚴法界玄鏡》T45n1883 ·成唯識論 T31n1585 ·攝大乘論 T31n1594 ·瑜伽師地論 T30n1579 ·解深密經 T16n0676——共七部,檢本段法門專名皆 0 命中。
Sudhana’s road of visiting and study reaches Maitreya here, and the most singular scene in the whole scripture appears: the good friend expounds no Dharma, but only snaps his fingers once, opens the door, and lets him go in and look for himself. Of the six thousand two hundred and thirty-nine graphs of the scripture text, four thousand and ninety-eight are 「所見」 tr. “what was seen” — the asaṃkhyeya furnishings of the dependent recompense, the direct recompense of Maitreya’s former births through the three times, the clouds of bodies of the companion bodhisattvas, the buddhas, the eight marks of accomplishing the Way in the chief pavilion within the pavilion, and on to the ten matters that appear in the jewelled mirrors, the jewelled pillars, the jewelled images, the necklaces, the lotus flowers, the ground of beryl, the jewelled trees, the half-moons, and the four walls. The looking being done, the compilers of the scripture set down ten similes one after another to gather it in; Maitreya snaps his fingers again, and Sudhana rises from samādhi. Only after this comes the questioning and answering: the name of the gate of liberation, 「入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」 tr. “the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times,” the going and coming of the adornments, whence Maitreya comes, and the bodhisattva’s place of birth, closing with the pointing out of the next friend, Mañjuśrī, and the cherishing of his virtue and the taking of leave. Chengguan outlines this section as carrying on from the four divisions of 「正授法界」 tr. “the direct conferring of the Dharma realm”: the latter half of 「攝入方便」 tr. “the skillful means of gathering him in” within the division of conferring the substance of the Dharma (Sudhana asking that the door of the storeyed pavilion be opened) and 「加令證入」 tr. “adding power so as to make him realize and enter” already stand within this section, and the three divisions below them — displaying the name of the Dharma, tracing to its source the root of the cause of the adornment, and examining the nature and marks of the direct recompense — are likewise all within it, together with the two outlines of 「指示後友」 tr. “pointing out the next friend” and 「戀德禮辭」 tr. “cherishing his virtue and taking leave”; and for the judging of the ten similes Chengguan sets up the two intents of 「能見因緣不同」 tr. “the difference of the causes and conditions of being able to see” and 「所見境相別」 tr. “the difference of the marks of the realms that are seen,” matching a round of ten similes to each. Fazang, in the Tanxuan ji, makes four divisions upon the sixty-fascicle witness and opens what is seen into five; Li Tongxuan makes three passages and four questions; and Zhiyan sets up his outline separately with 「入樓觀現量境」 tr. “entering the tower, the realm of direct perception.” The scripture text of this section is wholly prose, and the verse lines are nil.
I. Doctrinal Outline and Placement
| Outline system | The place of this section’s scripture text within it |
|---|---|
| The base text T279, in thirty-nine chapters | Chapter 39, Entering the Dharma Realm (the ninth assembly, in the Jeta Grove; the fourth sub-unit of the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause); the bodhisattva Maitreya, Part Four: entering the storeyed pavilion, pointing out the next friend, and taking leave = fascicle seventy-nine 〔T10 0434c29〕–〔0439b06 前〕 |
| Chengguan, Huayan jing shu | This section carries on from Chengguan’s great outline ‘the direct conferring of the Dharma realm’ 〔T35n1735 0958a17〕, and ends at 「戀德禮辭」 tr. “cherishing his virtue and taking leave” 〔0960a02〕 |
| Chengguan, Yanyi chao | Glossing the joining of the ten similes, such is the nature of dharmas, the two meanings of the adornment treasury, Malādi, the village of Kuṭa, the three meanings of ‘as a lotus flower,’ the origin of those sent here by Śākya (taking up the text of the ascent from the Guan Mile pusa shangsheng Doushuai and citing the text of the descent from Kumārajīva’s rendering of the Mile xiasheng jing), and the rest of these clauses 〔T36n1736 0695a06–0696b14〕 |
| Fazang, Tanxuan ji (the commentary upon the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka) | 〔T35n1733 0488c16–0488c17〕「第二大段「善男子汝先所問」〔0488c16〕下正授己法界」 tr. “the second great division, beneath ‘good man, what you asked before,’ the direct conferring of his own Dharma realm” onward |
| Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun | 〔T36n1739 1006b29–1006c02〕「第七「爾時善財童子恭敬右遶彌勒菩薩摩訶薩」〔1006b29〕已下至此卷末,明善財入慈氏樓閣觀果知因」 tr. “seventh, from ‘then Sudhana the youth reverently circled the bodhisattva-mahāsattva Maitreya to the right’ down to the end of this fascicle, setting forth Sudhana entering the storeyed pavilion of the Kind One and contemplating the fruit and knowing the cause” |
| Zhiyan, Souxuan ji | 「二自體法門,文有三」 tr. “second, the Dharma gate of its own substance; the text has three” 〔T35n1732 0104b18〕; 〔0104b20–0104b22〕「二「善財即入」〔0104b20〕下正入三昧;三「彌勒攝神力」〔0104b21〕下明出定也」 tr. “second, beneath ‘Sudhana thereupon entered,’ the direct entering of samādhi; third, beneath ‘Maitreya gathered in his spiritual power,’ setting forth the coming out of concentration” |
Chengguan’s great outline in four divisions — the bone of this section:
〔T35n1735 0958a17–0958a19〕「第二「善男子如汝所問」〔0958a17〕下正授法界。於中四:一授法體、二顯法名、三窮嚴因之本源、四覈正報之性相故。」 tr. “Second, beneath ‘good man, as you have asked,’ the direct conferring of the Dharma realm. Within it there are four: first, conferring the substance of the Dharma; second, displaying the name of the Dharma; third, tracing to its source the root of the cause of the adornment; fourth, examining the nature and marks of the direct recompense.”
The one division of the conferring of the substance of the Dharma opens further into four, and the scripture text of this section begins at the latter half of the first of them, 「攝入方便」 tr. “the skillful means of gathering him in” (Sudhana asking that the door be opened), and at the second, 「加令證入」 tr. “adding power so as to make him realize and enter,” while the third and the fourth are its main body:
〔T35n1735 0958a20–0958a23〕「初中四:一攝入方便、二加令證入、三見所證境、四事訖起定。初中,先牒問勸證;後「爾時善財」〔0958a22〕下求證方便。第二「爾時彌勒」〔0958a22〕下加令證入。」 tr. “Within the first there are four: first, the skillful means of gathering him in; second, adding power so as to make him realize and enter; third, seeing the realm that is realized; fourth, the matter being finished, rising from concentration. Within the first, he first takes up the question and exhorts him to realize; afterward, beneath ‘then Sudhana,’ the skillful means of seeking realization. Second, beneath ‘then Maitreya,’ adding power so as to make him realize and enter.”
The one division of seeing the realm that is realized is first particular and afterward general; and within the particular there are six gates:
〔T35n1735 0958a28–0958b03〕「第三「見其樓閣」〔0958a28〕下明見所證境。於中二:先別明所見、後總顯見相。前中六:一見依報、二見正報、三見伴菩薩、四見諸佛、五見閣中主閣、六總見嚴具作用,然此六皆是悲智之中所有。」 tr. “Third, beneath ‘he saw that storeyed pavilion,’ setting forth the seeing of the realm that is realized. Within it there are two: first, setting forth in particular what is seen; afterward, displaying in general the mark of the seeing. Within the former there are six: first, seeing the dependent recompense; second, seeing the direct recompense; third, seeing the companion bodhisattvas; fourth, seeing the buddhas; fifth, seeing the chief pavilion within the pavilion; sixth, seeing in general the working of the furnishings of adornment — and these six are all of them what is within compassion and knowledge.”
The one gate of seeing the direct recompense opens further into five:
〔T35n1735 0958b08–0958b14〕「第二「纔始稽首」〔0958b08〕下見正報,中二:先總標、「所謂」〔0958b09〕下別顯。於中五:一見初發心時;二「或見初得慈心」〔0958b10〕下見其修行得法時;三「或見彌勒為轉輪」〔0958b11〕下隨類攝生時四「或復見為護世」〔0958b11〕下見處會說法,於中,先明所處會殊、後「或見讚說初地」〔0958b13〕下顯所說之法;五「或見彌勒於百千」〔0958b14〕下總見行用。」 tr. “Second, beneath ‘just as he began to bow his head,’ the seeing of the direct recompense; within it there are two: first the general setting up, and beneath ‘that is to say’ the particular display. Within it there are five: first, seeing the time of the first bringing forth of the mind; second, beneath ‘at times he saw him first attain the mind of kindness,’ seeing the time of his cultivating practice and gaining the Dharma; third, beneath ‘at times he saw Maitreya as a wheel-turning king,’ the time of gathering beings in according to kind; fourth, beneath ‘at times he further saw him as a guardian of the world,’ seeing him expound the Dharma at the assemblies where he dwells, within which first is set forth the difference of the assemblies where he dwells, and afterward, beneath ‘at times he saw him praise and set forth the first ground,’ is displayed the Dharma that he declares; fifth, beneath ‘at times he saw Maitreya over a hundred thousand,’ seeing his practice and its working in general.”
The one gate of the working of the furnishings of adornment opens into ten passages, that is, the ten matters in the middle portion of this section’s scripture text:
〔T35n1735 0958b19–0958b26〕「第六「復聞一切」〔0958b19〕下見聞嚴具作用,於中十段:一聞網等演法,於中三:一近聞、次「又聞某處」〔0958b21〕下遠聞、後「善財」〔0958b21〕下得益;二見寶鏡作用;三見寶柱放光;四見寶像威儀;五見瓔珞等出生;六蓮華重現;七寶地現像;八樹現半身,兜沙羅者,此云霜氷;九半月現光;十壁現本事」 tr. “Sixth, beneath ‘he heard further all,’ seeing and hearing the working of the furnishings of adornment; within it there are ten passages: first, hearing the nets and the rest expound the Dharma, within which there are three — first the near hearing, next, beneath ‘he heard further that in a certain place,’ the far hearing, and last, beneath ‘Sudhana,’ the benefit gained; second, seeing the working of the jewelled mirrors; third, seeing the jewelled pillars send forth light; fourth, seeing the bearing of the jewelled images; fifth, seeing the necklaces and the rest give birth; sixth, the lotus flowers appearing again; seventh, the jewelled ground displaying images; eighth, the trees displaying half bodies — as for tuṣāra, it means here frost and ice; ninth, the half-moons displaying light; tenth, the walls displaying the former deeds.”
The last three outlines are the questioning and answering and the taking of leave of the final passage:
〔T35n1735 0959c15–0959c17〕「第四「善男子汝當」〔0959c15〕下指示後友,中三:初勸往教問、次「何以」〔0959c16〕下釋勸所由、三「是故善男子」〔0959c17〕下結勸重釋。」 tr. “Fourth, beneath ‘good man, you should,’ pointing out the next friend; within it there are three: first, exhorting him to go and teaching him to ask; next, beneath ‘why,’ glossing the ground of the exhortation; third, beneath ‘therefore, good man,’ the concluding exhortation with its restatement.”
〔T35n1735 0960a02〕「第五「爾時善財」〔0960a02〕下戀德禮辭。」 tr. “Fifth, beneath ‘then Sudhana,’ cherishing his virtue and taking leave.”
Fazang’s outline in four divisions (upon the sixty-fascicle witness · differing from Chengguan in the name of the third division):
〔T35n1733 0488c16–0488c18〕「第二大段「善男子汝先所問」〔0488c16〕下正授己法界。於中有四:一授法體、二顯法名、三辨來處、四明生處。」 tr. “The second great division, beneath ‘good man, what you asked before,’ the direct conferring of his own Dharma realm. Within it there are four: first, conferring the substance of the Dharma; second, displaying the name of the Dharma; third, distinguishing the place of coming; fourth, setting forth the place of birth.”
Fazang opens what is seen into five (Chengguan opens six):
〔T35n1733 0488c26–0488c28〕「三「爾時善財觀察」〔0488c26〕下明證所見境。於中五:一見依報、二見正報、三見諸佛、四聞法音、五見出生。」 tr. “Third, beneath ‘then Sudhana contemplated,’ setting forth the realm seen in realization. Within it there are five: first, seeing the dependent recompense; second, seeing the direct recompense; third, seeing the buddhas; fourth, hearing the sounds of Dharma; fifth, seeing the giving birth.”
Li Tongxuan’s three passages and four questions:
「於此段中約科為三段。」 tr. “Within this passage, taken as an outline, there are three passages.” 〔T36n1739 1006c19–1006c20〕
「於問法門名目中,問其四法:一問入樓閣中所有法門境界解脫之名、二問莊嚴事何處去、三問彌勒菩薩從何處來、四問菩薩生處。」 tr. “Within the asking of the name of the Dharma gate, four dharmas are asked: first, asking the name of the liberation, of the realm of the Dharma gate that is within the storeyed pavilion he entered; second, asking where the adornments have gone; third, asking whence the bodhisattva Maitreya comes; fourth, asking the bodhisattva’s place of birth.” 〔T36n1739 1006c28–1007a02〕
Zhiyan’s outline — set up with reference to 「現量境」 tr. “the realm of direct perception”:
「初牒前方便攝入樓觀現量境,此文有三:牒勸趣入、二生其勝欲、三顯方便可知」 tr. “First, citing the foregoing, the skillful means of gathering him into the tower, the realm of direct perception; this text has three: citing the exhortation to go and enter; second, giving rise to his surpassing wish; third, displaying the skillful means, which may be understood.” 〔T35n1732 0104b18–0104b21〕
〔T35n1732 0104b23–0104b26〕「第二文有五:初見嚴相即信境;二「爾時善財」〔0104b24〕下獲益禮敬;三「禮已」〔0104b24〕下現自身,即當法機器,有二可知;四「又見」〔0104b25〕下現因果法相,即修行者所依法」 tr. “The second text has five: first, seeing the marks of adornment, that is, the realm of faith; second, beneath ‘then Sudhana,’ gaining benefit and paying reverence; third, beneath ‘having paid reverence,’ the appearing of his own body, that is, being a vessel fit for the Dharma, of which there are two that may be understood; fourth, beneath ‘he saw further,’ the appearing of the marks of the dharmas of cause and fruit, that is, the dharmas upon which one who cultivates depends.”
II. Terminology
| Chinese | The Sanskrit transmitted by the ancient worthies (in roman letters, as an aid to pronunciation) | Where it is attested | The essential sense |
|---|---|---|---|
| The Vairocana Adornment Treasury storeyed pavilion | — | This section, 「善財童子見毘盧遮那莊嚴藏樓閣如是種種不可思議自在境界」 tr. “Sudhana the youth saw in the Vairocana Adornment Treasury storeyed pavilion such inconceivable and sovereign realms as these” 〔T10n0279 0435a26–a27〕 | The pavilion where Maitreya dwells; the forty-fascicle witness sets up this proper name already at the clause of the opening of the door 〔T10n0293 0831b28〕, while the eighty brings it out only in the text below |
| The Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times | — | This section, 「此解脫門,名:入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」 tr. “this gate of liberation is named: the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times” 〔T10n0279 0437c27–c28〕 | The name of this section’s Dharma gate; Chengguan glosses it in the three parts of realm, knowledge, and treasury 〔T35n1735 0959a02–0959a09〕 |
| The Kind One | — | This section, 「或見彌勒最初證得慈心三昧,從是已來,號為慈氏」 tr. “at times he saw Maitreya first attain the samādhi of the mind of kindness, and from then onward he was styled the Kind One” 〔T10n0279 0435b09–b10〕 | The rendering of the sense of Maitreya’s name; the scripture text glosses of itself the reason for it, that it is gained from the samādhi of the mind of kindness |
| asaṃkhyeya | — (「阿僧祇」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya” is itself an anciently transmitted transcription) | In the passage of the dependent recompense in this section it caps clause after clause, thirty-nine occurrences within the passage of the dependent recompense and forty-one within the whole scripture text of this section (counting them one by one) | The name of a great number beyond counting |
| The country of Malādi | Malayadeśa (in full, as transmitted by Chengguan · this upon the Shu) | This section, 「我從生處摩羅提國而來於此」 tr. “I come here from Malādi, the country where I was born” 〔T10n0279 0438a27–a28〕 | The country of Maitreya’s birth, told by himself; Chengguan says 「摩羅耶者,此云鬘施,即山名也。提數云中」 tr. “as for Malaya, it means here ‘garland-giving,’ and it is the name of a mountain. Deśa means ‘within’” 〔T35n1735 0959b09–b10〕 |
| The village of Fangshe | Kuṭa (the Sanskrit name transmitted by Chengguan · this upon the Shu) | This section, 「彼有聚落,名為:房舍」 tr. “there is a village there named Fangshe” 〔T10n0279 0438a28–a29〕; and further 「摩羅提國、拘吒聚落」 tr. “the country of Malādi, the village of Kuṭa” 〔0438c19–c20〕 | Chengguan says 「拘吒者,此云樓閣,此聚落中多樓閣故,或慈氏閣在此中故」 tr. “as for Kuṭa, it means here ‘storeyed pavilion,’ because within this village there are many storeyed pavilions, or because the pavilion of the Kind One is within it” 〔T35n1735 0959c04–c06〕; the Chao remarks 「乃是一義,或云小舍、或曰多家」 tr. “this is one meaning; some say small houses, and some say many households” 〔T36n1736 0695c04〕 |
| Gopāla | go · pāla (Chengguan glosses the two graphs separately) | This section, 「有長者子,名:瞿波羅」 tr. “there is a son of an elder there named Gopāla” 〔T10n0279 0438a29〕 | Chengguan says 「瞿者地也,波羅云守護,即守護土地及心地故」 tr. “go is earth, and pāla means guarding, that is, because he guards the earth and the ground of the mind” 〔T35n1735 0959b11–b12〕 |
| Illusory knowledge | — | This section, 「及不思議幻智力故,能以幻智知諸法故」 tr. “and because of the power of inconceivable illusory knowledge, because he was able by illusory knowledge to know the dharmas” 〔T10n0279 0437c14–c16〕 | The knowledge that knows dharmas to be like an illusion; Chengguan judges the tenth simile, that of the illusionist, to be 「幻智自在力」 tr. “the power of the sovereignty of illusory knowledge” 〔T35n1735 0958c10〕 |
| tuṣāra | tuṣāra (the ancient worthies transcribe it as 「兜沙羅」 tr. “tuṣāra” · this upon Chengguan’s Shu) | This section, 「兜沙羅色光明」 tr. “light of the color of tuṣāra” 〔T10n0279 0437a01–a02〕 | Chengguan says 「兜沙羅者,此云霜氷」 tr. “as for tuṣāra, it means here frost and ice” 〔T35n1735 0958b24〕; Li Tongxuan says 「如此方霜氷之色也」 tr. “it is like the color of frost and ice in this land” 〔T36n1739 1006c16〕 |
| The concentration of the universal bases | — | This section, 「譬如比丘,入遍處定」 tr. “it is as with a monk who enters the concentration of the universal bases” 〔T10n0279 0437c06〕 | The sixth of the ten similes; Chengguan judges it to be 「六是定力」 tr. “the sixth is the power of concentration” 〔T35n1735 0958c08〕 |
| The city of the gandharvas | — | This section, 「於虛空中見乾闥婆城具足莊嚴」 tr. “he sees within empty space the city of the gandharvas complete in its adornment” 〔T10n0279 0437c09〕 | The seventh of the ten similes; Chengguan judges 「七喻性空力」 tr. “the seventh likens the power of the emptiness of nature” 〔T35n1735 0958c08〕, and judges what it likens to be 「乾城依空喻,喻事理無礙」 tr. “the simile of the city of the gandharvas resting upon space, likening that phenomena and principle are unobstructed” 〔0958c15〕 |
| Bound to one more birth | — | This section, 「初發心乃至一生所繫已灌頂者諸菩薩眾」 tr. “those bodhisattva hosts who range from the first bringing forth of the mind all the way to those bound to one more birth who have already received consecration” 〔T10n0279 0435c08–c09〕 | The station of the final-birth bodhisattva; also written 「一生菩薩」 tr. “a bodhisattva of one birth,” and this section judges its gate of liberation to belong to 「一生菩薩之所能得」 tr. “what the bodhisattva of one birth is able to gain” 〔0438a01〕 |
| The ten kinds of place of birth | — | This section, 「菩薩有十種生處」 tr. “the bodhisattva has ten kinds of place of birth” 〔T10n0279 0438b05〕 | Chengguan says 「今初有十,皆上句為能生之行,下句為所生之家」 tr. “now, in the first there are ten, and in every one the upper clause is the practice that is able to give birth, and the lower clause is the household into which one is born” 〔T35n1735 0959b15–b16〕 |
III. Similes and Rhetoric
(a) The ten similes — the largest single set in this section. What Sudhana saw being finished, the compilers of the scripture set down ten similes one after another to gather it in, in this order: the dream · the mark of karma at the end of life · possession by a ghost · possession by a dragon · the Brahmā palace · a monk in the concentration of the universal bases · the city of the gandharvas in empty space · the palace of the yakṣas · the great sea · the illusionist (ten similes, counting them one by one; the first six and the last all have the joining clause 「善財童子亦復如是」 tr. “so it is also with Sudhana the youth,” while the seventh through the ninth have no separate joining, being all joined at once at the end of the one simile of the illusionist — which is what the Chao calls 「前六有合,七八九無。第十幻中,一時總合,從後倒合」 tr. “the first six have their joining, the seventh, eighth, and ninth have none. In the tenth, that of illusion, they are joined all at once, joined backward from the last” 〔T36n1736 0695a07–a08〕). Chengguan judges that these ten similes have two intents, one round of similes matched to each intent:
「所以有十喻者,所喻別故。然有二意:一喻能見因緣不同故、二喻所見境相別故。」 tr. “The reason there are ten similes is that what is likened differs. Yet there are two intents: the first likens the difference of the causes and conditions of being able to see; the second likens the difference of the marks of the realms that are seen.” 〔T35n1735 0958c01–0958c03〕
Following the first intent, the ten similes each display one kind of power of 「能見」 tr. “being able to see”:
「具初意者,十中初一總喻能見所見皆如夢事,大小無礙等,如喻合文尋之;餘九皆別。二喻自因力,隨自業故,凡命將終故。三四並喻緣力龍鬼所持故,然鬼持自他不同,龍持自他同體。五喻友依報力。六是定力。七喻性空力。八喻法界自在力。九喻智定無二力,大智海印之三昧故。十幻智自在力。」 tr. “Taking the first intent in full: of the ten, the first likens in general that seeing and what is seen are all like the matters of a dream, that large and small are unobstructed, and so on — as the joining text of the simile shows, which may be sought out there; the remaining nine are all particular. The second likens the power of one’s own cause, because it follows one’s own karma, as when the life of an ordinary being is about to end. The third and fourth alike liken the power of conditions, because one is possessed by a dragon or a ghost; yet in possession by a ghost self and other are not the same, while in possession by a dragon self and other are of one substance. The fifth likens the power of the dependent recompense of a friend. The sixth is the power of concentration. The seventh likens the power of the emptiness of nature. The eighth likens the power of the sovereignty of the Dharma realm. The ninth likens the power of the non-duality of knowledge and concentration, because it is the samādhi of the ocean-seal of great knowledge. The tenth is the power of the sovereignty of illusory knowledge.” 〔T35n1735 0958c03–0958c10〕
Following the latter intent, the ten similes each display one kind of mark of 「所見」 tr. “what is seen”:
「二約所喻境相別者,亦初總、餘別。別中,一臨終現業喻,喻所見冥應;二非人所持喻,喻所見能說;三龍宮淹久喻,喻念劫圓融;四梵宮廣現喻,喻一多無礙;五遍處定境喻,喻所見明了;六乾城依空喻,喻事理無礙;七同處異見喻,喻隱顯自在;八海現三千喻,喻頓現遠近;九幻現眾多喻,喻所見純雜無礙。」 tr. “Second, with reference to the difference of the marks of the realms likened: here too the first is general and the rest particular. Within the particular: first, the simile of karma appearing at the end of life, likening that what is seen answers hiddenly; second, the simile of possession by a non-human, likening that what is seen can be spoken; third, the simile of the long stay in the dragon palace, likening the round fusion of thought and kalpa; fourth, the simile of the Brahmā palace displaying broadly, likening that one and many are unobstructed; fifth, the simile of the realm of the concentration of the universal bases, likening that what is seen is clear and evident; sixth, the simile of the city of the gandharvas resting upon space, likening that phenomena and principle are unobstructed; seventh, the simile of different seeing in one and the same place, likening the sovereignty of the hidden and the manifest; eighth, the simile of the sea displaying the three-thousandfold world, likening the sudden appearing of far and near; ninth, the simile of illusion displaying a multitude, likening that what is seen is unobstructed whether pure or mixed.” 〔T35n1735 0958c10–0958c17〕
(b) The simile of the dragon’s rain and the simile of the illusionist — in answering the question ‘whence do the adornments come,’ Maitreya sets up two similes, the one likening the coming that is without coming, the other sweeping away both coming and going. The scripture text has 「如龍王降雨,不從身出,不從心出,無有積集,而非不見;但以龍王心念力故,霈然洪霔,周遍天下」 tr. “it is as when a dragon king sends down rain: it does not come forth from his body and does not come forth from his mind, there is no piling up of it, and yet it is not that it cannot be seen; only because of the power of the dragon king’s mindful intent does it pour down in a great flood and spread throughout the world beneath the sky” 〔T10n0279 0438a05–a07〕, and further 「譬如幻師作諸幻事,無所從來,無所至去;雖無來去,以幻力故,分明可見」 tr. “it is as when an illusionist makes every sort of illusory matter, which comes from nowhere and goes nowhere; and though there is no coming and going, because of the power of illusion it can be clearly seen” 〔0438a10–a12〕. Chengguan judges the division of labor between them:
「後喻,有二:先龍王降雨喻,偏喻無來之來。合中不住內者,菩薩力故。不住外者,自善力故。以內外因緣互奪,則內外兩亡。後幻師現幻喻,雙喻來去則無來去。」 tr. “The latter similes are two: first the simile of the dragon king sending down rain, which likens in particular the coming that is without coming. Within the joining, as for not abiding within, it is because of the power of the bodhisattva; as for not abiding without, it is because of the power of one’s own good. Since the causes and conditions within and without take each other away, both within and without are gone. Afterward the simile of the illusionist displaying illusion, which likens both coming and going, so that there is neither coming nor going.” 〔T35n1735 0959a23–0959a27〕
(c) The twenty clauses of the simile of the retinue — in the passage upon the bodhisattva’s place of birth, the scripture text matches the names of a household one by one to dharmas: 「以般若波羅蜜為母,方便善巧為父,檀波羅蜜為乳母,尸波羅蜜為養母,忍波羅蜜為莊嚴具,勤波羅蜜為養育者,禪波羅蜜為澣濯人」 tr. “taking the prajñā-pāramitā as mother, skillfulness in means as father, the dāna-pāramitā as wet-nurse, the śīla-pāramitā as foster-mother, the kṣānti-pāramitā as the furnishings of adornment, the vīrya-pāramitā as the one who rears him, the dhyāna-pāramitā as the one who washes him” 〔T10n0279 0438b15–b18〕, on to 「成就菩提為能淨家族」 tr. “the accomplishing of awakening as that which is able to purify the clan” 〔0438b23–b24〕. Chengguan counts them as twenty clauses, and upon the one pair of mother and father brings out three meanings:
〔T35n1735 0959b22–0959b27〕「二「善男子」〔0959b22〕下明生緣眷屬,有二十句。般若為母方便為父者,略有三義:一實知虛凝與陰俱靜,權智流動與陽齊波故。二親生法身實由般若,若無方便多共二乘,成菩薩種乃由方便故。三者內解外濟如父母故。次檀以福資、尸以防護。」 tr. “Second, beneath ‘good man,’ setting forth the retinue that is the condition of birth, twenty clauses in all. As for wisdom being mother and skillful means father, in brief there are three meanings: first, because true knowing is empty and still and is quiet together with the shade, while expedient knowledge flows and moves and ripples together with the sun. Second, because the true giving birth to the dharma-body is indeed by wisdom, and if there were no skillful means one would mostly share the lot of the two vehicles, so that the accomplishing of the seed of a bodhisattva is by skillful means. Third, because understanding within and relieving without are as father and mother. Next, dāna assists with merit, and śīla guards and protects.”
(d) The four similes of like an illusion, like a dream, like a shadow, like a reflection — the substance and mark displayed by Maitreya on snapping his fingers and coming out of concentration, four similes in one clause: 「如是自性,如幻、如夢、如影、如像,悉不成就」 tr. “such a self-nature as this is like an illusion, like a dream, like a shadow, like a reflection — none of it is brought to accomplishment” 〔T10n0279 0437c19–c21〕. Chengguan judges this to mean that the mark that appears is from conditions and without nature:
〔T35n1735 0958c20–0958c24〕「二「法性」〔0958c20〕下略示體相。初句標;「此是」〔0958c20〕下釋所見之相,從法智緣生,緣生故無自性,故云如是自性如幻夢等。悉不成就者,結成上義,從緣無性故事不成就,無性從緣故理不成就。」 tr. “Second, beneath ‘the nature of dharmas,’ briefly displaying the substance and the mark. The first clause sets it up; beneath ‘this is’ it glosses the mark of what is seen, which is born of conditions by the knowledge of the Dharma, and being born of conditions is without self-nature, and so it says that such a self-nature as this is like an illusion, like a dream, and so on. As for ‘none of it is brought to accomplishment,’ this concludes the sense above: because from conditions and without nature, phenomena are not brought to accomplishment; because without nature and from conditions, principle is not brought to accomplishment.”
(e) The cluster of eleven clauses of cause and effect — in the passage upon the bodhisattva being born into an honored and surpassing household 〔T10n0279 0438b29–0438c10〕, the scripture text runs down eleven clauses, every one of which first brings out its cause and afterward the absence of obstruction gained — the cause being now a principle known, now a substance, now something gained. Six of the eleven are fastened to a simile: 「知一切法如影像故」 tr. “because he knows that all dharmas are like a shadow-image” 〔0438b29〕, 「知一切法如變化故」 tr. “because he knows that all dharmas are like a transformation” 〔0438c01〕, 「了達生死猶如夢故」 tr. “because he penetrates that birth-and-death is like a dream” 〔0438c04〕, 「了知諸蘊皆如幻故」 tr. “because he knows that the aggregates are all like an illusion” 〔0438c05〕, 「知一切想如陽焰故」 tr. “because he knows that all thoughts are like a heat-haze” 〔0438c07〕, 「達一切法皆如幻故」 tr. “because he penetrates that all dharmas are like an illusion” 〔0438c07〕. The other five are fastened to no simile and bring out five other matters: 「知一切法無有我故」 tr. “because he knows that all dharmas are without a self” 〔0438c02〕, 「以大慈悲為體性故」 tr. “because his very substance is great kindness and compassion” 〔0438c03〕, 「知諸界、處同法界故」 tr. “because he knows that the elements and the sense-fields are the same as the Dharma realm” 〔0438c06〕, 「知法身故」 tr. “because he knows the dharma-body” 〔0438c08〕, 「得自在故」 tr. “because he has gained sovereign mastery” 〔0438c09〕. The opening words are likewise not of one form, and not all of them begin with the graph for knowing. This is the second even-ranked parallel set in this section.
(f) The simile of ‘as a lotus flower’ — in Maitreya’s telling of the conditions of his birth to come in the Tuṣita Heaven there stand the words 「令如蓮華悉開悟故」 tr. “to cause them all to awaken as a lotus flower opens” 〔T10n0279 0438c28–c29〕. Chengguan brings out three meanings to gloss it:
「如蓮華者,有三義:一釋迦下種,彼華開故;二昔因含果如華未開,因亡果現故如蓮華開;三聞熏含實如蓮未開,見實亡言故云開悟。」 tr. “As for ‘as a lotus flower,’ there are three meanings: first, Śākya sows the seed, and that flower opens; second, the cause of old contains the fruit as a flower not yet open, and when the cause is gone and the fruit appears it is as when a lotus flower opens; third, the perfuming of hearing contains what is real as a lotus not yet open, and when the real is seen and words are gone it is therefore said to be awakening.” 〔T35n1735 0959c07–0959c10〕
(g) The rhetoric of listing items beneath ‘that is to say’ — in this section’s scripture text 「所謂」 tr. “that is to say” occurs nine times (counting them one by one), and eight of them are used to open out the particulars of what is seen and what is heard: the former births in the seeing of the direct recompense 〔T10n0279 0435b04〕, the Dharma gates praised by the sending forth of wondrous sounds 〔0435c27〕, the dharmas declared by the jewelled nets and bells and clappers 〔0436a22〕, the worlds within the jewelled mirrors 〔0436b18〕, the forms within the lotus flowers 〔0436c15〕, the forms upon the ground of beryl 〔0436c21〕, the half-body forms within the jewelled trees 〔0436c23〕, and their lights 〔0436c29〕 — every one of these eight lists being opened by 「所謂」 tr. “that is to say”; the ninth occurrence does not stand in the list of what is seen and heard within the storeyed pavilion, but within the telling of the dream, the first of the ten similes — 「夢中見種種物,所謂:城邑、聚落、宮殿、園苑、山林、河池、衣服、飲食乃至一切資生之具」 tr. “within a dream he sees every sort of thing, that is to say: cities, villages, palaces, gardens, mountains and forests, rivers and pools, clothing, food and drink, and on to every sort of thing that sustains life” 〔0437b05–b06〕. And to lead one long list with a single 「所謂」 tr. “that is to say” is the settled form in which this section tells of what was seen.
(h) Verse lines — the scripture text of this section belongs wholly to prose, and the verse lines are nil.
IV. Collation with Parallel Translations
The Chinese witnesses collated for the essential clauses of this section’s scripture text: Śikṣānanda T279 (the base text · fascicle seventy-nine) · Buddhabhadra T278 (the Jin rendering, the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, 〈Entering the Dharma Realm, the thirty-fourth〉 · fascicles fifty-nine to sixty) · Prajñā T293 (the Zhenyuan forty-fascicle Avataṃsaka · fascicles thirty-seven to thirty-eight).
Clause One Asking That the Door of the Storeyed Pavilion Be Opened
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Then Sudhana the youth, having reverently circled the bodhisattva-mahāsattva Maitreya to the right, said to him: I only pray that the great sage will open the door of the storeyed pavilion and let me enter | T10n0279 0434c29–0435a01 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | Then Sudhana the youth, having reverently circled the bodhisattva Maitreya, joined his palms and said: I only pray that the great sage will open the door of the tower and let me enter | T09n0278 0780b10–b11 |
| Prajñā T293 | Then Sudhana the youth, having reverently circled the bodhisattva-mahāsattva Maitreya to the right, said to him: I only pray that the great sage will open the door of the storeyed pavilion and let me enter | T10n0293 0831b26–b28 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the name of the pavilion — the eighty and the forty have 「樓閣」 tr. “storeyed pavilion,” the sixty 「樓觀」 tr. “tower,” and this passage of the sixty has 「樓觀」 tr. “tower” throughout. (b) The form of reverence — the eighty and the forty have 「恭敬右遶……摩訶薩已」 tr. “having reverently circled … the mahāsattva to the right,” the sixty 「敬遶……合掌白言」 tr. “having reverently circled … he joined his palms and said,” the sixty having in addition 「合掌」 tr. “joined his palms” and lacking 「摩訶薩」 tr. “mahāsattva.” (c) In this clause the forty is wholly identical with the eighty graph for graph. Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Two The Snap of the Fingers Opens the Door
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Then the bodhisattva Maitreya went to the front of the storeyed pavilion and snapped his fingers so that a sound came forth, and that door at once opened, and he called Sudhana to enter. Sudhana was glad at heart, and once he had entered, it closed again | T10n0279 0435a02–a03 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | Then the bodhisattva Maitreya thereupon snapped the fingers of his right hand, and the door opened of itself, and Sudhana thereupon entered; and once he had entered, it closed again | T09n0278 0780b11–b13 |
| Prajñā T293 | Then the bodhisattva Maitreya went to the front of the Vairocana Adornment Treasury storeyed pavilion and, with his right hand, snapped his fingers so that a sound came forth, and that door at once opened, and he called Sudhana to enter. Sudhana was glad at heart, and once he had entered, it closed again | T10n0293 0831b28–0831c01 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the eighty first has 「前詣樓閣」 tr. “went to the front of the storeyed pavilion” and afterward the snapping of the fingers, while the sixty goes directly to 「即彈右指」 tr. “thereupon snapped the fingers of his right hand” and has not the passage of going to the front. (b) As to the right hand, the sixty has 「彈右指」 tr. “snapped the fingers of his right hand,” the forty 「即以右手,彈指出聲」 tr. “thereupon, with his right hand, snapped his fingers so that a sound came forth,” while the eighty has only 「彈指出聲」 tr. “snapped his fingers so that a sound came forth” and does not say right or left. (c) As to the proper name of the pavilion, the forty brings out 「毘盧遮那莊嚴藏樓閣」 tr. “the Vairocana Adornment Treasury storeyed pavilion” already at this clause, while the eighty brings it out only at 〔0435a26〕, and the sixty has no such proper name here. (d) As to the manner of the door’s opening, the eighty and the forty have 「其門即開」 tr. “that door at once opened” together with the passage 「命善財入」 tr. “he called Sudhana to enter,” while the sixty has 「門自然開」 tr. “the door opened of itself” and has not the words of the calling to enter. Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Three The Dependent Recompense Seen upon Entering the Pavilion
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | He saw that the storeyed pavilion was broad and vast and without limit, the same as empty space; asaṃkhyeya jewels served as its ground; asaṃkhyeya palaces, asaṃkhyeya gate-towers, asaṃkhyeya windows, asaṃkhyeya stairways, asaṃkhyeya balustrades, asaṃkhyeya roads, all of them made of the seven jewels | T10n0279 0435a03–a06 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | Then Sudhana contemplated the tower: broad and vast and without limit, like empty space, with many jewels for its ground. There were asaṃkhyeya windows, and outworks and balustrades, and of the seven jewels combined were made asaṃkhyeya banners and standards and canopies for its adornment | T09n0278 0780b13–b16 |
| Prajñā T293 | He saw that the storeyed pavilion was broad and vast and without limit, the same as empty space; asaṃkhyeya jewels served as its ground, asaṃkhyeya palaces, asaṃkhyeya gate-towers, asaṃkhyeya windows, asaṃkhyeya stairways, asaṃkhyeya balustrades, asaṃkhyeya roads, all of them made of the seven jewels | T10n0293 0831c01–0831c04 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the eighty and the forty set this passage out item by item in parallel (the six headings of palaces · gate-towers · windows · stairways · balustrades · roads), while the sixty raises only the two headings of 「窓牖」 tr. “windows” and 「却敵欄楯」 tr. “outworks and balustrades” and passes below to banners, standards, and canopies — the full and the brief being widely apart. (b) Beyond what the eighty has, the forty has separately the headings of 「阿僧祇滿月」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya full moons,” 「阿僧祇師子幢網」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya lion-standard nets,” 「阿僧祇寶芭蕉樹」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya jewelled plantain trees,” 「阿僧祇寶經行路」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya jewelled walking paths,” 「阿僧祇寶池」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya jewelled pools,” and 「阿僧祇寶橋」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya jewelled bridges” 〔T10n0293 0831c07–0831c24〕, being of the three witnesses the one that lists most headings. (c) In the one set of the necklaces, the eighty lists four kinds (of many jewels · of true pearls · of red true pearls · of lion-pearls), and the forty likewise lists four kinds, of which the second is 「白真珠」 tr. “white true pearls” 〔0831c05–c07〕, while the sixty has only the single clause 「阿僧祇寶瓔珞垂帶」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya jewelled necklaces and hanging ribbons.” Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Four Seeing the Direct Recompense: The First Bringing Forth of the Mind and the Samādhi of the Mind of Kindness
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | That is to say: at times he saw the bodhisattva Maitreya at the time when he first brought forth the unsurpassed mind of awakening, with such and such a name, of such and such a clan, awakened by such and such a good friend | T10n0279 0435b04–b05 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | At times he saw Maitreya, according to his original clan, his life span and his friends, the nourishing of his roots of good, the kalpas and the worlds, the seats of all the buddhas, and his retinue, by reason of great vows first bringing forth the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi; at times he saw him first attain the samādhi of the mind of kindness, and thereby take his name | T09n0278 0780b30–0780c03 |
| Prajñā T293 | That is to say: at times he saw the bodhisattva Maitreya at the time when he first brought forth the unsurpassed mind of awakening, with such and such a name, of such and such a clan, awakened by such and such a good friend | T10n0293 0832a12–0832a14 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the eighty and the forty set the items out in parallel in the sentence-form 「如是」 tr. “such and such” (name · clan · good friend · roots of good · life span · kalpa · buddha · land · practices · vows), while the sixty gathers them up in short phrases such as 「隨本種姓,壽命知識」 tr. “according to his original clan, his life span and his friends,” and places 「初發……心」 tr. “first bringing forth the … mind” at the end of the clause. (b) As to the ground of his name, the eighty has 「或見彌勒最初證得慈心三昧,從是已來,號為慈氏」 tr. “at times he saw Maitreya first attain the samādhi of the mind of kindness, and from then onward he was styled the Kind One” 〔T10n0279 0435b09–b10〕, while the sixty has 「或見初得慈心三昧,因以為名」 tr. “at times he saw him first attain the samādhi of the mind of kindness, and thereby take his name” — the sixty not bringing out the name 「慈氏」 tr. “the Kind One” but saying only 「因以為名」 tr. “and thereby take his name.” Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Five The Bodies Received in Birth According to Kind
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | At times he saw Maitreya act as a wheel-turning king, exhorting sentient beings to abide upon the path of the ten good acts; or act as a guardian of the world, benefiting sentient beings; or act as Śakra, rebuking the five desires; or act as a Yama deva king, praising non-negligence | T10n0279 0435b14–b17 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | At times he saw Maitreya act as a wheel-turning king, transforming the world with the ten good acts; or act as one of the four deva kings, benefiting all sentient beings; or act as Śakra, rebuking the five desires; or act as a Yāma deva king, praising non-negligence | T09n0278 0780c07–0780c10 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the rendering of the names of the devas — the eighty 「護世」 tr. “a guardian of the world” against the sixty 「四天王」 tr. “one of the four deva kings”; the eighty 「釋天」 tr. “Śakra” against the sixty 「帝釋」 tr. “Śakra”; the eighty 「焰摩天王」 tr. “a Yama deva king” against the sixty 「夜摩天王」 tr. “a Yāma deva king.” (b) The words of transforming beings — the eighty 「勸諸眾生住十善道」 tr. “exhorting sentient beings to abide upon the path of the ten good acts” against the sixty 「十善化世」 tr. “transforming the world with the ten good acts.” (c) Of the bodies that follow, the eighty has 「或為化樂天王,為諸天眾現諸菩薩變化莊嚴」 tr. “or act as a Nirmāṇarati deva king, displaying for the deva hosts the adornments of the transformations of the bodhisattvas,” while the sixty has 「或為化樂天王,讚自在法」 tr. “or act as a Nirmāṇarati deva king, praising the dharma of sovereignty” 〔T09n0278 0780c11〕; and the two bodies of the Paranirmitavaśavartin deva king and the Māra king in the eighty stand in the reverse order in the sixty 〔0780c11–c13〕. (d) For this passage the forty stands verbatim 〔T10n0293 0832a23–0832b05〕, and differs from the eighty in four places: for the wheel-turning king, the eighty has 「或見彌勒為轉輪王,勸諸眾生住十善道」 tr. “at times he saw Maitreya act as a wheel-turning king, exhorting sentient beings to abide upon the path of the ten good acts” 〔T10n0279 0435b14–b15〕 and the forty 「或時見作轉輪聖王,普令眾生住十善道」 tr. “at times he saw him act as a wheel-turning sage king, causing sentient beings everywhere to abide upon the path of the ten good acts” 〔T10n0293 0832a23–a24〕; for the Yama heaven, the eighty has 「焰摩天王」 tr. “a Yama deva king” 〔T10n0279 0435b16〕 and the forty 「夜摩天王」 tr. “a Yāma deva king” 〔T10n0293 0832a25〕, agreeing with the sixty; for what the Tuṣita deva king extols, the eighty has 「稱歎一生菩薩功德」 tr. “extolling the merit and virtue of a bodhisattva of one birth” 〔T10n0279 0435b17〕 and the forty 「稱歎菩薩補處功德」 tr. “extolling the merit and virtue of a bodhisattva in the station of succession” 〔T10n0293 0832a26〕; and in the order of the clauses of the asura king, the eighty has 「入大智海,了法如幻,為其眾會常演說法,斷除一切憍慢醉傲」 tr. “entering the sea of great knowledge and penetrating that dharmas are like an illusion, constantly expounding the Dharma for his assembly, cutting off all arrogance and the drunkenness of pride” 〔T10n0279 0435b21–b23〕 while the forty has 「為其眾會說斷一切憍慢醉傲,入大智海,了法如幻」 tr. “declaring for his assembly the cutting off of all arrogance and the drunkenness of pride, entering the sea of great knowledge and penetrating that dharmas are like an illusion” 〔T10n0293 0832b01–b02〕, cutting off pride first and entering the sea of knowledge afterward, the reverse of the eighty. (e) The three matters of the three evil destinies the forty likewise has 〔T10n0293 0832b02–b05〕, set down after the bodies received in birth according to kind, as in the eighty. Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Six The Eight Marks of the Chief Pavilion Within the Pavilion
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Again, within those storeyed pavilions inside the Adornment Treasury, he saw one storeyed pavilion, high and broad and splendidly adorned, most surpassing and beyond compare; within it he saw in full the hundred koṭis of sets of four continents of the three-thousandfold world and the hundred koṭis of Tuṣita heavens | T10n0279 0436a07–a09 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | Then Sudhana, among the towers, saw one tower, high and broad and splendidly adorned, more excellent than those before, containing within it the three-thousandfold great-thousand world, a hundred koṭis of Jambudvīpas, and a hundred koṭis of Tuṣita heavens | T09n0278 0781a14–0781a17 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the eighty 「最上無比」 tr. “most surpassing and beyond compare” against the sixty 「勝妙於前」 tr. “more excellent than those before.” (b) The eighty 「百億四天下」 tr. “the hundred koṭis of sets of four continents” against the sixty 「百億閻浮提」 tr. “a hundred koṭis of Jambudvīpas.” (c) As to the mark of his birth, the eighty has 「彌勒菩薩降神誕生、釋梵天王捧持頂戴」 tr. “the bodhisattva Maitreya descending in spirit and being born, Śakra and the Brahmā deva king upholding him upon their heads,” while the sixty has 「菩薩命終降神,受胎出生,遊行七步」 tr. “the bodhisattva, his life ended, descending in spirit, entering the womb and being born, and walking seven steps,” placing 「帝釋、梵王恭敬奉侍」 tr. “Śakra and the Brahmā king reverently attending upon him” afterward 〔T09n0278 0781a17–0781a19〕; and the eighty has the passage 「梵王勸請轉正法輪」 tr. “the Brahmā king exhorting and requesting him to turn the wheel of the right Dharma,” while the sixty has only 「轉正法輪」 tr. “turning the wheel of the right Dharma” without the exhorting and requesting 〔0781a21〕. (d) For this passage the forty stands verbatim 〔T10n0293 0832c26–0833a09〕: for the surpassingness of the pavilion the forty has 「高廣殊麗,總攝諸閣一切莊嚴勝妙,於前最上無比」 tr. “high and broad and singularly fair, gathering in all the surpassing and wondrous adornments of all the pavilions, most surpassing and beyond compare with those before” 〔T10n0293 0832c27–c28〕, holding within it both the eighty’s 「最上無比」 tr. “most surpassing and beyond compare” 〔T10n0279 0436a09〕 and the sixty’s 「勝妙於前」 tr. “more excellent than those before” 〔T09n0278 0781a15–a16〕; for what is contained, the forty has the three headings 「百億四天下、百億閻浮提、百億兜率陀天」 tr. “a hundred koṭis of sets of four continents, a hundred koṭis of Jambudvīpas, a hundred koṭis of Tuṣita heavens” 〔T10n0293 0832c29–0833a01〕, while the eighty and the sixty have two headings each; for the mark of his birth the forty has 「彌勒菩薩蓮華藏中降神誕生,釋梵天王,捧持頂戴,遊行七步」 tr. “the bodhisattva Maitreya descending in spirit and being born within the lotus treasury, Śakra and the Brahmā deva king upholding him upon their heads, and his walking seven steps” 〔T10n0293 0833a01–a02〕, having separately the passage 「蓮華藏中」 tr. “within the lotus treasury,” which neither the eighty nor the sixty has; and for the turning of the wheel the forty has 「觀菩提樹梵王,勸請轉正法輪」 tr. “contemplating the tree of awakening, the Brahmā king exhorting and requesting him to turn the wheel of the right Dharma” 〔T10n0293 0833a05–a06〕, having the exhorting and requesting as the eighty has and the sixty has not. Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Seven The Name of the Gate of Liberation
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Good man! This gate of liberation is named: the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times. Good man! Within this gate of liberation there are gates of liberation unspeakably unspeakable in number, which the bodhisattva of one birth is able to gain | T10n0279 0437c27–0438a01 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | Great sage! What Dharma gate is this? He answered: the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Right Mindfulness and Reflection That Enters the Knowledge of the Three Times. Good man! A bodhisattva of one birth gains such Dharma gates as these, unspeakably unspeakable in number | T09n0278 0782b18–0782b20 |
| Prajñā T293 | Holy one! What is the name of this gate of liberation? Maitreya said: this gate of liberation is named the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times; good man! A bodhisattva of one birth gains such gates of liberation as these, unspeakably unspeakable in number | T10n0293 0835b07–0835b10 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) as to the fullness and brevity of the name, the eighty has 「入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」 tr. “the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times” 〔T10n0279 0437c28〕, the forty is wholly the same 〔T10n0293 0835b08–b09〕, and the sixty has 「入三世智正念思惟莊嚴藏法門」 tr. “the Dharma gate of the Adornment Treasury of Right Mindfulness and Reflection That Enters the Knowledge of the Three Times” 〔T09n0278 0782b18–b19〕 — the sixty having neither the passage 「一切境界」 tr. “all the realms” nor 「不忘念」 tr. “unforgetting mindfulness,” but 「正念思惟」 tr. “right mindfulness and reflection,” and adding the two graphs 「法門」 tr. “Dharma gate” at the end of the name. (b) As to who is able to gain it, the eighty has 「一生菩薩之所能得」 tr. “what the bodhisattva of one birth is able to gain” 〔T10n0279 0438a01〕, the forty 「一生菩薩得如是等不可說不可說解脫門」 tr. “a bodhisattva of one birth gains such gates of liberation as these, unspeakably unspeakable in number” 〔T10n0293 0835b09–b10〕, and the sixty 「一生菩薩得如是等不可說不可說法門」 tr. “a bodhisattva of one birth gains such Dharma gates as these, unspeakably unspeakable in number” 〔T09n0278 0782b19–b20〕: where the eighty and the forty have 「解脫門」 tr. “gate of liberation,” the sixty has 「法門」 tr. “Dharma gate.” (c) As to the wording of the question, the eighty has 「此解脫門,其名何等」 tr. “this gate of liberation — what is its name?” 〔T10n0279 0437c26–c27〕, the forty 「此解脫門其名何等」 tr. “this gate of liberation, what is its name?” 〔T10n0293 0835b07–b08〕, while the sixty has only 「大聖!此何法門」 tr. “great sage! What Dharma gate is this?” 〔T09n0278 0782b18〕. (d) Li Tongxuan, upon the eighty-fascicle witness, cites this name as 「此解脫門名入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」 tr. “this gate of liberation is named the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times” 〔T36n1739 1007a03–1007a04〕, the same as the base text. Recorded without adjudication.
The divergence in the questioning and answering before and after the ten similes: the three witnesses set the ten similes differently. The sixty has before the ten similes a question of Maitreya and an answer of Sudhana — 〔T09n0278 0782a05–0782a07〕「爾時,彌勒菩薩告善財言:「善來童子!汝見樓觀諸大菩薩不可思議自在力不?」〔0782a05〕「唯然,已見。」〔0782a06〕」 tr. “At that time the bodhisattva Maitreya said to Sudhana: ‘Welcome, youth! Have you seen the inconceivable power of mastery of the great bodhisattvas of the tower?’ ‘Yes, I have seen it.’” — and at the end of the ten similes the joining 〔0782b09–0782b11〕「善財童子亦復如是;於樓觀中,彌勒菩薩威神力故,悉見一切未曾有事,無所障礙。」 tr. “Sudhana the youth was likewise: within the tower, by the majestic and spiritual power of the bodhisattva Maitreya, he saw every unprecedented thing without obstruction.”; the eighty has no question of Maitreya before the ten similes, only the exhortation of the good friends 〔T10n0279 0437a26–0437a28〕「時,諸知識告善財言:「善來童子!汝觀此菩薩不思議事,莫生疲厭。」〔0437a27〕」 tr. “Then the good friends said to Sudhana: ‘Welcome, youth! You are looking upon the inconceivable deeds of this bodhisattva — do not grow weary and turn away.’” together with the five causes of Sudhana’s being able to see (0437a29–0437b04), the questioning and answering being moved to after he comes out of concentration; the forty likewise has no questioning before the ten similes, but after he comes out of concentration Maitreya puts thirteen questions in a row, from 「汝見菩薩自在解脫威神力不?」 tr. “Have you seen the majestic power of the bodhisattva’s liberation of mastery?” 〔T10n0293 0835a26〕 to 「汝隨順受菩薩三昧能喜樂不?」 tr. “Have you received in accord the bodhisattva’s samādhi and been able to delight in it?” 〔0835b05〕, and Sudhana answers 「唯然已見,是善知識加持力故、憶念力故、威德力故。」 tr. “Yes, I have seen it; it is by the power of the good friend’s sustaining, by the power of mindfulness, by the power of majesty.” 〔0835b06〕 — the three witnesses differ in speaker, in whether there is a questioning and answering, and in where it stands.
Clause Eight The Prediction That Both Shall See Me
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Good man! When my vows are brought to fullness, when I have accomplished all-knowledge and gained awakening, you and Mañjuśrī shall both be able to see me | T10n0279 0438c29–0439a01 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | Good man! When within that place my life is ended and I descend to be born and accomplish right awakening, you and Mañjuśrī shall both be able to see me | T09n0278 0783b08–0783b09 |
| Prajñā T293 | Good man! When my vows are brought to fullness and I gain awakening, you and Mañjuśrī shall both come to see me | T10n0293 0836b17–0836b18 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the eighty has the passage 「成一切智」 tr. “accomplished all-knowledge,” which the forty has not, having only 「我願滿足得菩提時」 tr. “when my vows are brought to fullness and I gain awakening,” while the sixty puts in its place 「我於彼中,壽終下生,成正覺時」 tr. “when within that place my life is ended and I descend to be born and accomplish right awakening” — the three witnesses each telling of the station of cause in this clause differently. (b) The graph of seeing — the eighty and the sixty have 「俱得見我」 tr. “shall both be able to see me,” the forty 「俱來見我」 tr. “shall both come to see me.” (c) The name of Mañjuśrī — the eighty and the forty have 「文殊」 tr. “Mañjuśrī,” the sixty 「文殊師利」 tr. “Mañjuśrī.” Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Nine What Is Asked in the Pointing Out of the Next Friend
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | How does a bodhisattva study the practice of the bodhisattvas? How does he enter the gate of the practice of Samantabhadra? How is it accomplished? How is it made vast? How is it made to accord? How is it made pure? How is it brought to fullness? | T10n0279 0439a03–a05 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | You should now go on to Mañjuśrī and ask how a bodhisattva studies the practice of the bodhisattvas, cultivates the path of the bodhisattvas, and fully accomplishes what Samantabhadra practises | T09n0278 0783b09–0783b11 |
| Prajñā T293 | How does a bodhisattva study the practice of the bodhisattvas? How does he enter deeply into the gate of the practice of Samantabhadra? How is it given birth? How is it ripened? How is it made vast? How is it made pure? How is it made to accord? How is it brought to fullness? | T10n0293 0836b19–0836b21 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the number of questions differs in each of the three witnesses (counting them one by one): the eighty has seven questions (studying the practice of the bodhisattvas · entering the gate of the practice of Samantabhadra · accomplished · made vast · made to accord · made pure · brought to fullness), the forty eight questions (studying the practice of the bodhisattvas · entering deeply into the gate of the practice of Samantabhadra · given birth · ripened · made vast · made pure · made to accord · brought to fullness), while the sixty does not set the questions out in parallel as headings but gathers three matters together in one clause (studying the practice of the bodhisattvas · cultivating the path of the bodhisattvas · fully accomplishing what Samantabhadra practises). (b) The two headings 「出生」 tr. “given birth” and 「成熟」 tr. “ripened” in the forty are not in the eighty; and the one heading 「成就」 tr. “accomplished” in the eighty the forty makes 「成熟」 tr. “ripened.” (c) In the clause of entering the gate of the practice of Samantabhadra, the eighty has 「而入」 tr. “enter,” the forty 「深入」 tr. “enter deeply.” Recorded without adjudication.
Clause Ten Cherishing His Virtue and Taking Leave
| Witness | Verbatim | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Śikṣānanda T279 | Then Sudhana the youth bowed to his feet, circled him measureless times, gazed up at him with earnest longing, and took his leave and departed | T10n0279 0439a24–a25 |
| Buddhabhadra T278 | Then Sudhana the youth bowed his head and face in reverence to the bodhisattva Maitreya, circled him numberless times, and took his leave and went | T09n0278 0783b25–0783b26 |
| Prajñā T293 | Then Sudhana the youth circled Maitreya to the right measureless times, bowed to his two feet, gazed up at him with earnest longing, his heart cherishing longing, and took his leave and departed | T10n0293 0836c14–0836c16 |
What the variation is fastened to: (a) the words of the reverence — the eighty 「頂禮其足」 tr. “bowed to his feet” / the sixty 「頭面敬禮彌勒菩薩」 tr. “bowed his head and face in reverence to the bodhisattva Maitreya” / the forty 「頂禮雙足」 tr. “bowed to his two feet.” (b) The number of the circlings — the eighty and the forty have 「無量匝」 tr. “measureless times,” the sixty 「無數匝」 tr. “numberless times.” (c) Of the three witnesses the forty is the fullest, having separately the passage 「心懷戀慕」 tr. “his heart cherishing longing,” which answers exactly to Chengguan’s outline-name 「戀德禮辭」 tr. “cherishing his virtue and taking leave”; the sixty is the plainest, and has not the passage 「慇懃瞻仰」 tr. “gazed up at him with earnest longing.” (d) The words of the taking of leave — the eighty and the forty have 「辭退而去」 tr. “took his leave and departed,” the sixty 「辭退而行」 tr. “took his leave and went.” (e) The order of the bowing and the circling — the eighty and the sixty first bow and then circle, the forty first circles and then bows. Recorded without adjudication.
V. Scriptural Grounds of Sectarian Doctrine (the doctrinal eye)
(a) The door opening and closing again — the skillful means of entering, and the vanishing of both the seeing and the seen. The two clauses at the opening of this section are the shortest, and Chengguan’s gloss upon them the weightiest: the snapping of the fingers and the opening of the door stand for the opening of the gate of principle and knowledge, and the closing again once he has entered stands for there being no place of entering after realization.
〔T35n1735 0958a23–0958a28〕「先約緣加,令其就法亡言會旨,則佛法門開,故云前詣等。即開理智門,示令其悟入也。後「善財心喜」〔0958a25〕下約因自證,悟佛知見則入法界。從迷之悟,加行趣入,有門理之殊。證已契合,能所兩亡,即妄而真,更無入處,故云還閉。」 tr. “First, with reference to the adding of power by conditions, causing him to go to the Dharma, lay words down, and meet the import — then the Dharma gate of the Buddha opens, and so it says that he went to the front, and so on. That is, the gate of principle and knowledge is opened, and he is shown so as to be made to awaken and enter. Afterward, beneath ‘Sudhana was glad at heart,’ with reference to the cause and his own realization: awakening to the Buddha’s knowing and seeing is entering the Dharma realm. From delusion to awakening, in the applied practice of going and entering, there is the distinction of gate and principle. Once he has realized and is joined with it, that which enters and that which is entered are both gone; the deluded is itself the true, and there is no longer any place of entering — and so it says that it closed again.”
Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, likewise sets up the two glosses of the power of cause and the power of conditions, and brings out separately the further meaning of 「一證永得」 tr. “with one realization it is gained forever”:
「若就因力,即是善財修無間道,斷除妄想,所證理現,名曰門開。解脫道中正證法界,名為即入。若就緣力,即是彌勒加持。今約緣力說也。證已反顧本來性滿,非新得故,更無入處之門,故云還閉。又以一證永得無有退失,更無復出,故云還閉。」 tr. “If taken with reference to the power of cause, it is that Sudhana cultivates the uninterrupted path, cuts off deluded thought, and the principle realized appears — and this is called the opening of the door. Within the path of liberation he directly realizes the Dharma realm — and this is called entering thereupon. If taken with reference to the power of conditions, it is that Maitreya sustains him. Here it is spoken of with reference to the power of conditions. Having realized, he looks back and the nature is full from the very first, not newly gained — and so there is no longer any gate that is a place of entering, and thus it says that it closed again. Moreover, with one realization it is gained forever, without any falling back, and there is no coming out again — and so it says that it closed again.” 〔T35n1733 0488c21–0488c26〕
Li Tongxuan outlines it alike and words it otherwise:
「彈指者,是去塵之義。塵亡執去,法門自開。善財入已其門還閉者,以迷亡智現,名之為開。智無內外中間、無出無入、無迷無證,名為還閉。」 tr. “As for the snapping of the fingers, it is the meaning of removing dust. Dust gone and grasping departed, the Dharma gate opens of itself. As for ‘once Sudhana had entered, that door closed again,’ it is that delusion is gone and knowledge appears, and this is called opening. Knowledge has no within, no without, and no between; it has no going out and no coming in, no delusion and no realization — and this is called closing again.” 〔T36n1739 1006c04–1006c07〕
(b) Seeing many within one and seeing many within one place — the three gates of the subtle and minute, of principal and companion, and of mutual presence. Upon the three layers of what is seen in the dependent recompense, Chengguan matches the gates of the Huayan clause by clause:
〔T35n1735 0958b03–0958b07〕「今初,先見、後益。前中三:一直見一重莊嚴,有標、列、結。同虛空者,稱法性故。次「又見其中」〔0958b05〕下依中有依。一中見多,即微細門,亦主伴門。後「善財童子」〔0958b07〕下一處見多,即相在門。」 tr. “Now in the first, the seeing comes first and the benefit afterward. Within the former there are three: first, directly seeing one layer of adornment, with its setting up, its listing, and its conclusion. As for its being the same as empty space, it is because it answers to the nature of dharmas. Next, beneath ‘he saw further that within it,’ within the dependent there is a dependent. To see many within one is the gate of the subtle and minute, and also the gate of principal and companion. Afterward, beneath ‘Sudhana the youth,’ to see many within one place is the gate of mutual presence.”
Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, likewise glosses it by principal and companion:
「次於內具百千樓觀者,明一土則一切土,主伴具足也。」 tr. “Next, as for its being furnished within with a hundred thousand towers, this sets forth that one land is all lands, principal and companion complete.” 〔T35n1733 0489a01–0489a02〕
(c) The three parts of the name of the Dharma gate — realm, knowledge, and treasury. The name of the gate of liberation has fourteen graphs, which Chengguan divides into three passages and glosses passage by passage, bringing out two meanings upon 「莊嚴藏」 tr. “adornment treasury”:
「前中,三世一切境界者,即此所入所見之境。不忘念智者,即能入能現之智。良以三世一如故念劫圓融,隨一世中現三際之境,智入三世了法空寂,與如冥契故,一念之中無所不見。莊嚴藏者,有二義:一以法性嚴故,一莊嚴中包含出生無盡嚴具,如一閣中見多閣等。二以無礙智契圓融境,嚴如來藏則本具諸法故。」 tr. “Within the former: as for all the realms of the three times, that is the realm here entered and seen. As for the knowledge of unforgetting mindfulness, that is the knowledge that is able to enter and able to make appear. Truly, because the three times are one suchness, thought and kalpa are in round fusion; within any one time the realms of the three limits appear, and the knowledge enters the three times and understands that dharmas are empty and still, and being joined hiddenly with suchness, within a single thought there is nothing it does not see. As for the adornment treasury, there are two meanings: first, because it is adorned by the nature of dharmas, within one adornment are contained and given birth endless furnishings of adornment, as many pavilions are seen within one pavilion. Second, because unobstructed knowledge is joined with the round-fused realm, and to adorn the Tathāgata-womb is that it possesses all dharmas from the first.” 〔T35n1735 0959a02–0959a09〕
The Yanyi chao remarks further upon where the shallowness and depth of the two meanings lie:
〔T36n1736 0695a25–0695a27〕「疏「莊嚴藏有二義」〔0695a25〕者,前義約理融事,已是事事無礙;後更明心境互融。」 tr. “As for the Shu’s ‘the adornment treasury has two meanings’: the former meaning is with reference to principle fusing phenomena, and is already the unobstructedness of phenomenon with phenomenon; the latter sets forth further the mutual fusing of mind and realm.”
(d) The judgment upon coming and going — because the cut-off and the lasting are left behind, there is no arising and ceasing. Upon the one question of the going and coming of the adornments, Chengguan judges by the two extremes of the cut-off and the lasting:
「既從緣來,則無來去,故此嚴事非在閣中而住,亦非別處持來。從緣而來故非集,緣謝則滅故非常。若先定有來處則墮常過,先有今無則為斷滅。既離斷常,何有生滅一異等相?故云遠離一切。」 tr. “Since they come from conditions, there is no coming and going, and so these adornments do not abide within the pavilion, nor are they brought from another place. Because they come from conditions they are not a gathering together; because when the conditions fall away they cease, they are not lasting. If there were first a settled place of coming, one would fall into the fault of the lasting; if there were first something and now nothing, this would be cut-off annihilation. Since the cut-off and the lasting are both left behind, how could there be the marks of arising and ceasing, of identity and difference? — and so it says, far removed from everything.” 〔T35n1735 0959a19–0959a23〕
(e) The three places of coming are the dharma-body, the recompense body, and the transformation body. In Maitreya’s answer to 「大聖從何處來」 tr. “where does the great sage come from,” the scripture text has three layers: the ten pairs of the coming that is without coming, the coming from great compassion and the rest of the nine places, and the coming here from Malādi, the country where he was born. Chengguan judges these three to be the three bodies:
〔T35n1735 0959b02–0959b08〕「答中,有三來處:一約體,實法身即無來之來,來即無來,文有十對,思之。二「善男子菩薩從大悲」〔0959b04〕下約相,實報從萬行中來,亦猶《淨名》從萬行道場來矣。三「汝問我」〔0959b06〕下約用,化現隨機熟處而來。此三即法、報、化身,亦體相用,亦理行事。又初唯理,後唯事,中一具理事。」 tr. “Within the answer there are three places of coming: first, with reference to substance, the true dharma-body is the coming that is without coming, and the coming is itself without coming; the text has ten pairs, to be pondered. Second, beneath ‘good man, the bodhisattva from great compassion,’ with reference to mark, the true recompense comes from within the myriad practices, just as in the Jingming one comes from the place of the Way of the myriad practices. Third, beneath ‘you ask me,’ with reference to function, he appears in transformation and comes to where the capacities are ripe. These three are the dharma-body, the recompense body, and the transformation body; they are also substance, mark, and function; they are also principle, practice, and phenomena. Moreover the first is principle alone, the last is phenomena alone, and the middle one has both principle and phenomena.”
(f) The sentence-form of the ten kinds of place of birth — the upper clause is the practice that is able to give birth, the lower clause the household into which one is born. Of the ten clauses upon the bodhisattva’s place of birth, Chengguan first sets forth their sentence-form, then glosses five of them one by one, taking the other five as following the pattern:
「今初有十,皆上句為能生之行,下句為所生之家。謂若發菩提心,則是菩薩,名為生家。若有深心,則見善友。若得諸地,則滿諸度。教化眾生,即是覺他。有智慧故了法無生,有方便故不取無生之相,不滯二乘之寂,故生無生忍家。餘可思準。又上句亦通所生,思之。」 tr. “Now, in the first there are ten, and in every one the upper clause is the practice that is able to give birth, and the lower clause is the household into which one is born. That is: if one brings forth the mind of awakening, then one is a bodhisattva, and this is called the household of birth. If one has the deep mind, then one sees good friends. If one gains the grounds, then one fills the perfections. Teaching sentient beings is the awakening of others. Because he has wisdom he understands that dharmas are unarisen; because he has skillful means he does not grasp the mark of non-arising and does not linger in the stillness of the two vehicles — and so he is born into the household of the forbearance of non-arising. The remainder may be pondered and taken as a pattern. Moreover, the upper clause too runs through to that which is born; ponder it.” 〔T35n1735 0959b15–0959b22〕
The Yanyi chao makes up the remaining five clauses, glosses why the Shu glosses only five, and sets the limit upon how far the upper and lower clauses may be turned about:
〔T36n1736 0695b08–0695b22〕「疏「餘可思準」〔0695b08〕者,疏唯釋五句,以難見故;餘五易了故,故但例之。然此十句,一行因、二行緣、三行相,此三疏已釋竟;四以願扶行,應云若發大願即生妙行;五化他,謂若有悲心,即行四攝;六觀理,謂若觀妙理,即成般若;七隨事理,謂若事理雙遊,是名大乘,即方便善巧;八益物,故疏云「教化眾生即是覺他」〔0695b15〕;九住果,謂權實雙流,則證無生忍故,從「有智慧故」〔0695b16〕下是也;第十上順,謂具修萬行,合三世佛家。「又上句亦通所生」〔0695b17〕者,翻將下句為能生行。謂上求下化名為菩薩,即得生於菩提心家,下經以菩提心為家故。則前七可通二解,後三必須依於前釋,故疏先明上句以為能生之行,後方翻例耳。」 tr. “As for the Shu’s ‘the remainder may be pondered and taken as a pattern’: the Shu glosses only five clauses, because they are hard to see; the other five are easy to understand, and so it merely takes them as a pattern. Yet of these ten clauses, the first is the cause of practice, the second the condition of practice, the third the mark of practice — these three the Shu has already glossed; fourth, supporting practice with vows, which should say that if one brings forth great vows one gives birth to wondrous practice; fifth, transforming others, that is, if one has the mind of compassion one practises the four means of gathering; sixth, contemplating principle, that is, if one contemplates wondrous principle one accomplishes wisdom; seventh, following both phenomena and principle, that is, if one moves in both phenomena and principle this is called the great vehicle, that is, skillfulness in means; eighth, benefiting beings, and so the Shu says, ‘teaching sentient beings is the awakening of others’; ninth, abiding in the fruit, that is, when the expedient and the real flow together one realizes the forbearance of non-arising, which is what stands beneath ‘because he has wisdom’; tenth, complying with what is above, that is, cultivating the myriad practices in full and joining the household of the buddhas of the three times. As for ‘moreover, the upper clause too runs through to that which is born’: this turns the lower clause about and makes it the practice that is able to give birth. That is, seeking above and transforming below is called a bodhisattva, and one thereby gains birth in the household of the mind of awakening, because the scripture below takes the mind of awakening as the household. Thus the first seven may be taken in the two ways, while the last three must follow the former gloss; and so the Shu first sets forth the upper clause as the practice that is able to give birth, and only afterward turns it about as a pattern.”
(g) The gathering together of the three sages — the three meanings of ‘both shall see me’. Upon the clause of the prediction, 「汝及文殊俱得見我」 tr. “you and Mañjuśrī shall both be able to see me,” Chengguan brings out three meanings, the last of which is the round fusion of the three sages of the three times:
〔T35n1735 0959c11–0959c15〕「後「我願滿」〔0959c11〕下結會三聖。言俱見我者,亦有三意:一俱助化故;二善財表行、文殊信智,成正覺時俱證此故;三者文殊古佛、善財當佛、慈氏現佛,三世圓融浩然大均,故云俱見。」 tr. “Afterward, beneath ‘when my vows are brought to fullness,’ the concluding gathering together of the three sages. As for the words ‘both shall see me,’ there are likewise three meanings: first, because they will help in the transforming together; second, because Sudhana stands for practice and Mañjuśrī for faith and knowledge, and at the time of accomplishing right awakening both will realize this; third, because Mañjuśrī is an ancient buddha, Sudhana a buddha to come, and the Kind One a present buddha, and the three times are round-fused and vastly all of one measure — and so it says they both see.”
Li Tongxuan sets down words upon this same clause and words it otherwise:
「會三世因圓,智無古今,即三世佛一時相見,同一智慧。」 tr. “Gathering together that the causes of the three times are brought to fullness and that knowledge is without ancient or modern — that is, the buddhas of the three times see one another at one time, of one and the same wisdom.” 〔T36n1739 1006c18–1006c19〕
(h) Why, having already seen Mañjuśrī, he is yet made to go — shining back upon the source of the mind. Upon the one outline of the pointing out of the next friend, Chengguan first brings out the reason for it, then judges the two parts of the glossing of the ground of the exhortation:
「初中,令往文殊者,因位將極,令反照心源故。二中,先徵意云:文殊已見,何為勸往?釋意云:彼德深廣,宿緣重故。於中二:先明行廣、後顯緣深。」 tr. “Within the first: as for making him go to Mañjuśrī, it is because the station of cause is about to reach its utmost, and he is made to shine back upon the source of the mind. Within the second: first the intent of the questioning, saying, Mañjuśrī has already been seen, why exhort him to go? The intent of the gloss says: because that one’s virtue is deep and vast, and the bond of old is weighty. Within it there are two: first setting forth the vastness of his practice, afterward displaying the depth of the bond.” 〔T35n1735 0959c18–0959c21〕
The last clause of the concluding exhortation Chengguan fastens to the beginning and end of faith and knowledge:
「前見為信之首,後見為智之終,故云一切究竟。」 tr. “The former seeing is the head of faith, the latter seeing is the end of knowledge — and so it says, ultimate in everything.” 〔T35n1735 0959c29–0960a02〕
VI. Divergent Interpretations of the Commentators (the ancient worthies · with their houses marked)
Chengguan, Huayan jing shu T35n1735 · Yanyi chao T36n1736 (following the eighty-fascicle text clause by clause · the principal witness)
The great outline: 〔T35n1735 0958a17–0958a19〕「第二「善男子如汝所問」〔0958a17〕下正授法界。於中四:一授法體、二顯法名、三窮嚴因之本源、四覈正報之性相故。」 tr. “Second, beneath ‘good man, as you have asked,’ the direct conferring of the Dharma realm. Within it there are four: first, conferring the substance of the Dharma; second, displaying the name of the Dharma; third, tracing to its source the root of the cause of the adornment; fourth, examining the nature and marks of the direct recompense.”
The pavilion stands for compassion and knowledge: 「然此六皆是悲智之中所有」 tr. “and these six are all of them what is within compassion and knowledge” 〔T35n1735 0958b03〕; the Chao remarks 「閣表悲智故」 tr. “because the pavilion stands for compassion and knowledge” 〔T36n1736 0695a06–0695a07〕
The five questions of the general display of the mark of the seeing: 〔T35n1735 0958b27–0958c01〕「二「爾時善財」〔0958b27〕下總顯見相,先法、後喻。今初。謂何力能見?以何眼見?將何智見?依何位見?於何處見?如經屬之,及結前來所不說境。」 tr. “Second, beneath ‘then Sudhana,’ displaying in general the mark of the seeing, first by dharma and afterward by simile. Now the first. That is: by what power is he able to see? with what eye does he see? with what knowledge does he see? upon what station does he see? in what place does he see? — as the scripture assigns them; and it concludes with the realms not spoken of before.”
The difference between the two snappings of the fingers: 「亦彈指者,前來得旨所謂忘言,此中得旨令不滯寂。」 tr. “As for its being a snap of the fingers again — before, the import gained was what is called laying words down; here the import gained is to make him not linger in the still.” 〔T35n1735 0958c18–0958c20〕; the Chao remarks 「前則以定為門,此則以用為門,動寂無二,真入法界」 tr. “the former takes concentration as the gate, this takes function as the gate; the moving and the still being not two, this is truly entering the Dharma realm” 〔T36n1736 0695a16–0695a17〕
Teacher and student push toward each other: 〔T35n1735 0958c27–0958c29〕「四「彌勒告」〔0958c27〕下問答所見。約問親證,推之在因,云住不思議。答中謙敬,推之在緣,云善友力。師資互推,反常情也。」 tr. “Fourth, beneath ‘Maitreya said,’ the questioning and answering upon what was seen. With reference to the asking, it is his own realization, and it is pushed back to the cause, and so he says he abides in the inconceivable. Within the answer there is humility and reverence, and it is pushed back to the condition, and so he says it is the power of the good friend. Teacher and student push toward each other, contrary to the ordinary feeling of people.”
The pairing of the other-dependent and the truly real natures: glossing the Shu’s 「從法智緣生」 tr. “born of conditions by the knowledge of the Dharma” 〔T36n1736 0695a17〕, the Chao says 〔T36n1736 0695a20–0695a23〕「初之一對是約依他,即三論意。緣生故無性,無性故從緣。從「由不守自性」〔0695a21〕下一對,約真實性辨,即法性宗真如不變隨緣之義。」 tr. “The first pair is with reference to the other-dependent, that is, the intent of the three treatises. Being born of conditions it is without nature; being without nature it is from conditions. From ‘because it does not keep to its own nature’ onward, the second pair is distinguished with reference to the truly real nature, that is, the meaning of the Dharma-nature house, of suchness unchanging and yet following conditions.”
Chengguan’s Explicit Judgment
The judgment upon the assigning of stations (fastened to the judgment of the five aspects of this assembly · Chengguan sets this up in the sixth of the ten gates of the last assembly): 「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」 tr. “Both have their reason. That is: since each single station is endowed with many Dharma gateways, how could an ordinary mind be barred from studying and seeking the dharma of good friends? — and so not to match them has its reason. Yet within the absence of sequence of stations the sequence of stations is not obstructed, and to display the stations is the ordinary rule, so that to match them is also without fault.” 〔T35n1735 0918b04–0918b07〕 — this is Chengguan’s explicit judgment upon the two sayings of matching the stations and of not matching them: both are allowed, and because displaying the stations is the ordinary rule, to match them is also without fault.
Fazang, Tanxuan ji T35n1733 (the commentary upon the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka)
The outline in four divisions: 「於中有四:一授法體、二顯法名、三辨來處、四明生處。」 tr. “Within it there are four: first, conferring the substance of the Dharma; second, displaying the name of the Dharma; third, distinguishing the place of coming; fourth, setting forth the place of birth.” 〔T35n1733 0488c17–0488c18〕
The two clauses of the skillful means of gathering him in: 「初中五:先明攝入方便,於中二句,初牒問勸入令其趣證、二請其開門為求證方便。」 tr. “Within the first there are five: first, setting forth the skillful means of gathering him in, within which there are two clauses — first, citing the question and exhorting him to enter so as to make him go toward realization; second, requesting him to open the door, which is the skillful means for seeking realization.” 〔T35n1733 0488c18–0488c20〕
The five divisions of what is seen: 〔T35n1733 0488c26–0488c28〕「三「爾時善財觀察」〔0488c26〕下明證所見境。於中五:一見依報、二見正報、三見諸佛、四聞法音、五見出生」 tr. “Third, beneath ‘then Sudhana contemplated,’ setting forth the realm seen in realization. Within it there are five: first, seeing the dependent recompense; second, seeing the direct recompense; third, seeing the buddhas; fourth, hearing the sounds of Dharma; fifth, seeing the giving birth”
- The six layers of the seeing of the direct recompense: 〔T35n1733 0489a04–0489a10〕「二「又見無量」〔0489a04〕下明見正報因果。於中有六:初總舉本緣初發心時;二「或見初得慈心」〔0489a05〕下明發心已後修行得記時;三「或見為輪王」〔0489a06〕下見本生隨類生身,有十三種;四「或為四天王眷屬」〔0489a07〕下明見本生說法益物,有十種;五「或見滿足」〔0489a09〕下明本行成滿德;六「或見正受」〔0489a09〕下明見業用自在德」 tr. “Second, beneath ‘he saw further measureless,’ setting forth the seeing of the cause and fruit of the direct recompense. Within it there are six: first, raising in general the original conditions at the time of the first bringing forth of the mind; second, beneath ‘at times he saw him first attain the mind of kindness,’ setting forth the time after the bringing forth of the mind, of cultivating practice and gaining the prediction; third, beneath ‘at times he saw him as a wheel-turning king,’ seeing the bodies received in birth according to kind among his former births, of which there are thirteen kinds; fourth, beneath ‘at times as the retinue of the four deva kings,’ setting forth the seeing of his expounding the Dharma and benefiting beings among his former births, of which there are ten kinds; fifth, beneath ‘at times he saw him bring to fullness,’ setting forth the virtue of the completion of his original practice; sixth, beneath ‘at times he saw him in right reception,’ setting forth the seeing of the virtue of the sovereignty of the working of his karma”
The three meanings of “both shall see me”: 〔T35n1733 0490a08–0490a10〕「俱見我者,釋有三義:一云我當來成佛時亦說此花嚴,彼時亦有文殊、善財所說之法故云也。二云我成佛時,汝與文殊俱來助我宣揚法化。」 tr. “As to ‘both shall see me,’ the gloss has three meanings. One says: when in time to come I become a buddha I too shall teach this Avataṃsaka, and at that time too there will be the Dharma taught by Mañjuśrī and Sudhana; hence it is said. Another says: when I become a buddha, you and Mañjuśrī shall both come to help me spread the teaching.” · 〔0490a11–0490a14〕「三為表法,謂善財何故上於佛會但求諸善知識而不求佛者,以善財此生是修因之身,未成果故不至佛所,非謂不求。但成果隔因,故說當見佛。」 tr. “Third, it stands for a dharma: why does Sudhana, above at the Buddha’s assembly, seek only the good friends and not the Buddha? Because Sudhana in this life is a body that cultivates the cause and has not yet accomplished the fruit, he does not go to the Buddha — not that he does not seek him. But the fruit is set apart from the cause, and so it is said that he shall see the Buddha.”
Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun T36n1739 (a differing track of standing for dharmas)
The name of the outline: 「明善財入慈氏樓閣觀果知因,三世所行境界同異總別一多無礙自在同時圓滿分。」 tr. “Setting forth Sudhana entering the storeyed pavilion of the Kind One and contemplating the fruit and knowing the cause: the division in which the realms practised through the three times, the same and the different, the general and the particular, the one and the many, are unobstructed and sovereign, at one and the same time brought to fullness.” 〔T36n1739 1006c01–1006c03〕
What the snapping of the fingers stands for: 「明聲是震動啟發之義。彈指者,是去塵之義。」 tr. “This sets forth that the sound is the meaning of shaking and rousing. As for the snapping of the fingers, it is the meaning of removing dust.” 〔T36n1739 1006c04–1006c05〕
What the pavilion’s being the same as empty space stands for: 「見樓閣廣博無量同於虛空者,智境界也。」 tr. “As for seeing that the storeyed pavilion is broad and vast and without measure, the same as empty space — it is the realm of knowledge.” 〔T36n1739 1006c07–1006c08〕
The three times are without nature: 「以法身智境本自如然,無三世性。古今三世窮劫,元不移一念,此非神通,法合如是。」 tr. “Because the realm of the knowledge of the dharma-body is of itself just so from the first, it has no nature of three times. The ancient and the modern, the three times, to the end of the kalpas, from the first do not shift a single thought; this is not spiritual power, but the dharma is fittingly so.” 〔T36n1739 1006c13–1006c15〕
The measures of the three passages: 〔T36n1739 1006c20–1006c28〕「一「爾時善財童子恭敬右遶慈氏菩薩」〔1006c20〕已下直至「見樓閣中一切莊嚴自在境界」〔1006c21〕有八九紙經,明入佛智境觀果知因無異分。二「爾時彌勒菩薩」〔1006c22〕已下至「善知識加被憶念威神之力」〔1006c23〕有九行半經,明彌勒菩薩自攝神力,所現一切境界並無,以手彈指命善財令起分。三「聖者此解脫門其名何等」〔1006c25〕已下至「與汝往昔同生同行」〔1006c26〕可有四紙經,明善財問法門名目,并問彌勒菩薩來處所生處所分。」 tr. “First, from ‘then Sudhana the youth reverently circled the bodhisattva the Kind One to the right’ straight down to ‘he saw within the storeyed pavilion all the sovereign realms of adornment,’ there are eight or nine sheets of scripture, setting forth the division of entering the realm of the Buddha’s knowledge and contemplating the fruit and knowing the cause, without difference. Second, from ‘then the bodhisattva Maitreya’ down to ‘the majestic and spiritual power by which the good friend sustains and holds in mind,’ there are nine and a half lines of scripture, setting forth the division in which the bodhisattva Maitreya himself gathers in his spiritual power, and all the realms that appeared are gone, and with his hand he snaps his fingers and bids Sudhana rise. Third, from ‘holy one, what is the name of this gate of liberation’ down to ‘of old was born together with you and practised together with you,’ there may be four sheets of scripture, setting forth the division in which Sudhana asks the name of the Dharma gate and asks also of the place whence the bodhisattva Maitreya comes and the place of his birth.”
What the two names Malādi and Gopāla stand for: 〔T36n1739 1007a10–1007a13〕「依事者,云我從生處摩羅提國而來者,此國是約聖者之德立號,表聖者智德高出世無過者。長者子名瞿波羅者,此云守護心地白法也,慈氏令入佛法故。」 tr. “As to the answer by phenomena, ‘I come from the land Malādi, my place of birth’: this land is named for the virtue of the sage, standing for a sage whose knowledge and virtue rise above the world with none surpassing. The elder’s son named Gopāla: this means here the guarding of the white dharmas of the ground of the mind, since the Kind One causes him to enter the Buddha’s Dharma.”
Zhiyan, Souxuan ji T35n1732
The three of entering and coming out of concentration: 〔T35n1732 0104b18–0104b22〕「二自體法門,文有三:初牒前方便攝入樓觀現量境,此文有三:牒勸趣入、二生其勝欲、三顯方便可知;二「善財即入」〔0104b20〕下正入三昧;三「彌勒攝神力」〔0104b21〕下明出定也。」 tr. “Second, the Dharma gate of its own substance; the text has three: first, citing the foregoing, the skillful means of gathering him into the tower, the realm of direct perception, and this text has three — citing the exhortation to go and enter; second, giving rise to his surpassing wish; third, displaying the skillful means, which may be understood; second, beneath ‘Sudhana thereupon entered,’ the direct entering of samādhi; third, beneath ‘Maitreya gathered in his spiritual power,’ setting forth the coming out of concentration.”
The six Dharma gates beneath the appearing of differences (from the bells onward): 「鈴下有六:初鈴現音聲法門,有二可知;二鏡現形相法門;三柱現住持法門;四珠瓔珞現莊嚴法門;五樹現建立法門;六半月現住位起行法門也。」 tr. “Beneath the bells there are six: first, the bells displaying the Dharma gate of sound, of which there are two that may be understood; second, the mirrors displaying the Dharma gate of form and mark; third, the pillars displaying the Dharma gate of upholding; fourth, the pearl necklaces displaying the Dharma gate of adornment; fifth, the trees displaying the Dharma gate of establishing; sixth, the half-moons displaying the Dharma gate of abiding in station and raising up practice.” 〔T35n1732 0104c02–0104c06〕
The seven similes of praising the unobstructedness of the seeing: 「三審見聞,有三:初問、次答、三譬況歎見無礙。歎文有七:初超出妄境喻;二迴觀勝法喻;三善識諸相喻;四延時謂短喻;五真德善現喻;六境現隨心喻;七觀法無礙喻,此有三喻,一見色無礙、二現色無礙、三隨作無礙也。」 tr. “Third, examining what was seen and heard; there are three: first the question, next the answer, third likening and praising the unobstructedness of the seeing. The text of the praising has seven: first, the simile of passing beyond the realm of the deluded; second, the simile of turning back and contemplating the surpassing Dharma; third, the simile of well knowing the marks; fourth, the simile of stretching out time and calling it short; fifth, the simile of the true virtue well appearing; sixth, the simile of the realm appearing according to mind; seventh, the simile of contemplating dharmas without obstruction, and this has three similes — first, seeing form without obstruction; second, making form appear without obstruction; third, doing as one will without obstruction.” 〔T35n1732 0104c06–0104c11〕
The four of coming out of concentration: 「出定,文有四:初大聖攝用歸本;二復以身口加令出;三正出;四出已彌勒重問觀中事,審觀虛實,有問答二文也。」 tr. “Coming out of concentration; the text has four: first, the great sage gathers function back into the root; second, again with body and speech he adds power so as to make him come out; third, the direct coming out; fourth, having come out, Maitreya asks again about the matters within the contemplation, examining what is empty and what is real, and there are the two texts of question and answer.” 〔T35n1732 0104c11–0104c13〕
Recorded Without Adjudication
The outlines that the four houses set up for this section differ throughout in their bone. For the fourfold great outline, Chengguan makes it conferring the substance of the Dharma · displaying the name of the Dharma · tracing to its source the root of the cause of the adornment · examining the nature and marks of the direct recompense, while Fazang makes it conferring the substance of the Dharma · displaying the name of the Dharma · distinguishing the place of coming · setting forth the place of birth — the first two divisions being the same in name and the last two differing in name. For the opening and closing of what is seen, Chengguan opens six (dependent recompense · direct recompense · companion bodhisattvas · buddhas · the chief pavilion within the pavilion · the working of the furnishings of adornment), Fazang opens five (dependent recompense · direct recompense · buddhas · sounds of Dharma · giving birth), while Zhiyan, beneath the three divisions of 「正入定」 tr. “the direct entering of concentration,” sets up the one division of 「見淨土」 tr. “seeing the pure land” and opens it further into five (seeing the marks of adornment, that is, the realm of faith · gaining benefit and paying reverence · the appearing of his own body · the appearing of the marks of the dharmas of cause and fruit · the appearing of differences), the six kinds of Dharma gate of bell · mirror · pillar · pearl necklace · tree · half-moon standing as headings beneath 「差別異現」 tr. “the appearing of differences” and not upon the same layer as the gates of 「所見」 tr. “what is seen” in Chengguan and Fazang, and Li Tongxuan does not set up outlines division by division but matches three passages to the scripture-measures of eight or nine sheets · nine and a half lines · four sheets. For the number of the similes and the judging of them, Chengguan sets up ten similes and matches a round to each of the two intents of the causes and conditions of being able to see and the marks of the realms that are seen, while Zhiyan, beneath 「譬況歎見無礙」 tr. “likening and praising the unobstructedness of the seeing,” makes seven similes and opens the last of them further into three, the two houses differing in the number of the similes. As to the one matter of the snapping of the fingers, Chengguan judges the former and latter snaps to be the difference between 「以定為門」 tr. “taking concentration as the gate” and 「以用為門」 tr. “taking function as the gate,” while Li Tongxuan judges the snapping of the fingers to be the meaning of removing dust. As to the ten clauses of the place of birth, the Shu of Chengguan glosses only five clauses, and the Chao makes up the other five. These divergent interpretations are all settled sayings of the ancient worthies, and are recorded as such.
VII. Cross-Reading and Lineage
For the text of this section, the chains of lineage all return directly from the cross-readings the ancient worthies already made:
- Fazang, Huayan wujiao zhang T45n1866: he takes the clause of the prediction at the end of this section as the proof of 「證果海位」 tr. “the station of realizing the ocean of fruit” — 〔T45n1866 0489c11–0489c15〕「三證果海位。謂如彌勒告善財言。我當來成正覺時汝當見我。如是等。當知此約因果前後分二位故。是故前位但是因。圓果在後位故。說當見我也。」 tr. “Third, the station of realizing the ocean of fruit. That is, as Maitreya said to Sudhana: ‘when I accomplish right awakening in time to come, you shall see me.’ And so on. Know that this is with reference to cause and fruit being divided into two stations, before and after. Therefore the former station is only cause. Because the round fruit lies in the latter station, it says he shall see me.”. This is the third of the three stations (seeing and hearing · understanding and practice · realizing the ocean of fruit), and Fazang takes this section directly as his proof.
- A clause of the Jingming: what Chengguan cites in proof of the second place of coming (the true recompense coming from the myriad practices) — 「亦猶《淨名》從萬行道場來矣」 tr. “just as in the Jingming one comes from the place of the Way of the myriad practices” 〔T35n1735 0959b05〕.
- A clause of the Zhi lun: what Chengguan cites in general proof after glossing the three meanings of 「如蓮華」 tr. “as a lotus flower” — 〔T35n1735 0959c10–0959c11〕「《智論》云「菩薩善根,不遇如來智慧日光,翳死無疑。」〔0959c10〕通證前義。」 tr. “The Zhi lun says, ‘the roots of good of a bodhisattva, if they do not meet the sunlight of the wisdom of the tathāgatas, will without doubt wither and die.’ This proves the former meaning in general.”.
- Clauses of the Zhuangzi and the Yi: the Yanyi chao glossing the source of the Shu’s words 「實智虛凝與陰俱靜」 tr. “true knowing is empty and still and is quiet together with the shade” — 「此言本出《莊子》第五〈外篇.天道章〉中」 tr. “these words come originally from the fifth of the Zhuangzi, within 〈the Outer Chapters, the chapter on the Way of Heaven〉” 〔T36n1736 0695b23–0695b24〕, and further 〔0695c01–0695c02〕「故《易》云「先有天地,然後有父母。」〔0695c01〕」 tr. “and so the Yi says, ‘first there are heaven and earth, and afterward there are father and mother.’”. These are the sources of the Shu’s wording, not glosses upon the scripture text.
- The Guan Mile pusa shangsheng Doushuai · the Mile xiasheng jing: in glossing the scripture’s one clause 「為欲教化釋迦如來所遣來者」 tr. “because I would teach those sent here by Śākya the Tathāgata” 〔T36n1736 0695c08–0695c09〕, the Yanyi chao first takes up the text of the Guan Mile pusa shangsheng Doushuai, bringing out the making of images and the holding of them in mind, the coming to meet the dying man when Maitreya sends forth the light of the great man’s mark of the white hair between the brows and the deva sons bear the heavenly mandārava flowers, and 「未舉頭頃便得聞法,於無上道得不退轉」 tr. “before he has raised his head he gains the hearing of the Dharma, and upon the unsurpassed path he gains non-retrogression” 〔0696a05–0696a06〕; it then cites the Mile xiasheng jing in the rendering of the Dharma master Kumārajīva, bringing out the birth into the household of the brahmin Miaofan, the gaining of awakening beneath the dragon-flower tree upon the very day of going forth, and the three assemblies at which ninety-six koṭis, ninety-four koṭis, and ninety-two koṭis of people are delivered 〔0696a08–0696b13〕; and it closes with 「此經正明釋迦遣來」 tr. “this scripture makes plain precisely that Śākya sent them here” 〔0696b14〕.
- A cross-reading with 〈the chapter of Manifestation〉: the Yanyi chao compares Maitreya’s passage upon 「實報等周法界」 tr. “the true recompense equally pervading the Dharma realm” with 〈the chapter of Manifestation〉 — 「疏先彰實報等周法界,亦同〈出現品〉無量三輪。」 tr. “The Shu first makes clear that the true recompense equally pervades the Dharma realm, which is also the same as the measureless three wheels of 〈the chapter of Manifestation〉.” 〔T36n1736 0695c02–0695c03〕.
- Zhiyan, Huayan jing kongmu zhang T45n1870: the passage 〔0588c10–0588c17〕 belongs to the general context of the collation of the chapter names of the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka and does not cite the clauses of this section; it is recorded for the sake of context and does not enter as direct proof.
- The axis of consciousness-only: in the Cheng weishi lun T31n1585 · the She dasheng lun T31n1594 · the Yogācārabhūmi T30n1579 · the Jieshenmi jing T16n0676, four texts in all, a search for 「入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」 tr. “the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times” gives no hits at all 〔查無〕 — nothing found. This section is not 〈the chapter of the Ten Grounds〉, and no separate chain to consciousness-only is set up.
- The treatises of the Huayan house: in the Huayan jing zhigui T45n1871 · the Shixuan men T45n1868 · the Fajie xuanjing T45n1883, three texts in all, a search for 「入三世一切境界不忘念智莊嚴藏」 tr. “the Adornment Treasury of the Knowledge of Unforgetting Mindfulness That Enters All the Realms of the Three Times” and for 「莊嚴藏樓閣」 tr. “the Adornment Treasury storeyed pavilion” gives no hits at all 〔查無〕 — nothing found.
VIII. Edition Location Register
- Śikṣānanda T279 (the base text): this section’s scripture text begins 〔T10n0279 0434c29〕 (fascicle seventy-nine) and ends 〔0439b06 前〕. Asking that the door be opened 0434c29–0435a01 · the snap of the fingers opening the door 0435a02–a03 · seeing the dependent recompense 0435a03–a22 · seeing all places within one place 0435a22–a26 · the general setting up of the benefit gained 0435a26–b04 · the five divisions of seeing the direct recompense 0435b04–c19 (the first bringing forth of the mind 0435b04 · cultivating practice and gaining the prediction 0435b09 · the bodies received in birth according to kind 0435b14 · the three evil destinies 0435b23 · expounding the Dharma at the assemblies 0435b26 · praising and setting forth the gates 0435c09 · seeing his practice and its working in general 0435c16) · seeing the clouds of bodies of the companion bodhisattvas 0435c19–c26 · sending forth wondrous sounds praising the Dharma gates 0435c26–0436a04 · seeing the buddhas 0436a04–a07 · the eight marks in the chief pavilion within the pavilion 0436a07–a18 · seeing his own body 0436a18 · hearing the nets and the rest expound the Dharma 0436a20–b17 · seeing the jewelled mirrors 0436b17–b29 · seeing the jewelled pillars 0436b29–c04 · seeing the bearing of the jewelled images 0436c04–c09 · seeing the necklaces give birth 0436c09–c11 · the lotus flowers appearing again 0436c11–c20 · the jewelled ground displaying images 0436c20–c22 · the trees displaying half bodies 0436c22–0437a03 · the half-moons displaying light 0437a03–a04 · the walls displaying the former deeds 0437a04–a26 · the good friends admonishing him 0437a26–a29 · displaying in general the mark of the seeing 0437a29–b04 · the ten similes 0437b04–c17 · gathering in his spiritual power and snapping his fingers 0437c17–c22 · telling him that he abides in the inconceivable liberation 0437c22–c25 · the questioning and answering upon the name of the Dharma gate 0437c25–0438a01 · the questioning and answering upon the going and coming of the adornments 0438a01–a15 · the questioning and answering upon whence he comes 0438a15–b04 · the questioning and answering upon the bodhisattva’s place of birth 0438b04–0439a01 · pointing out the next friend 0439a02–a24 · cherishing his virtue and taking leave 0439a24–a25. The verse lines are nil. The scripture text runs to six thousand two hundred and thirty-nine Chinese graphs (seven thousand three hundred and seventy-seven characters counting the punctuation); of these, the passage of what was seen (from the seeing of the dependent recompense 〔0435a03〕 to just before the gathering in of the spiritual power and the snapping of the fingers 〔0437c17〕) runs to four thousand and ninety-eight graphs (four thousand eight hundred and forty characters counting the punctuation). 「所謂」 tr. “that is to say” occurs nine times · 「解脫門」 tr. “the gate of liberation” six times · 「譬如」 tr. “it is as with” eleven times (the ten of the ten similes together with the one simile of the illusionist within Maitreya’s answer) · 「阿僧祇」 tr. “asaṃkhyeya” forty-one times, of which thirty-nine stand within the passage of the dependent recompense (all of them counted one by one).
- Buddhabhadra T278 (the Jin rendering, the principal witness collated against): this section’s corresponding window begins 〔T09n0278 0780b10〕 (fascicle fifty-nine) and ends 〔0783b26〕 (fascicle sixty). Asking that the door be opened 0780b10 · the snap of the fingers 0780b11 · the dependent recompense 0780b13 · seeing the direct recompense 0780b30 · the bodies received in birth according to kind 0780c07 · expounding the Dharma at the assemblies 0780c18 · praising and setting forth 0780c22 · walking in meditation and reciting 0780c28 · the clouds of bodies 0781a01 · the Dharma gates 0781a06 · seeing the buddhas 0781a12 · the eight marks of the chief pavilion 0781a15 · the fascicle boundary 0781a24–0781b02 · being born into an honored and surpassing household, the ten clauses of ‘like an illusion’ 0783a12 · my pure dharma-body 0783a21 · the place of birth 0783a28 · the prediction 0783b08 · pointing out Mañjuśrī 0783b09 · the virtue of Mañjuśrī 0783b12 · the concluding exhortation 0783b22 · the questioning and answering upon the ten similes 0782a05–0782b11 · the name of the Dharma gate 0782b18 · taking leave 0783b25.
- Prajñā T293 (the forty-fascicle Avataṃsaka): this section’s corresponding window begins 〔T10n0293 0831b26〕 (fascicle thirty-seven) and ends 〔0836c16〕 (fascicle thirty-eight). Asking that the door be opened 0831b26 · the snap of the fingers 0831b28 · the dependent recompense 0831c01–0831c26 · the wondrous storeyed pavilions 0831c26 · seeing all places within one place 0832a01 · the general setting up of the benefit gained 0832a04 · seeing the direct recompense, the first bringing forth of the mind 0832a12 · cultivating practice and gaining the prediction 0832a18 · the causes and conditions of teaching 0836b09 · the prediction 0836b17 · pointing out Mañjuśrī, the eight questions 0836b18 · the virtue of Mañjuśrī 0836b24 · he is your good friend 0836c04 · the concluding exhortation 0836c09 · the bodies received in birth according to kind 0832a23 · the three evil destinies 0832b02 · the eight marks of the chief pavilion 0832c26 · the ten similes 0834b19–0835a13 · the name of the Dharma gate 0835b07 · where the adornments have gone 0835b10 · cherishing his virtue and taking leave 0836c14.
- Chengguan, Huayan jing shu T35n1735: the direct glossing of this section begins 0958a17 · the great outline in four divisions 0958a17–a19 · the four of conferring the substance of the Dharma 0958a20–a21 · adding power so as to make him realize and enter 0958a22–a28 · the six gates of seeing the realm that is realized 0958a28–b03 · the three layers of the dependent recompense 0958b04–b07 · the five of seeing the direct recompense 0958b08–b14 · the companion bodhisattvas 0958b14–b16 · seeing the buddhas 0958b16–b17 · the chief pavilion 0958b17–b19 · the ten passages of the working of the furnishings of adornment 0958b19–b27 · displaying in general the mark of the seeing 0958b27–c01 · the two intents of the ten similes 0958c01–c17 · the four of the matter being finished and rising from concentration 0958c17–c29 · displaying the name of the Dharma 0958c29–0959a11 · tracing to its source the root of the cause of the adornment 0959a11–a27 · examining the nature and marks of the direct recompense 0959a27–0959c15 (the three places of coming 0959b02–b08 · the ten clauses of the place of birth 0959b12–b22 · the twenty clauses of the retinue that is the condition of birth 0959b22–b27 · weighing and displaying his surpassingness 0959b27–c01 · separately setting forth the place of birth of the Kind One 0959c01–c11 · the concluding gathering together of the three sages 0959c11–c15) · the three of pointing out the next friend 0959c15–0960a02 · cherishing his virtue and taking leave 0960a02. Within the one line 0960a02 at the end of this section the opening clause of the next outline follows on; this apparatus stops at the outline-name of cherishing his virtue and taking leave, and the next outline is not recorded.
- Chengguan, Chao T36n1736: the passage devoted to this section is 0694c25–0696b14 (the closing title of fascicle eighty-nine 0694c25 · the beginning of fascicle ninety 0695a02 · the pavilion standing for compassion and knowledge 0695a06 · the joining of the ten similes 0695a07–a15 · the difference between the two snappings of the fingers 0695a15–a17 · being born of conditions by the knowledge of the Dharma 0695a17–a25 · the two meanings of the adornment treasury 0695a25–a27 · the reverse glossing of the place of coming 0695a27–a29 · the four layers of the three bodies 0695a29–b07 · Malādi 0695b07–b08 · the making up of the gloss upon the ten clauses of the place of birth 0695b08–b22 · the source of the words ‘true knowing is empty and still’ 0695b22–c02 · the true recompense pervading the Dharma realm 0695c02–c03 · the village of Kuṭa 0695c03–c05 · the three meanings of ‘as a lotus flower’ 0695c05–c07 · the origin of those sent here 0695c07–c09 · the citing of the ascent and the descent 0695c09–0696b13 · Śākya sent them here 0696b14). One other occurrence 〔0668a08〕 belongs to the general discussion of 「指示後友」 tr. “pointing out the next friend” in the second passage, that of Sāgaramegha assigned to the station of governing the ground — the same name in a different passage, and it does not enter the collation.
- Fazang, Tanxuan ji T35n1733: what bears upon this section is 0488c15–0490a16 (the four divisions of the direct conferring of his own Dharma realm 0488c16 · the skillful means of gathering him in 0488c18 · adding power so as to make him enter and realize 0488c20 · the five of the realm seen in realization 0488c26 · seeing the dependent recompense 0488c28 · the benefit gained 0489a02 · the six of the cause and fruit of the seeing of the direct recompense 0489a04–a10 · the three of the virtue with which the buddhas gather and transform 0489a11 · the five sounds of Dharma heard 0489a15 · the six of the giving birth 0489a21 · the fourteen kinds of practice and working 0489a26 · the seven Dharma gates taken together with what went before 0489a27 · the ten similes of the questioning and answering that settles the seeing 0489b03–b11 · gathering in his majesty and making him rise 0489b11 · displaying the name of the Dharma 0489b14 · distinguishing the place of coming 0489b20 · setting forth the place of birth 0489c10 · the ten kinds of place of birth 0489c15 · the twenty clauses of the retinue that is the condition of birth 0489c18 · the ten clauses of the weighing that displays his surpassingness 0489c20 · the seven clauses of sovereignty in what is known 0489c22 · the ten clauses of the vastness of the working of his karma 0489c26 · the three of the place of the transformation body born into a household of phenomena 0489c28 · Kuṭāgāra 0490a01 · the three meanings of ‘both shall see me’ 0490a07–a14 · no pushing upward 0490a15 · the good friend of the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause is finished 0490a15–a16).
- Li Tongxuan, Lun T36n1739: what bears upon this section is 1006b25–1007b25 (the name of the outline 1006b29 · what the snapping of the fingers stands for 1006c03 · what the closing again stands for 1006c05 · the pavilion being the same as empty space 1006c07 · the three times without nature 1006c12 · tuṣāra 1006c15 · both shall see me 1006c16 · the measures of the three passages 1006c19 · the four questions 1006c28 · the name of the Dharma gate 1007a02 · they have gone to the place they came from 1007a04 · whence he comes 1007a05 · the two answers upon the Kind One’s place of coming, by dharma and by phenomena 1007a07 · the glossing of the name Malādi 1007a10 · Gopāla, meaning the guarding of the white dharmas of the ground of the mind 1007a12 · the ten matters of the place of birth 1007a14 · the retinue 1007a18 · the village of Kuṭa, meaning many households 1007a24 · birth into a brahmin household, birth within a pure lineage 1007a25 · appearing in body and taming according to what sentient beings delight in 1007a26 · the recompense-realm of the merit and knowledge of the buddha-fruit of one birth 1007b01 · that it is not that the buddhas are born here and perish there 1007b12 · pointing out Mañjuśrī, the fruit not shifting the cause 1007b19–1007b25).
- Zhiyan, Souxuan ji T35n1732: what bears upon this section is 0104b18–0105a01 (the three of the Dharma gate of its own substance 0104b18 · the three of the direct entering of concentration 0104b22 · the five of seeing the pure land 0104b23 · the two of the appearing of differences 0104b27 · the six Dharma gates beneath the bells 0104c02 · the seven similes of examining what was seen and heard 0104c06 · the four of coming out of concentration 0104c11 · the three of the answering upon the name and substance of the Dharma gate 0104c13 · the two questions and answers distinguishing the great function of the Dharma gate 0104c18 · the place of birth that is the substance of the practice of the cause 0104c23 · the place of birth in which the transformation body appears and comes 0104c24 · the nineteen clauses separately setting forth the practice of the retinue 0104c25 · the weighing of better and worse 0104c26 · the ten clauses distinguishing the surpassingness of the station 0104c26 · the ten clauses distinguishing the answering of the substance of the recompense 0104c27 · the three places of the birth of the transformation body 0104c28–0105a01).
- Variant readings: within the range of T279 covered by this unit, 〔0434c29〕–〔0439b05〕, the Taishō base text carries 61 collation notes, together with 1 further entry that bears only an original printed note, recorded one by one without adjudication (base reading 【大】|variant readings of other witnesses, several witnesses separated by /): 〔0435a05〕闥、阿僧祇窓……僧祇寶帳(凡159字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435a08〕瓔珞【大】|纓絡【聖】(*同校並繫〔0435a08〕〔0435a09〕之瓔珞字) · 〔0435a13〕爐【大】|鑪【宋】【元】【明】 · 〔0435a22〕又見其中,有……如是見。(凡57字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435b06〕令其種植如是……悉皆明見(凡60字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435b15〕諸【大】|請【宮】 · 〔0435b15〕或為護世,饒……憍慢醉傲(凡132字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435b21〕阿【大】|訶【宮】 · 〔0435b27〕或復見為焰摩……眾會說法(凡130字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435c09〕或見讚說初地……灌頂門。(凡120字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435c18〕或入諸禪四無……諸神變。(凡28字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435c19〕或見諸菩薩入……士身雲,(凡83字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0435c27〕所謂:讚說菩……功德門。(凡114字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436a04〕或復於中,見……皆明見。(凡52字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436a07〕又復於彼莊嚴……師子吼、(凡75字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436a15〕昇【大】|升【宋】【元】【明】 · 〔0436a16〕所修行願、教……皆悉不同(凡24字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436a22〕所謂:或說菩……暢辨了。(凡66字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436a25〕又聞某處,有……量眾生。(凡129字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436b04〕或聞某處,有……波羅蜜。(凡28字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0436b10〕螺【大】|䗍【宋】【元】【明】【聖】 · 〔0436b15〕澤【大】|懌【明】 · 〔0436c02〕玻瓈【大】|頗梨【宋】【元】 · 〔0436c07〕挂【大】|掛【聖】 · 〔0436c07〕瓔珞【大】|纓絡【宋】 · 〔0436c10〕耀【大】|曜【宮】 · 〔0436c19〕跏【大】|加【宋】【元】【明】【宮】【聖】 · 〔0437a12〕護【大】|諸【宮】【聖】 · 〔0437a21〕齋【大】|齊【聖】 · 〔0437b02〕入【大】|人【宮】 · 〔0437b06〕或見自身父母……所見之事(凡88字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437b13〕滅諸眾生狹劣……自在境界(凡40字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437b17〕者【大】|復【宮】 · 〔0437c03〕名【大】|若【宮】 · 〔0437c04〕復如是,於樓……相雜亂。(凡23字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437c06〕譬如比丘,入……皆明了。(凡44字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437c08〕譬如有人,於……種作業。(凡83字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437c19〕此是菩薩知諸……三昧起。(凡44字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437c21〕彌勒告言:善……如來願。(凡67字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0437c28〕善男子!此解……所能得。(凡26字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438a10〕善男子!譬如……是顯現。(凡75字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438a14〕善財童子言:……彌勒言:(凡14字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438a15〕善男子!諸菩……是而來。(凡58字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438a23〕從無動搖處來……而化現故(凡58字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438b10〕蜜【大】|密【宮】(*同校並繫〔0438b15〕〔0438b16〕〔0438b17〕〔0438b18〕之蜜字) · 〔0438b18〕澣【大】|浣【宋】【元】【明】【宮】【聖】 · 〔0438b29〕於諸世間無所……達無礙。(凡160字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438c05〕憂【大】|疲【元】【明】 · 〔0438c10〕善男子!我身……滿法界。(凡97字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0438c26〕為欲示現將降……生兜率天(凡57字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439a04〕云何成就?云……?善男子(凡23字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439a11〕熟【大】|就【宋】【元】【明】【宮】【聖】 · 〔0439a13〕能如實見一切……行諸行。(凡24字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439a15〕善男子!文殊……生同行。(凡85字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439a20〕是故,善男子【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439a26〕大方廣佛華嚴經卷第七十九(凡12字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439b02〕大方廣佛華嚴經卷第八十(凡11字)【大】|大方廣佛華嚴……,卷八十(凡22字)【聖乙】(附語:聖本缺卷首) · 〔0439b04〕三藏【大】|三藏沙門【宋】【元】【明】/三藏法師【宮】 · 〔0439b04〕奉制【大】|無此字【宋】【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0439b04〕于闐國三藏實叉難陀奉制譯(凡12字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】 · 〔0439b05〕入法界品第三十九之二十一(凡12字)【大】|無此字【聖乙】. There is besides 1 entry that bears only an original printed note with no collation note of the same number (not counted among the 61 listed above), recorded in its abbreviated form, with no end-point supplied: 〔0436b11〕(或聞…事)千三百二十五字【大】〔-〕【聖乙】.
- A further note upon the variant readings: 3 CBETA emendations (not counted among the Taishō collation notes listed above): 〔0435a15〕座【CB】【麗-CB】|坐【大】 · 〔0435b16〕訶【CB】【麗-CB】|呵【大】 · 〔0436a25〕辨【CB】【麗-CB】|辯【大】.
- A further note upon the variant readings: the interlinear notes have already been stripped and recorded at the layer of the source text.
- Entries not found: the Huayan jing zhigui T45n1871 · the Shixuan men T45n1868 · the Fajie xuanjing T45n1883 · the Cheng weishi lun T31n1585 · the She dasheng lun T31n1594 · the Yogācārabhūmi T30n1579 · the Jieshenmi jing T16n0676 — seven texts in all, in which a search for the proper name of this section’s Dharma gate gives no hits at all.